Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Title page
Alcatel-Lucent 9959
Network Performance Optimizer | M5
Analysis Desktop User Guide
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA
Issue 11 | October 2013
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright 2013 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Contents
Preface
Purpose
........................................................................................................................................................................................ xxix
xxix
................................................................................................................................................................... xxix
xxix
Document pertinence
Audience
...................................................................................................................................................................................... xxx
xxx
Assumed knowledge
Product names
................................................................................................................................................................ xxx
xxx
............................................................................................................................................................................ xxx
xxx
How to comment
1
............................................................................................................................................................... xxx
xxx
....................................................................................................................................................................... xxx
xxx
Introduction to NPO
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1
Terminology ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1-1
NPO presentation ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
1-6
NPO user interface
................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
1-6
.............................................................................................................................. 2-8
2-8
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 2-5: Use standards, modes, topology and function classifications .................................................... 2-9
2-9
Customize analysis desktop ................................................................................................................................................ 2-35
2-35
Procedure 2-6: Reorganize standards, modes, topology
.......................................................................................... 2-37
2-37
...................................................................................................... 2-44
2-44
................................................................................................................................................................. 2-45
2-45
.............................................................................................................................. 2-52
2-52
................................................................................................................... 2-59
2-59
............................................................................................................................................................. 3-1
3-1
Procedure 3-1: Propagate network objects or object zones between topology classification or zone
modes .................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-6
3-6
Procedure 3-2: Display and edit properties ..................................................................................................................... 3-7
3-7
Procedure 3-3: Copy URL ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-9
3-9
Use generic editor ................................................................................................................................................................... 3-11
3-11
Refresh
....................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-15
3-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
iv
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Topology objects
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-1
Presentation ................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4-1
Topology object tabs ................................................................................................................................................................ 4-2
4-2
Display topology object properties
.................................................................................................................................. 4-11
4-11
..................................................................................................................................................... 4-21
4-21
......................................................................................... 4-30
4-30
Procedure 4-4: Network object creation and deletion in real time ....................................................................... 4-32
4-32
5
.......................................................................................................... 6-3
6-3
................................................................................. 6-4
6-4
............................................................................................................. 6-5
6-5
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................... 7-7
7-7
................................................................................................................................. 8-5
8-5
.................................................................................................................... 8-13
8-13
............................................................................................................. 8-23
8-23
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
vi
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................... 9-70
9-70
................................................................................................................. 9-73
9-73
Manage parameters
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-1
10-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-1
10-1
............................................................................................................................... 10-9
10-9
........................................................................................................................ 10-10
10-10
............................................................................................................................................................. 10-10
10-10
................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-1
11-1
................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 12-1
12-1
................................................................................................................. 12-4
12-4
Import / update / export / delete user defined operator reference values ........................................................... 12-5
12-5
Compare operational data with the operator reference values data
13
..................................................................... 12-5
12-5
Use rules
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1
13-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 13-1
13-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
vii
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................ 13-13
13-13
Use events
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 14-1
14-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 14-1
14-1
...................................................................................................................................................... 14-4
14-4
........................................................................................................................................ 14-7
14-7
.................................................................................................................... 14-17
14-17
................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-1
15-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 15-1
15-1
................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-1
16-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 16-1
16-1
......................................................................................................................................... 16-4
16-4
Use favorites
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 17-1
17-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 17-1
17-1
....................................................................................................................... 17-3
17-3
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
............................................................................. 17-12
17-12
................................................................................................................................... 17-13
17-13
................................................................................................................................... 17-15
17-15
Views
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-1
18-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 18-2
18-2
Parameter Class and Topology Hierarchy as ToolTip in generated views ...................................................... 18-11
18-11
Display view properties ..................................................................................................................................................... 18-15
18-15
Procedure 18-1: View template editor .......................................................................................................................... 18-25
18-25
Procedure 18-2: Execute view
........................................................................................................................................ 18-46
18-46
................................................................................................... 18-57
18-57
Procedure 18-4: Edit executed view using dialog box ........................................................................................... 18-82
18-82
Use executed view ............................................................................................................................................................... 18-86
18-86
Highlight in view
................................................................................................................................................................. 18-90
18-90
.............................................................................................................................................. 18-105
18-105
......................................................................................................................................................... 18-106
18-106
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................... 18-115
18-115
Reports
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 19-1
19-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 19-2
19-2
............................................................................................................... 19-18
19-18
.................................................................................................................................... 19-30
19-30
....................................................................................................................................................................... 19-83
19-83
..................................................................................................................................................................... 19-87
19-87
................................................................................................................. 19-91
19-91
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
x
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................... 19-93
19-93
............................................................................. 19-97
19-97
MultiNET Mode
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-1
20-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 20-1
20-1
.................................................................................................................. 20-4
20-4
...................................................................................................................................... 20-5
20-5
POD mode
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-1
21-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 21-1
21-1
............................................................................................... 21-3
21-3
................................................................................................................................ 21-4
21-4
Diagnosis
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-1
22-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 22-2
22-2
............................................................................................................ 22-7
22-7
Propagate selection between synthetic and detailed report and topology classifications ............................ 22-7
22-7
Procedure 22-2: Open diagnosis editor
.......................................................................................................................... 22-8
22-8
............................................................................................. 22-9
22-9
............................................................................................. 22-11
22-11
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................... 22-20
22-20
................................................................................................................................. 22-24
22-24
Tuning
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 23-1
23-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 23-1
23-1
................................................................................................................................ 23-4
23-4
.............................................................................................................. 23-7
23-7
Cartography
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 24-1
24-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 24-2
24-2
............................................................................................................ 24-45
24-45
.................................................................................................................................. 24-56
24-56
.................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-56
24-56
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alerters
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-1
25-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 25-1
25-1
............................................................................................................................................... 25-35
25-35
................................................................................................................................................. 25-38
25-38
User preferences
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-1
26-1
Presentation
.............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-1
26-1
....................................................................................................................................... 26-5
26-5
Icons
Overview
................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-1
27-1
........................................................................................................................................................................ 27-4
27-4
................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-1
28-1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xiii
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xiv
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of tables
3-1
Trend calculation
..................................................................................................................................................... 3-26
3-26
4-1
4-2
4-3
5-1
11-1
13-1
18-1
...................................................................... 18-62
18-2
...................................................................... 18-66
18-3
...................................................................... 18-70
18-4
19-1
...................................................................... 19-44
19-2
...................................................................... 19-48
23-1
23-2
26-1
27-1
27-2
27-3
27-4
27-5
27-6
............................................................................................. 4-17
................................................................................................ 13-3
............................................. 18-90
............................................................................................................................... 23-23
............................................................................................................... 26-4
................................................................................................... 27-5
.......................................................................................... 27-16
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xv
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
27-7
27-8
27-9
.................................................................................................................................. 27-17
.................................................................................................................................... 27-18
.......................................................................................................................................... 27-18
............................................................................................................................... 27-19
........................................................................................................................................ 27-20
............................................................................................................................... 27-21
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xvi
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of figures
2-1
.................................................................................................................................................. 2-37
2-37
2-2
.................................................................................................................................................. 2-38
2-38
3-1
3-2
3-3
4-1
4-2
8-1
9-1
9-2
9-3
10-1
10-2
11-1
13-1
13-2
13-3
........................................................................................................................ 13-6
13-4
......................................................................................................................... 13-6
13-5
14-1
..................................................................................................................................... 14-8
14-2
................................................................................................................................... 14-12
14-3
............................................................................................................................ 3-11
............................................................................ 3-29
................................................................................................................................. 4-12
............................................................................................................................................. 8-15
............................................................................ 9-29
...................................................................... 9-30
............................................................................................................. 10-4
.......................................................................... 11-4
........................................................................................................ 13-5
......................................................................................................................... 14-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xvii
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
14-4
14-5
14-6
15-1
16-1
18-1
18-2
Matrix view templates with grid without independent columns ............................................................ 18-8
18-3
Matrix view templates without grid with independent columns ............................................................ 18-8
18-4
18-5
Matrix view templates with grid without independent columns ............................................................ 18-9
18-6
18-7
Example of Parameter Class and Topology Hierarchy as tooltip in 2D View ................................ 18-12
18-8
Example of Parameter Class and Topology Hierarchy as tooltip in 3D View ................................ 18-13
18-9
Example of Parameter Class and Topology Hierarchy as tooltip in 3D View which has objects
from multiple mode .......................................................................................................................................... 18-14
............................................................................................................................. 14-15
....................................................... 14-19
..................................................... 18-9
.................................................................. 18-9
........................................................................................... 18-16
............................................................................................... 18-18
................................................................................................ 18-49
..................................................................................................... 18-49
........................................................................................ 18-49
18-17 Multi-object evolution with multiple network objects, one counter and several dates
18-18 Multi-counters, one object evolution with raw counters
............... 18-49
........................................................................ 18-49
18-19 Indicator view, multiple network objects, one indicator, several dates ............................................. 18-50
18-20 Indicator view, one network object, multiple indicators, several dates
............................................ 18-50
18-21 Indicator view, multiple network objects, multiple indicators, one date
.......................................... 18-50
18-22 Indicator view, multiple network objects, multiple indicators, several dates
18-23 Vector view
................................. 18-50
............................................................................................................................................................. 18-50
18-50
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xviii
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................ 18-51
............................................................................................................................. 18-52
.......................................................................................... 18-52
................................................................. 18-53
............................................................................................................................................................. 18-53
18-53
18-31 Matrix view with static bound out-of range values .................................................................................. 18-54
18-32 Equipment view with visible dates example (N=4, Top N Item=Alarm Perceived Severity, Among
Network Objects=No) ...................................................................................................................................... 18-54
18-33 Equipment view with visible dates example (N=4, Top N Item=Alarm Perceived Severity, Among
Network Objects=No) ...................................................................................................................................... 18-55
18-34 Equipment view with Visible Dates Example (N=4, Top N Item=Alarm Perceived Severity,
Among Network Objects=No) ..................................................................................................................... 18-55
18-35 Raw graphical display for one counter, multi-object evolution ........................................................... 18-56
18-36 Raw graphical display for multi-counter, one object evolution ........................................................... 18-56
18-37 Zoom in rectangular mode
................................................................................................................................ 18-76
............................................................................................................. 18-95
18-39 Highlighting changes when critical values are selected in legend ...................................................... 18-96
18-40 Nested table (double column header) .......................................................................................................... 18-117
18-41 Nested table (double row header) ................................................................................................................. 18-117
19-1
............................................................................................................................... 19-4
19-2
19-3
19-4
Example of multi-object evolution table made with an object list ........................................................ 19-5
19-5
19-6
19-7
19-8
............................................................................................... 19-6
19-9
.............................................................................................. 19-9
............................................................................... 19-5
......................................................................................................... 19-6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xix
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................... 19-15
................................................................................................... 19-15
............................................................ 19-94
19-17 Multi-object evolution view with spatial aggregation option ............................................................... 19-94
19-18 Multi-object comparison view with spatial aggregation option
.......................................................... 19-95
22-1
................................. 22-9
22-2
22-3
23-1
23-2
23-3
23-4
23-5
23-6
23-7
24-1
24-2
24-3
24-4
Full-expanded cells
24-5
24-6
24-7
24-8
24-9
................................................................................................ 23-44
..................................................................................................... 23-49
........................................................................... 23-50
................................................................................................ 23-54
....................................................................................................... 23-58
................................................................................................................................ 24-11
.............................................................................................................................................. 24-12
24-12
................................................................................................................... 24-15
............................................................................................................... 24-26
........................................................................................................................... 24-27
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xx
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................... 24-32
............................................. 24-41
24-12 Example of Site Exported in Google Earth at level of detail collapsed ............................................ 24-42
24-13 Example of site exported in Google Earth at level of detail where cells are not shown
............ 24-42
......................................................................................................................................................... 24-44
24-44
.................................................................................................................................... 24-49
............................................. 24-51
............................................. 24-52
24-19 Example of site exported in Google Earth at level of detail where cells are not shown
24-20 Example of executed THL template
............ 24-52
.............................................................................................................. 24-88
.................................................................................................................. 24-94
24-23 Example THL template with one criterion legend .................................................................................... 24-95
24-24 Example THL template with two criteria legend
...................................................................................... 24-96
............................................. 24-103
...................................................... 24-105
...................................................................................................... 24-106
....................................................................................................................... 24-111
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xxi
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xxii
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of procedures
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
..................................................................................................................................... 2-58
2-58
2-12
..................................................................................................................................... 2-59
................................................................................................................. 2-3
........................................................................................................................... 2-4
.................................................................................................................................... 2-7
2-7
................................................................... 2-9
..................................................................................................................... 2-39
....................................................................................................................................... 2-42
Propagate network objects or object zones between topology classification or zone modes
3-2
3-3
Copy URL
3-4
Search
3-5
........ 3-6
.................................................................................................................................... 3-7
.................................................................................................................................................................... 3-9
3-9
.......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-16
3-16
.............................................................................................................................................. 3-34
3-34
Topology objects
4-1
4-2
......................................................................................................................... 4-24
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xxiii
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-3
4-4
...................................................................................... 4-32
5-2
5-3
................................................................................................................................................ 5-6
5-6
........................................................................................................................................... 5-10
5-10
..................................................................................................................... 5-22
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
.................................................................................................................... 6-3
............................................................................................................................... 6-8
........................................................................................................... 6-11
................................................................................................................................. 6-12
............................................................................................................ 6-13
............................................................................................................................ 6-14
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
..................................................................................................................... 7-2
................................................................................................................................ 7-3
7-3
............................................................................................................... 7-6
................................................................................................................................ 7-8
7-8
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-6
8-7
...................................................................................................................................... 8-4
............................................................................................................................. 8-10
................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
8-11
.............................................................................................................................................. 8-12
8-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xxiv
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
9-9
14
15
............................................................................................................... 9-65
.................................................................................................................. 9-67
............................................................................................................... 9-69
................................................................................................................................................ 9-74
9-74
10-1
Display parameters
10-2
Propagate parameters
................................................................................................................................................. 10-9
10-9
.......................................................................................................................................... 10-10
10-10
11-2
............................................................................................................. 11-10
................................................................................................................................... 12-4
Use rules
13-1
Execute rules
13-2
.......................................................................................................................................................... 13-13
13-13
Use events
14-1
Display events
14-2
.......................................................................................................................................................... 14-7
14-7
...................................................................................................................................... 14-17
16
.................................................................................................................... 9-64
Manage parameters
12-1
13
........................................................................ 9-47
.................................................................................................................................................. 15-7
15-7
....................................................................................................................................................... 16-3
16-3
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xxv
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
17
18
19
16-2
........................................................................................................................................................... 16-4
16-4
16-3
....................................................................................................................................................... 16-5
16-5
Use favorites
17-1
17-2
17-3
17-4
17-5
17-6
Organize favorites
17-7
17-8
Import favorites
..................................................................................................................................................... 17-13
17-13
17-9
Export favorites
..................................................................................................................................................... 17-15
17-15
......................................................................................................................................... 17-3
17-3
................................................................................................................ 17-4
................................................................................................................................................ 17-10
17-10
............................................................................................... 17-12
Views
18-1
18-2
Execute view
18-3
18-4
18-5
18-6
18-7
18-8
18-9
.......................................................................................................................................................... 18-46
18-46
..................................................................................................................... 18-57
...................................................................................................... 18-115
Reports
19-1
19-2
Execute reports
19-3
19-4
19-5
Schedule reports
................................................................................................................................. 19-18
...................................................................................................................................................... 19-30
19-30
................................................................................................................... 19-34
.................................................................................................................................................... 19-61
19-61
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xxvi
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19-6
19-7
19-8
19-9
..................................................................................................... 19-85
..................................................................................................................................... 19-86
.................................................................................................................... 19-90
21
22
23
MultiNET Mode
20-1
20-2
.................................................................................................................................... 20-4
...................................................................................................... 20-7
POD mode
21-1
21-2
21-3
................................................................................................................. 21-3
.................................................................................................................................................. 21-4
21-4
Diagnosis
22-1
22-2
22-3
22-4
22-5
22-6
22-7
.............................................................................................................................. 22-7
............................................................................................................................................ 22-8
............................................................................................................... 22-9
............................................................................................................... 22-11
........................................................................................................................................ 22-15
22-15
............................................................................................................. 22-20
Tuning
23-1
23-2
23-3
23-4
23-5
23-6
................................................................................................................................ 23-7
............................................................................................................................................... 23-29
23-29
......................................................................................................................... 23-63
.......................................................................................................... 23-67
............................................................................................ 23-72
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
xxvii
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
24
25
Cartography
24-1
24-2
24-3
24-4
Execute THL
24-5
24-6
24-7
24-8
24-9
.................................................................................................................... 24-65
.......................................................................................................................................................... 24-86
24-86
.................................................................................................................. 24-92
User preferences
26-1
28
.............................................................................................................................. 24-45
Alerters
25-1
26
................................................................................................................................................ 24-17
24-17
.................................................................................................................................. 26-2
............................................................................................................................ 28-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xxviii
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Preface
Preface
Purpose
This guide describes how to use the Network Performance Optimizer (NPO) in order to
view and manage counter and indicator values for various network objects, and to know
how to monitor and optimize the radio network.
For information about NPO administration procedures, refer to the NPO Administration
User Guide and NPO Platform User Guide.
Reason for reissue
Refer to the following Editions for a list of technical and editorial updates to the current
guide.
In Edition 11
Preface
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In Edition 02
This guide is intended for engineers responsible for the day-to-day optimization of the
network.
Assumed knowledge
You must have a basic understanding of the Alcatel-Lucent operations and maintenance
concepts for the BSS and RNS.
Product names
This document uses the following NPO naming convention: 9959 NPO and the generic
term NPO refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 9959 Network Performance Optimizer.
How to comment
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
xxx
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
1
Overview
Purpose
This section provides an overview of NPO functions and features, and introduces current
terminology.
Contents
Terminology
1-1
NPO presentation
1-6
1-6
NPO functions
1-9
1-13
Terminology
This document uses the following terms.
Term
Description
Alerter
Availability
Domain
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
Terminology
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Term
Description
Classification
A classification defines how a set of objects are classified using some criteria. The
result of a classification applied to a set of objects is a tree structure in which the
objects are the leaves, and the classification criteria are the nodes.
A classification can be applied to Network Objects (Topology Classification),
Object Zones (Zone Classification), and Functions (Function Classification).
Typical classifications are:
Execution
Context
etc.
The execution context contains what is required to obtain the indicator or counter
values on a set of network objects, for example:
Periodicity (Raw, Hour, Day, Week, Month, 5 Minutes, 1/4 Hour, 1/2 Hour,
busy hours, Trend choices (hours of day, hours of week, days of week, and
days of month), 2 Hours, 3 Hours, 4 Hours, 6 Hours, 8 Hours.)
Time interval
Sampling
Interpolation
Reliability options.
When referring to the execution context, the spatial scope itself (set of network
objects) is not included.
The execution context is used when creating views and reports.
Comment
Zone
A comment zone is an area of text that may be entered in a report template and is
therefore displayed in an executed report.
Comment zones are not mandatory. They may be interleaved with the view
templates in the report template.
Design
Parameters
Parameters that define the radio network architecture in term of coverage and
mobility capability.
Diagnosis
Scenario
Detailed mode
When executed in detailed mode, the diagnosis scenario report contains a
precise reporting execution description for each node of the scenario.
Synthetic mode
When executed in Synthetic mode, the diagnosis report contains a synthetic
status associated with a description string for the whole scenario. The
execution process is stopped at the first for the first error encountered.
Tuning mode
The diagnosis can be triggered for checking the Tuning Session.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
Terminology
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Term
Description
Events
Events are historical network configuration data which keep track of logical /
design parameter modifications and / or topology modifications.
Filter
Function
A function is the generic term used to refer to individual objects of a data group or
analysis service class.
Depending on the considered domain, a function is:
A counter
An indicator
An event
A rule
A synthetic diagnosis
Function
Tree
Mode
An Object Type
BSC
Cell
Adjacency
TRX
Traffic Zone.
RNC
Cell
Adjacency.
eNodeB
Cell.
Depending on the selected mode, the user has a specific list of available topology
classifications and functions.
All available modes are grouped in the Mode Manager.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
Terminology
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Term
Description
Hardware
Inventory
Logical
Parameters
Parameters that permit the telecom behavior optimization. They are also called
telecom algorithm parameters.
Network
Object
A Network Object is the generic term used to refer to individual topology objects
such as:
Object
Zone
A cell
An RNC
BSS
BSC
BTS
eNodeB
Adjacency
TRX.
An Object Zone refers to the logical topology objects that allow the manipulation
of a set of network objects as a single topology object.
The Global Object Zone is defined with no criteria and allows visualization of the
entire Working Zone.
QoS
Counter
QoS Counters are used as building blocks in the formation of QoS Indicators.
QoS
Indicator
Reference
Values
Excel files that express the default value that a parameter for a given network
object should have.
Report
Report
Template
Rules
Excel files that express the dependency between two or more parameters of a
given object, and are stored in the Oracle database.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
Terminology
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Term
Description
Topology
Tree
Tuning
View
View
Template
Working
Zone
A Working Zone is a set of criteria applied on the entire network to compute the
sub-network that appears in the Analysis Desktop.
The Global Working Zone is defined with no criteria and allows visualizing the
entire network.
This subset of cells can be:
User-defined: Using the Working Zone Manager, you define the cells that are
accessible within a particular Working Zone.
You can open only one Working Zone at a time on your workstation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
NPO presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NPO presentation
The NPO offers a full range of multi-standard QoS Monitoring and radio network
optimization facilities:
Powerful Graphical User Interface supporting all efficient use of the NPO functions
QoS analysis
QoS decrease cause diagnosis
RNO
NPA
LASER.
The NPO supports GSM, W-CDMA, LTE and WiMAX Radio Access Networks.
This product includes a powerful Oracle database containing performance measurements
and calculated indicators. Based on the database, the detection of QoS degradation is
much faster, as the NPO also proposes the appropriate correction tasks and an improved
logical configuration for the radio network, even in multi-standard environments.
Performance measurements ensure:
Realtime analysis.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows the main Man-Machine Interface (MMI) window, the QoS
analysis desktop.
The user interface is based on an object-oriented design, whereby all actions are
accessible through contextual menus. Depending on the selected object(s), only the
relevant commands are provided. Most operations can be performed through the drag and
drop mechanism or with the help of menu bars and tool bars.
The main NPO user interface (analysis desktop) is composed of the following five areas.
Standards and modes browser
Standards define the technologies available on NPO (GSM, W-CDMA, WiMAX, LTE).
Each standard tab has a set of modes. According to the selected mode, the list of
displayed counters / indicators / parameters / reports / views is not the same. It is filtered
according to the availability domain.
Topology classification browser
Radio resources (cells), as well as physical resources (BTS, NodeB, BSC, RNC, eNodeB)
are displayed in tree gadgets and can be selected from the tree gadgets. Different tree
gadgets are used to display the network resources by different classification criteria.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LAC
Hardware topology
Cell type
Routing area (for GPRS).
Functions belonging to a selected network resource from the topology browser are also
displayed inside tree gadgets and can be selected from the tree gadgets. This area allows
the operator to select QoS indicators, QoS counters, logical / design parameters, or views
/ reports (grouped into families).
View browser
The view browser is the target place for drag and drop of one or more network resources
and one or more functions.
It contains views that are used to display values of logical / design parameters, indicators,
and counters.
The displayed data in the view can be exported to Excel for further analysis.
Two mode forms are available:
Tabular
Graphic.
Report browser
The report browser is the target place for drag and drop of one or more network resources
and one or more views.
A report is composed of several views, each displaying a set of defined indicators or
parameters for a user defined report period.
Data displayed in the report can be exported to Excel for further analysis.
Tuning browser
The tuning components offer services to create, edit, and apply tuning sessions on tunable
systems (OMC-Rs). A Tuning Session is a set of changes (object / parameters /
adjacencies / frequency creation, update or deletion) that can be created, updated and
applied.
Detailed diagnosis report browser
The detailed diagnosis report browser gives information on the possible cause of a
detected QoS problem, and offers hyperlinks to view the Python node code.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cartography browser
NPO functions
The NPO enables you to optimize the following functions.
QoS analysis
The NPO collects periodical measurements of the radio traffic, radio resource usage, and
handover behavior from the network elements through the declared OMC-Rs. These
measurements serve the quality of service monitoring at the NPO, and back-office
activities such as network optimization and network planning.
The permanent, network-wide QoS monitoring relies on the regular collection of the same
performance counters on all managed Network Elements.
Raw measurements are stored in the NPO database. Based on raw measurements,
indicators are calculated and stored for up to two years. These indicators are consolidated
in daily, weekly, and monthly values, and can be additionally consolidated on a group of
Network Elements. The indicators correspond to high level information which can be
directly managed by the operator and are defined by Alcatel-Lucent.
The user can select and launch any predefined or user-defined QoS report. the NPO
provides a powerful dynamic graphical user interface that eases QoS report analysis. For
specific needs where the provided standard indicators are not appropriate, the operator
can define via an Indicator Manager its own indicators called Customer Indicators.
The NPO operator can display the results in the form of reports containing both tables and
graphs (several indicators graphically displayed simultaneously). The customer can also
customize reports, for an easier adaptation to operator needs.
Special functions allow identification of the worst or best cells related to a QoS indicator,
to get reports on the QoS evolution, and to compare the service quality of different cells.
Comparing QoS indicator values with predefined thresholds, the NPO ensures rapid
verification of the quality of service in each single cell.
Note: For GSM technology it will not be possible to see the quantity of HO from H//
cells, NSN cells or E// cells to ALU cells in NPO, even if this information is reported
by BSC, via PMRES180.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
NPO functions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reference values
Reference values are the recommended values of parameters. They allow a quick audit of
the network and allow the operator to detect which objects are not following
recommendations for parameter values. The reference values for a parameter depend on
different criteria, such as cell type, cell class, frequency, and BTS type.
NPO is delivered with a default set of reference values, which can be customized to fit the
operator's needs.
Operator reference values
The network Operator Reference Values (ORV) are sets of parameters related to network
objects. The Operator Reference Values are the reference values for an instance of
objects, and not for an object type as reference values.
The ORV data are stored in the database and can be restored later through a tuning
session.
Rules and diagnosis
The NPO is used to investigate and diagnose QoS problems. Depending on the raised
problem, it proposes some corrective actions and / or extra investigations.
In order to benefit directly from any optimizer's field experience, the NPO allows
integrating new diagnosis scenarios. In this way, the network optimizer can rely on the
diagnosis rules supplied by Alcatel-Lucent, but also on the ones derived from their own
optimization experience.
Whenever a QoS indicator reaches its alert threshold, the NPO offers the diagnosis
feature to the optimizer, in order to find out the possible cause of the QoS degradation.
Events
Cell
Adjacency
Network element creation / deletion.
The configuration function is used to verify the operational logical parameter settings.
This is done by comparing the operational values with the reference values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
NPO functions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Additionally, the operational cell design is verified by comparison with the planned
design. In order to follow the evolution of the logical parameter settings, the imported
operational values are stored in the NPO database. Appropriate reports can be requested at
any time.
Tuning
The cartography module allows the user to show the location of the network elements, the
sectoring, the type and the status of cells at a glance. It displays cells, adjacencies, BTSs,
BSCs and eNodeBs with geographical maps in the background, coming from RNP. The
integrated cartography editor offers zooming, highlighting, searching, and exporting
facilities.
Contextual menus on cells allow a quick identification of interfered cells, serving cell
area, neighborhood, etc. Finally, it is possible to choose any group of cells in the
geographical representation and show them selected in the different tree gadgets. NPO
geographical representation supports standard vector formats.
Network stability, availability and alarms
Based on the reported PM data, alerters detect QoS problems and generate QoS alarms.
For more information, refer to the NPO Unavailability User Guide.
Remote inventory data management (RIDM)
Introduction to NPO
NPO functions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Customizing
In order to allow immediate use of the NPO, all adaptable values are set with default
values provided by Alcatel-Lucent at delivery. The operator must perform the
customization, as specific access rights are required.
You can customize the following values:
Reports
A report is composed of one or several views, and enables the user to display results
coming from QoS indicators, parameters, and other functions in view templates.
NPO provides the five types of reports:
Mono-Object Evolution Report
Multi-Object Evolution Report
Multi-Object Comparison Report
Working zones
A Working Zone defines an area on which an optimizer performs his network
optimization activities (network resource filter).
Object zones
An object zone is a user-defined filter that works on the current Working Zone.
Topology classifications
The topology classification defines how network objects are classified in a tree
structure, depending on the selected mode. It is dependant on used technology.
Function classifications
The function classification defines how functions are classified in a tree structure. It is
not dependant on the used technology.
Free field definitions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
NPO functions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Free fields are attributes that can be defined on any topology objects (such as cells,
BSCs, RNCs). Sorting and filtering capabilities can then be used to take advantage of
the information provided by these fields.
Parameter reference values
The reference value of a logical parameter is the one recommended by the
optimization expert.
Parameter checking rules
A parameter checking rule expresses the functional dependency between a set of
parameters of objects like cell, BSS or adjacent cells.
Diagnosis scenarios
A diagnosis scenario is an analysis tree that contains ways to investigate a quality of
service problem using the data available in NPO. Scenarios can be system or user
defined.
Alerters
Based on the reported Performance Measurement data, alerters are defined to detect
Qos problems and generate Qos alarms in the NPO. They are calculated from
indicators.
Working zones facilitate the work on a specific set of network objects and functions. They
are sub-network definitions, to assist the operator, who can only work in some Working
Zones.
When starting the Analysis Desktop, the user selects the preferred Working Zone to work
with and only sees the objects from this Working Zone.
To define a Working Zone, a set of criteria on base objects (for example, cells) is provided
and other accessible objects are deduced from this basic set of objects.
The Global Working Zone is a Working Zone with no filter that contains all objects.
Radio measurement statistics
Even if the Radio Measurement Statistics (RMS) feature is a GSM-specific feature, the
NPO offers some services based on RMS because it is of prime importance for GSM
operators and the aim of the NPO is to offer all the means possible to optimize the radio
network, regardless of the type of technology used.
RMS allows the operator to:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To Import RMS Template Values (GSM Specific), refer to the NPO Administration User
Guide document.
QoS and resource unavailability correlation
The NPO provides a rich set of default QoS indicators that allow the optimizer to
carefully follow the network's quality of service and take corrective actions, in the case
they are not optimal.
At the same time, it also allows operators to define their own QoS indicator formulas,
using a graphical editor. Once the indicators are created, they are available for all QoS
related functions, such as QoS reports.
Alcatel-Lucent delivers its own set of indicators (system indicators), but the operator can
create its own (customer indicators).
The threshold of system indicators can be updated by the optimizer.
User defined rules
The NPO interface allows the user to change the applicable rules and checked parameters.
Rules are the dependencies between two or more parameters of a given network object
(for example, one timer must be higher than another). The format of the rules file is
Excel.
Default rules are provided with the system, but they can also be changed to better suit
customer needs. The maximum value of rules provided within the NPO application (per
RNS / BSS / eNodeB release) is 200. The operator can create up to 50 rules.
User defined diagnosis
The NPO investigates the causes of QoS weaknesses for particular QoS indicators and
complex rules, using predefined diagnosis scenarios. It then suggests corrective actions
and / or further investigation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
System diagnosis scenarios are provided by the NPO, but optimizers can create their own
diagnosis scenarios, using the Eclipse editor. The procedure is explained in the NPO
Diagnosis Development User Guide.
User defined thematic layers
The thematic layer is a feature that allows the user to visualize QoS information on the
geographical representation. It colors parts of the geographical representation, according
to user requests on the QoS indicators, parameter values, analysis results, etc.
The NPO provides a thematic layer editor where each operator is free to enter his own
requests and the associated colors depending on the results. The product is delivered with
some default layers like traffic distribution or frequency reusing.
The results are mapped on cell contours (when analysis is done on cells) to provide a
good representation, even at low zoom level.
User defined topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
1-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Introduction to NPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
1-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Overview
Purpose
This section describes how to initialize and perform simple tasks using the Analysis
Desktop main window.
Contents
Procedure 2-1: Initialize Analysis Desktop first time
2-3
2-4
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-35
2-37
2-37
2-39
2-40
2-42
2-42
2-43
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-46
Manage licensing
2-47
2-52
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Manage tokens
2-53
2-56
2-58
2-59
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate Working Zone (global or user defined) and then click on Open.
Result: The default standard, mode, topology classification and function classification
appear for the selected Working Zone.
The topology and function trees are created, but only the first level trees are visible.
The QoS requirement is set as that of the Working Zone.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The dialog box Confirm Working Zone as been updated in order to be able to skip the
question for the next AD opening, and in this case next time AD will be opened using the
last WZ used.
Result: The next time the AD is opened, the question will be skipped.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The second way to obtain this behavior, i.e. launching AD on last WZ opened with
skipping the dialog box Confirm Working Zone is to set the User Preferences from
AD.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The next time the AD is opened, the question will be skipped.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Yes
No
Result: The Working Zone is initialized or the Select Working Zone window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The topology and function trees are created, but only the first level trees are
displayed.
The QoS requirement is set as that of the Working Zone.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
Result: If the user preferences are set with the Prompt to confirm on exit option, the
2
To
Click on
Yes
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Displays
Network Objects
Functions
Executed Views
The executed view browser can contain:
Executed Reports
The executed report browser can contain:
Cartography Browser
Tool bar
View port
Minimap.
Tuning Browser
Tuning Sessions
The tuning browser can contain:
Synthesis table.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function
Displays
The following figure shows how the Analysis Desktop is organized into browsers and
tabs.
GSM
W-CDMA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SMALLCELL(of W-CDMA)
LTE
WiMAX.
When one standard is selected, the tab is highlighted. This is called the active standard.
Arrow buttons are available for accessing all standards if they are not visible due to the
width of the standard browser.
Each standard tab has a set of modes. When one mode is selected, it is highlighted. This is
called the active mode.
According to the selected mode, the list of displayed counters / indicators / parameters /
reports / views is not the same. It is filtered according to the availability domain.
The default display for the modes for GSM and SMALLCELL(of W-CDMA) is the
tabular mode.
The default display for the modes for W-CDMA and LTE is the tree.
For multi-standard, the default mode is the tree.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The mode tree displays all modes that can be classified using hierarchical relations
between them (i.e. to put all modes corresponding to sub-objects of Cell3G below the
mode of Cell3G).
In case of the number of Smallcells in the working zone is bigger the pre-defined
threshold (50000) , the POD (populated On Demande) is used . At the beginning of an
AD session , the POD mode is empty and you have to manually request Smallcells
objects to check using drag and drop mechanism. The number of object instances in a
POD mode is limited (20000). Refer to POD mode chapter for more details
Topology classification browser
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function Tabs
The function tabs include the set of tabs for the selected mode.
If all tabs cannot be displayed due to the width of the Function browser, arrow buttons
appear allowing the user to scroll among all the existing tabs.
Function Status Bar
The function status bar displays the number of selected functions and the total number
of functions. It is dynamically refreshed when the selection changes.
Functions Tree
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The function tree displays the following list of functions per selected mode and function:
Counters
The functions tree only displays the scalar counters. However, when creating
indicators, all types of counters, i.e. Scalar, Matrix, Vector and Axis are displayed in
the tree. Counters are classified as Family / Sub-Family, with up to four levels of
sub-families.
Design
Design parameters can have four sub-levels in the family hierarchy (i.e. family and
sub-family).
Indicators
The indicator tree only displays presentation indicators. Axis indicators appear in the
indicator tree only when creating indicators and view templates.
You can display indicators in two different classifications:
Report
In this classification, the Report Template Type can be Mono-Object Evolution,
Multi-Object Evolution, etc.
The family / sub-family classification can be up to four levels.
Family / Sub-Family Classification
No report template type is mentioned for the report. Four levels of family /
sub-family classification are supported.
Report Type Classification
In this classification, the Report Template Type can be Mono-Object Evolution,
Multi-Object Evolution, etc.
View
View Templates can be displayed in two different classifications:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Free Fields are displayed in alphabetic order and no user-defined classification can be
created for them.
No icon is associated with the free field.
Diagnosis Scenarios
Diagnoses are displayed classified by their family and sub-families properties.
One Diagnosis can be associated with more than one family / sub-family and thus be
displayed more than once.
Rules
Rules are displayed classified by their family and sub-families properties.
One Rule can be associated with more than one family / sub-family and thus be
displayed more than once.
Thematics
THL are displayed classified by their family and sub-families properties.
One THL can be associated with more than one family / sub-family and thus be
displayed more than once.
Tuning
Tuning classification contains Tuning Operations. Most of the Tuning Operations are
leaves and can be dragged and dropped in a Tuning Session.
Tuning Operations are sorted by alphabetical order and Parameters are displayed
classified by their family and sub-families properties under a Standard node. Only
Parameters for which the Visible property is set to True and that are tagged as being
Tunable are displayed.
Events
Events are displayed classified by standard.
Cartography browser
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Detailed Diagnosis Report browser contains test nodes grouped in trees, giving
information on the possible cause of a detected QoS problem, and offering hyperlinks to
see the Python node code.
Tuning browser
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 2-5.2: Organize modes in standards and modes browser (p. 2-20).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 2-5.3: Hide mode in standards and modes browser (p. 2-23).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 2-5.4: Refresh mode in standards and modes browser (p. 2-24).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the Collapse all option to go back to the first level visible nodes and close
everything.
Result: The tree nodes are hidden.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
modes.
The Organize Modes window also opens in tree mode, displaying the available
modes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Hide a mode
2. Click on Yes.
Move a mode one position higher
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
Show a mode
Click on Show.
Click on OK.
Result: The following message appears:
Are you sure you want to see the changes in the modes?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The mode changes are defined.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The selected mode and its corresponding topology classification and data trees
are hidden.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
available classifications.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Hide a classification
2. Click on Yes.
Move a classification one position higher
Move a classification one position lower
Show a classification
Click on Show.
Click on OK.
Result: The following message appears:
Are you sure you want to see the changes in the topology
classifications?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The classification changes are defined.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The selected topology classification are hidden.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the Collapse all option to go back to the first level visible nodes and close
everything.
Result: The tree nodes are hidden.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
active filter.
The first item is labeled No Filter and is used to remove any filter on the
classification.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
trees.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Hide a mode
2. Click on Yes.
Move a mode one position higher
Show a mode
Click on Show.
Click on OK.
Result: The following message appears:
Are you sure you want to see the changes in the data trees?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The function tree changes are defined.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The selected function tree is hidden.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If required, select another function tree and then select Refresh Tree.
Result: The selected function tree is refreshed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select
Family / Sub-Family
Type
<Customer Defined>
For more information, refer to Procedure 4-4: Network object creation and deletion
in real time (p. 4-32).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-35
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
User preferences
The behavior of Analysis Desktop can be customized to fit user preferences. Refer to
Procedure 26-1: Configure user preferences (p. 26-2).
The window location, splitter position and window size are stored as implicit user
preferences.
Resizing
A horizontal splitter separates the Mode browser and Executed View browser; and a
vertical splitter separates the Mode browser and Executed Report browser. The browsers
can be re-sized and the splitters act as partitions (see Layout user preferences
(p. 26-13)).
Visibility management
If a Sub-Family is not defined, then the function object appears under the Family. If a
Family is not defined, then the function object is invisible and can only be seen by the
Administrator and its owner at the root level.
Visibility management for objects in the modes and functions browser takes into
consideration the following factors:
When an object has no family, it is only visible to the Administrator and its owner in
the editors, not in the Analysis Desktop tree (except concerning working zone)
When an object has a family, it is visible only if the Visible flag is set to true
When an operator removes the family associated with an object, the Visible flag is
automatically set to false and cannot be changed until a new family is reentered
When an operator associates a family with an object, the Visible flag is automatically
set to true but can then be changed before being saved
For System objects, only the Administrator can change the Visible property.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on Hide.
Click on Show.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can either use the drag and drop facility or the menu tool bar to display the values of
indicators / counters / parameters / views / reports.
Use
Action
Press
Periodicity
Interval date and time
Interpolation
Sampling
Reliability
Tuning session for forecast value
Filter for warning reports
Event synthesis and trend predictions.
Result: The values are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The functions browser values are displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-39
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
View templates
Report templates
Indicators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-41
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 22-3: Execute diagnosis in synthetic mode (p. 22-9), for a short
presentation of where the problem is located
Procedure 22-4: Execute diagnosis in detailed mode (p. 22-11), to see the detailed
report of the investigation.
The tuning session is then applied; see Procedure 23-1.6: Apply tuning session
(p. 23-17). The NPO generates tuning files, which can be viewed and exported to the
OMC-R.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-1.6: Add layer in DT, CCA and background layer (p. 24-30)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-43
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Based on the reported PM data, alerters detect QoS problems and generate QoS alarms.
You can perform the following operations using alerters:
Procedure 25-1.2: Create an alerter template (p. 25-14), Procedure 25-1.7: Edit an
alerter (p. 25-28) and Procedure 25-1.9: Delete an alerter (p. 25-30)
Display and use alerter list (p. 25-35)
OMC-R hostname
Equipment first commissioning date
Exact location of the board (its rack number, shelf number and slot number)
Serial number of the board and its part number
Date of end of warranty for a piece of equipment.
Customer Acceptance List (CAL) files are used to compare the equipments which should
be in the customer field with what is actually present there.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-44
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The automatic collection of hardware inventory is available for 9100 BTS, 9130 BSC
Evolution, all types of MFS, and for TC supervised from OMC-R. All of these types of
equipment provide inventory data for all the active boards, for racks and some support
equipments (fans, power supplies). Elements such as cables and plugs are not part of the
inventory.
Hardware inventory data can be imported automatically or on demand. For more
information, refer to Miscellaneous import tasks, to Load Inventory, in the NPO
Administration User Guide document.
Refer to Remote Inventory Data Management in the NPO Remote Inventory User Guide
document, for information on how to view NE boards, end of warranty, boards in CAL or
not in CAL.
Do
Press F1.
The online help documentation appears. The information is shown in html format,
including hyperlinks to allow easy browsing between related domains.
If the Online help browser is already open, its content is updated with the newly requested
documentation.
The operator can use the back / next navigation facilities to navigate through the history
of the displayed help pages. Back is allowed only when at least two different pages were
displayed. Next is allowed only after at least one back action was triggered.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-45
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-46
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
The default option is as set in the Display tips on startup in the user preferences.
Manage licensing
During the Analysis Desktop start up, the application checks to see if there are temporary
licenses that are due to expire soon.
If there is at least one temporary license that will expire in less than X days, (X is a
configurable value), a warning message appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-47
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage licensing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table gives the list of licensed features available with the NPO.
License Name
Description
MUSE_AD_MAX_INSTANCES_
LICENSE
MUSE_QOS_<TECHNO>_
LICENSE
MUSE_PARAM_<TECHNO>_
LICENSE
MUSE_PLANNED_<TECHNO>_
LICENSE
MUSE_PARAM_HISTORY_
LICENSE
MUSE_QOS_HISTORY_LICENSE
MUSE_CUSTOMER_RULES_
LICENSE
MUSE_QOS_INDICATOR_
CREATION
Required to:
_LICENSE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-48
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage licensing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
License Name
Description
MUSE_MAX_CUSTOMER_
INDICATOR
_LICENSE
MUSE_REPORT_TEMPLATE_
CREATION
_LICENSE
MUSE_OBJECT_ZONE_LICENSE
MUSE_REPORT_LICENSE
MUSE_SCHEDULING_LICENSE
MUSE_WORKING_ZONE_
LICENSE
MUSE_TUNING_LICENSE
MUSE_DIAGNOSIS_LICENSE
MUSE_MAX_CELL
MUSE_CARTOGRAPHY_
LICENSE
MUSE_RMS_GPRS_TUNING_
LICENSE
MUSE_REMOTE_INVENTORY_
LICENSE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-49
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage licensing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
License Name
Description
MUSE_LASER_<TECHNO>_
LICENSE
MUSE_ALERTER_LICENSE
MUSE_MAX_CUSTOMER_
INDICATOR
MUSE_PARAM_COMPARE_
BETWEEN_TWODATES_
LICENSE
MUSE_WEB_CLIENT_LICENSE
MUSE_ARCHIVED_REPORTS_
SUPPORT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-50
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage licensing
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
License Name
Description
NPO_REPORT_XLS_CUSTO_
LICENSE
To view the installed licenses, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
Display list of installed license.
To install a new license, refer to the NPO Platform User Guide document, to Activate
New License.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-51
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
Press Ctrl+W.
Result: The Notification window opens, listing all the unacknowledged messages.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Close.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-52
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Manage tokens
The Token Management system limits the number of clients running simultaneously. If
there is an inactive client, its token is automatically released and becomes available for
another client. When a client loses its token due to an inactivity period, it is possible to
retrieve a token (if there is any available) and continue to work as usual.
With this feature, it is possible to have a number of clients running on a HMI server
bigger than the maximum number of allowed users, because some clients can be
considered as inactive.
Token request
When the Analysis Desktop is started, it requests for a token from the server. The server
returns the token to the client.
If there is no token available, an error message appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-53
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage tokens
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Token refresh
When the Analysis Desktop is running, it refreshes the token every five minutes by
sending a request to the server. If the server does not receive any request for the token
from the Analysis Desktop for more than five minutes, then the token is released in the
server.
If there is no token available when a refresh request is received, the server sends an error
message.
Exit from the application after confirmation (any unsaved work will be lost), by
clicking on Exit, OR
Try again to retrieve a token if one was released by someone else, by clicking on
Retrieve Token.
When a client is inactive (no input received from the user) for a configurable period of
time, a warning message appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-54
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage tokens
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This message indicates that the Token will be released in <remaining time>, when
<remaining time> is updated every 5 seconds until 0 is reached.
You can keep the current token by clicking on Keep Token.
If you are still inactive during this time, an error message appears.
This message indicates that the Token was released following a <inactivity_period_value>.
You can:
Exit from the application after confirmation and any unsaved work will be lost, by
clicking on Exit, OR
Try again to retrieve a token if one was released by someone else, by clicking on
Retrieve Token.
If there is one token available, then the user can continue the session
If not, the No Token is available error message appears, and you can
exit from the Analysis Desktop or retry the operation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-55
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click in the Analysis Desktop menu bar on the Consolidation Follow Up icon.
The color codes of the Consolidation Follow Up icon are displayed in the following table.
Consolidation Follow Up icon
Description
There are recovered data not yet consolidated
There is an on-going consolidation
There is no on-going consolidation and no
recovered data
Invalid response from the server.
displaying the consolidation activity status. Each row displays the status of the
consolidation for a day (five recoverable days appear by default).
The columns contain the following information:
Column
Description
Status
Status:
RR / HR Transfer
Normalization
Not performed
Failed
Ongoing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-56
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Column
Description
Recovered data:
Yes
No
Details
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-57
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the tool bar menu, select Edit -> Select All, OR
Press Ctrl+A.
Result: All the required items are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To deselect all selected items, select Edit -> Deselect All from the tool bar menu.
Result: All the required items are deselected.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-58
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
With this feature, a new filtering capability is offered in all trees available in order to
allow restricting the list of objects displayed in the tree.
At the top of all the topology and function trees in both Analysis Desktop main window
and in editors, is present a text box labeled Find.
The applied label filters do not persist. If the user session is closed and reopened, trees
will not have any active label filters.
The string based filters are lost in case of a change Working Zone.
In a same user session, the applied label filters are kept (until they are modified or
cleared). They are also kept after a refresh tree / refresh all actions.
Note: When a filter is applied, the [<filtering string>] is displayed in the tree footer.
The number of objects and selected objects displayed in the tree footer is updated
based on the filtered tree. When no "specific topology" filter is selected, remove [No
Filter] in the footer of the topology window.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Find text box, type the name of the object to find and click on Enter.
Note: Only tree items equals exactly to the entered string are retained (together with
their hierarchy/children).
If you want to display objects starting or ending or containing a given string, you must
use the following wildcards:
Result: If any matching object of the complete tree is found, it is displayed in the tree.
Note:
If a leaf node matches the filtering string, it is kept with its hierarchy (if any).
If a non leaf node matches the filtering string, it is kept with all its children as well
as its hierarchy.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
2-59
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
2-60
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
3unctional window
F
common tasks
Overview
Purpose
3-1
3-6
3-7
3-9
3-11
Refresh
3-15
3-16
Execution context
3-20
3-34
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table describes the objects which can be dragged and dropped in the
different views.
Viewer Name
Parameter Name
Allowed Dragable
Objects
Allowed Dropable
Objects
Executed View
browser
Executed View
browser
None.
Executed Report
browser
View Template
Editor
Executed Report
browser
None.
None.
One or more
Network Objects
One or more
counter(s) /
indicator(s) /
parameter(s) / view
template(s) / events
/ rules / diagnosis /
free fields.
The user can drop
a nondouble
selection, for
example, network
objects without
functions.
Counters,
parameters,
indicators and / or
view templates
cannot be mixed in
a the same
selection.
One or more
Network Objects
One or more
counter(s) /
indicator(s) /
parameter(s) / view
template(s) / events
/ rules / diagnosis /
free fields.
The user cannot
drop a nondouble
selection, for
example, network
objects without
functions.
None.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Viewer Name
Parameter Name
Allowed Dragable
Objects
Allowed Dropable
Objects
Indicators
Indicators
None.
Counters
None.
Design Parameters
None.
Logical Parameters
None.
Standard View
Templates
Tabular Properties
panel
Indicators / Counters
/ Logical and Design
Parameters
Indicators / Counters /
Logical and Design
Parameters.
Primary Graphics
panel
None.
Indicators / Counters /
Logical and Design
Parameters.
Secondary Graphics
panel
None.
Indicators / Counters /
Logical and Design
Parameters.
Tabular View
Indicators /
Parameters /
Counters / Rules /
Events in the tabular
view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Viewer Name
Parameter Name
Allowed Dragable
Objects
Allowed Dropable
Objects
Primary Graphic
View Indicators /
Parameters /
Counters in the
tabular view.
QoS Indicator /
Parameter / Counter
contained in the tabular
view.
Secondary Graphic
View Indicators /
Parameters /
Counters in the
tabular view.
QoS Indicator /
Parameter / Counter
contained in tabular
view
Tabular View
Vector Indicators in
the tabular view.
Primary Graphic
View Vector
Indicators in the
tabular view
Secondary Graphic
View Vector
Indicators in the
tabular view
Tabular View
Matrix Indicators in
the tabular view.
Axis Indicator
Matrix Indicators in
the tabular view.
Equipment View
Templates
View Properties
panel
Tabular View
Indicators /
Parameters /
Counters in the
tabular view.
Indicators /
Parameters /
Counters in the
tabular view.
QoS Indicator /
Parameter / Counter
contained in the tabular
view.
Vector View
Templates
Matrix View
Templates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Viewer Name
Parameter Name
Allowed Dragable
Objects
Allowed Dropable
Objects
Indicators /
Parameters /
Counters in the
tabular view.
QoS Indicator /
Parameter / Counter
contained in the tabular
view.
View Template
None.
Report Template
Editor
Report Properties
panel
None.
Executed Report
Spatial Scope
None.
Tuning Function
Tree
Tuning operations or
tunable parameters
can be dragged.
None.
Topology
Classification Tree
None.
Tuning Session
Viewer Operations
Tree
None.
Topology objects /
Tuning operations /
Tunable parameters.
Note: To change the drag and drop, modify, add or remove, refer to Procedure 26-1:
Configure user preferences (p. 26-2).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag the selected network object / object zone and drop it to a different zone mode or
topology classification.
During the dragging process, if the mode or classification are incompatible with the
selected network object / object zone, the mouse pointer changes to .
Continue the dragging process to an appropriate mode / classification, where the mouse
pointer is .
Result: The selected network object / object zone is successfully relocated.
Depending on how the Display time before a tab is raised and made active
parameter is set as a user preference, the target mode or target classification, with the
highlighted propagated network object or object zone:
Is automatically displayed, OR
You have to switch to the target mode / classification to view it.
The view is auto-scrolled until the first selected object is visible.
Note: If a filter is applied on the target classification, some dropped objects may not
be visible. In this case, a message appears and you must either choose to remove the
current filter (i.e. switch to No Filter), or to drop it.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Hyperlinks are included to allow easy browsing of related properties. Clicking on one
of these hyperlinks refreshes the current Properties window or opens a new one,
depending on the Default behavior for hyperlinks user preference.
When a nonleaf object is selected, the properties of this object are displayed. If the
nonleaf object has no associated properties, then the Properties window displays only
the name of the object.
If the operator selects another object in a function tree when the Properties window
is still open, the window is refreshed and displays the properties of the newly selected
object.
Note that the newly selected object can be of a different type compared to the
previous one (i.e. select a counter, open the Properties window by selecting an
indicator, and the indicator properties in the previously opened Properties window
should appear).
Note: Only one Properties window can be opened at a time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To keep a copy of the Properties window and display several on screen at the same time,
use the Snapshot feature.
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on
Click on
Click on
Click on
Click on Close.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Options
Copy
Edit
Delete
Find
Refresh
Right click on an item and select Refresh.
The entire tree is refreshed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Panel
Options
View properties
Right click on an item and select
Properties.
The Properties window for the selected
object opens.
Refresh
Right click on an item and select Refresh.
The entire tree is refreshed.
Collapse all
Right click on an item and select Collapse
all. This option allow you to go back to the
first level nodes visible and everything is
closed.
Find
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Depending on the allowed operations, the buttons on the tool bar are activated or grayed
dynamically.
Button
Description
Creates a new template.
The user becomes the owner of the new
template.
Copies selected item to a new one.
The user becomes the owner of the new
template. The template properties window is
filled with the pre-defined values.
Launches the editor mode.
Deletes the selected object(s).
To export the selected object(s).
Applies the ongoing operation.
Cancels the ongoing operation.
Closes the window.
If the user performed changes which have not
been applied, and they chose to close the
window, then the Editor prompts a save
option.
Opens online help in a separate widow.
See Access online help (p. 2-45) for more
information.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Refresh
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refresh
Select one of the following options.
To refresh
Do
From the tool bar, select Edit -> Refresh -> All
or press F5.
When a tree is refreshed, the tree remains with the structure opened as before the refresh
operation and on the same position (same selected objects), therefore the current selection
is kept (i.e. the objects that were selected before the refresh operation remain selected
after the refresh operation, if they are still present in the tree).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl+F.
Result: The Search window appears.
The first time you open the window all its fields are unchecked by default, except
Add to selection check box, then the last used values are automatically filled in.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Match case
Use wildcards
Add to selection
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Option
Description
Search order
scrolled to make it visible (nodes can be expanded if they were not previously).
The number of selected items are displayed in the bar down. You can drag and drop
the selected items and the selected network element to the view window.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note that the search is only performed in the active classification, and that no special
search limited to a sub-tree or to a sub-selection is required.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
It automatically searches for the same string starting from the first selected object or from
the beginning of the tree if there is no selected object.
If any matching object is found, it is selected and the tree is automatically scrolled to
make it visible.
If there are no objects which match the search criteria, then a message appears stating that
the searched mode is not found.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Execution context
When executing functions (view / report / diagnosis / rules / events / free fields / THL /
indicators / parameters) in the tabular/graphical viewer or in the report viewer, the
execution context information must be filled in.
The window comprises two tabs:
General
Options.
Periodicity
To define the granularity of the executed view / report / function, the periodicity must be
set.
Periodicity choices are dynamic and depend on the intersection of availability domain of
the objects (Counters / Indicators / Parameters) to be displayed. Depending on the
selected view / report / function(s), some periodicity units are grayed and are not
available for selection.
Free fields and events (when they are defined for the considered technology) are available
for day periodicity only.
The periodicity options are:
Hour
Day
Week
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Month
5 Minutes
1/4 Hour
1/2 Hour
Raw (available for counters only)
Busy Hour choices (indicators or fixed)
Trend choices (hours of day, hours of week, days of week, and days of month)
2 Hours
3 Hours
4 Hours
6 Hours
8 Hours.
In the case of report execution, two extra options are present in the General tab of the
.
Execution Context window:
Option
Description
Immediate Execution
Use this option to execute the report immediately. In this case, fill
in the appropriate Date and hour (p. 3-22), and all necessary
fields from the Options tab.
To Be Scheduled
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Procedure 19-5: Schedule reports (p. 19-61) for detailed information on how to
use these options.
Date and hour
Starting Date (From) - Date and time for start of view / report / function execution.
Any date prior to 2000 is invalid.
Ending Date (To) - Date and time for end of view / report / function execution.
Note: From and To Date fields represent the start time of the last value to be
displayed.
For example, to visualize an hourly report with the following set times: From: 09:00 To: 17:00, the hourly report displays values for the 09:00 - 18:00 interval.
The dates chosen cannot be higher than the current day. If the ending date extends past the
current day, then the ending date is decreased to the current day-1.
The hour cannot be higher than the current hour -1 (except if the chosen hour equal to 0
o'clock). If the user enters an hour higher or equal to the current hour, the hour is
automatically set to the current hour - 1, if the hour is not equal to 0.
Dates are automatically normalized when selecting the OK button according to the
periodicity, as shown in the following tables.
Start Date and Time In the Execution Context dialog, the Start date and time are
decreased to the beginning of the first period (for the selected periodicity) of the
observation interval.
Periodicity
Adjustment
5 Minutes
0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 min.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Periodicity
Adjustment
1/4 Hour
1/2 Hour
0 or 30 min
Hour
2 / 3 / 4 / 6 / 8 Hours
Day
Week
Month
The first day of current week if the input start date is not
completed, otherwise the first day of the week to which
belongs the input start date.
The first day of current month if the input start date is not
completed, otherwise the first day of the month to which
belongs the input start date.
Raw
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
End Date and Time In the Execution Context dialog, the End date and time are
decreased to the beginning of the last period (for the selected periodicity) of the
observation interval.
Periodicity
Adjustment
5 Minutes
0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55 min.
1/4 Hour
1/2 Hour
0 or 30 min
Hour
2 / 3 / 4 / 6 / 8 Hours
Day
Week
Month
The last day of current week if the input end date is not
completed, otherwise the last day of the week to which
belongs the input end date.
The last day of current month if the input end date is not
completed, otherwise the last day of the month to which
belongs the input end date.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Periodicity
Adjustment
Raw
Based on the periodicity selection, the date appears in the following format.
Periodicity
Format
1/4 Hour
<date> <HH>:<MM>
1/2 Hour
<date> <HH>:<MM>
Hour
<date> <HH>:<MM>
Day
<date>
Week
<date>
Month
<date>
The following table lists the default values for starting and ending dates.
To set the default start and end date and time values, click on Default Dates. Depending
on the periodicity, the following values are automatically filled.
Periodicity
5 Minutes
Today 00:00
1/4 Hour
Today 00:00
1/2 Hour
Today 00:00
Hour
Today 00:00
Day
Yesterday
Yesterday
Week
Month
Today - 7 days
Yesterday
Today - 14 days
Yesterday
Today - 28 days
Yesterday
Today - 84 days
Yesterday
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trend periodicities
For the trend on hours of day, the period must cover at least 1 day (24 hours)
For the trend on hours of week, the period must cover at least 1 week
For the trend on days of week, the period must cover at least 1 week
For the trend on days of month, the period must cover at least 1 month.
Trend on hours of day and trend on hours of week are available if the Hour period is also
available.
Trend on days of week and trend on days of month are available if the Day period is also
available.
The following table presents information on the trend calculation.
Table 3-1
Trend calculation
Periodicity
Calculation
Trend on hours
of day
Trend on hours
of week
Trend on days
of week
Trend on days
of month
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The trend calculation is not applied directly on the indicator formula, but on the stored
indicators (basic indicators) belonging to the formula.
For example an indicator I = A / B, where A and B are stored indicator, then a trend
calculation on the indicator I become trend(I) = avg(A) / Avg(B).
Note: The trend option takes into account only alarms loaded data. Null values are not
considered for trending calculations.
Spatial aggregation
When the Spatial checkbox is selected for Aggregation, then the spatial aggregation
method of each basic indicator is used.
This option can only be applied to standard indicators, it is not available neither for
parameters nor for counters.
This check box is disabled in the following cases:
Refer to Display spatial aggregation in views / reports (p. 19-93) for detailed
information on how to use this option.
Temporal aggregation
When the Temporal check box is selected for Aggregation, the aggregation is performed
on the temporal axis.
This check box is disabled in the following cases:
QoS requirement
The values of QoS Requirement are Low, Medium, and High, as previously set as a user
preference.
This changes which values are highlighted in the view from the Legend, based on the
threshold values per QoS requirement set in the indicator definition.
Interpolation
Interpolation is used to automatically complete the missing values in the data warehouse.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can either use the default interpolation on the QoS data, or select the first and second
interpolation methods from the displayed list.
Parameter
Definition
None
Linear
Only OK value
Extend
Only the existing values are used and they are extended to the
wanted displayed period
Zero
Padding
All the missing periods are set to a padding value. This is zero by
default, but can be configurable through the Padding parameter.
Interpolation is only required if there are indicators in the view and the Allow Dynamic
Interpolation user preference is true.
Sampling
When Sampling is set and Upper_is_fault flag is set to FALSE for the sampling indicator
and the value of the sampling indicator is smaller than the sampling value defined in the
indicator, then values are displayed in gray.
In the other cases, values are displayed in their normal style.
Reliability
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The limit for the number of tuning sessions and jobs that can be selected to be
displayed is 20, by default.
2. Select one or more tuning sessions / jobs from which the corresponding forecast
values would be displayed in the view.
The tuning sessions / jobs that are opened in the current Analysis Desktop and are
modified without being saved are marked with an * after their name.
This value is mandatory if forecast is chosen to be displayed for parameters in the
view template or in the user preferences.
This value is not required if forecast was not chosen or if there is no parameter in the
view.
Filter unavailable objects
The user can choose to filter warning reports, based on the values of availability indicator,
comparison operator, and threshold value of the network object type on which this
warning report is being executed.
This field is only used if Execution Context is subject for a warning report. If the
execution does not imply a warning report and QoS Availability Indicators, then the list is
grayed.
If Filter Unavailable Objects is checked, then the following parameters must also be set:
The following figure shows the Filter Options panel inside the Execution Context
window.
Figure 3-2 Filter options panel inside Execution Context window
To define the family of the indicators defined in the list, update the qosUnAvailabilityFamily parameter from the following file:
/alcatel/muse/technologies/GSM/QoS/metadata/MaatQueryMetadata.xml
For LTE technology, update the qosUnAvailabilityFamily parameter from the following
file:
/alcatel/muse/technologies/LTE/QoS/metadata/MaatQueryMetadata.xml
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QoS Availability Indicators are used to filter objects based on the and the.
Select one value from the list that displays the Long Names (Reference Names) of the
indicators which are part of the System Parameter Filtering Unavailable Objects family,
defined in system user preferences for the network object on which the warning report is
being executed.
The implicit user preference keeps the last value used for this network object type. To
display it, click on .
If no value was defined in the system user preference, or the family does not exist, then
no indicators are shown and the filtering option is grayed.
Comparison operator
Select Display Event Synthesis, to display the Event Synthesis in both tabular and
graphical modes for the given network object. This parameter is used in the case of a
Mono-Object evolution view with Day periodicity that contains only standard indicators
and / or parameters.
Click on Show Event Synthesis Options to view the list of available events.
From the Event Synthesis Options list, select the event type that composes the event
synthesis. It is mandatory to select one type if Display Event Synthesis is set to Yes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trend predictions
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The icon is attached to the indicators with a Trend Prediction Supported attribute. A
tool tip appears when mouse is over this icon.
The Display Trends option is not available for Trend Periodicities
Use static trend prediction in evolution views and reports (p. 19-95).
Buttons
Click on
Execute
Cancel
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Execution context
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Click on
Help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
3-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the menu bar, select Analysis Desktop -> Set QoS Requirement....
Result: The QoS Requirement Level menu appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate QoS Requirement Level (Low, Medium or High), according to the
desired sensitivity of the threshold; see Threshold and sampling (p. 9-28).
Result: The QoS Requirement Level is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The QoS Requirement Level window closes.
The newly set QoS requirement becomes the default one in the used when executing
views and reports.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
3-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
4
Overview
Purpose
This section describes the common tasks when dealing with topology objects.
Contents
Presentation
4-1
4-2
4-11
4-21
4-21
4-24
4-30
4-32
Presentation
The objects found in the Topology window represent objects in your network. They
appear in different relational lists represented by tabs and sub-tabs.
These objects are discovered by the NPO through files retrieved from the declared data
sources (for example, parameter files, PM files). At this moment, they are considered as
operational objects.
When a network object disappears from the network, the OMC no longer reports data on
it. The NPO will detect it but will keep it in its database as a soft-deleted object (marked
with the red cross icon ).
The time until an object appears as soft-deleted depends on the way it is reported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The GSM object class tree and the corresponding tabs are as follows.
Object Class Tree
Tabs
Cells
All
BSS Release
BTS_D
Cell Class
Cell Freq. Band
Cell Type
GPU
LAC
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
RA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tabs
BSS
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
MFS
The only MFS tab is: All.The MFS names are listed.
The correspondence between MFS name and the MFS
external ID shown in Import Follow-Up needs to be
checked on OMC.
SGSN_IP_NSVC
All
BSS Release
OMC
SGSN_ITF
Adjacencies
All
BSS Release
Band -> Band
Cell Class
Cell Type
To External
LAC
LAC -> LAC
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
RA
Type -> Type
Adjacencies 2G to 3G
All
BSS Release
Band -> Band
Cell Class
Cell Type
To External
LAC
LAC -> LAC
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
RA
Type -> Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tabs
Traffic Zones
TRX
All TRX
BSS Release
Cell Class
Cell Type
LAC
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
RA
TRX TS
All TRX
BSS Release
Cell Class
Cell Type
LAC
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
RA
BTS
All
BSS Release
GPU
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
X25
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tabs
BTS_BSC_LAPD
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
BSC_MFS_LAPD
All
BSS Release
GPU
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
N7SL
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
SS7SL
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
N7LS
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
AIC
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
GPU
All
BSS Release
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
PVC
All
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
Bearer Channel
All
MFS
OMC (represents an OMC-R)
Cell Zones
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tabs
TRX Zones
Generic Zones
SubObjectZones
Family / Sub-Family
MultiNET
The first and second levels of the W-CDMA object class tree and the corresponding tabs
are as follows.
Object Class Tree
Tabs
RNC
Cell 3G
All
DlFreq
LAC_RAC
Topology
IuB
All
Topology
TMU
All
Topology
IuR
All
Source_RNC
Target_RNC
RemoteCell3G
All
Topology
3G Adjacency Profile
All
Topology
PLMN
All
Topology
RadioAccessService
All
Topology
NodeB
All
Topology
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tabs
HSDPA
All
Topology
HSXPA
All
Topology
EDCH
All
Topology
Cell Group
All
Topology
Board
All
Topology
PC
All
Topology
PCM
All
Topology
IMA Group
All
Topology
IPRAN
All
Topology
NodeB Vcc
All
Topology
IP Itf
All
Topology
Object Zone
Family / SubFamily
SubObjectZones
Cell Zone
Family / SubFamily
SubObjectZones
2G Ext Cell
Transport Node
ATM Port
All
Topology
LP
All
Topology
Lan
All
Topology
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tabs
Iub If
All
Topology
Aal2 If
All
Topology
SS7
All
Topology
ATMMPE
All
Topology
Ip If
All
Topology
MicroNodeB
All
Topology
CCP
All
Topology
MITFB
All
Topology
Control Port
All
Topology
Sector
All
Topology
UserDataPort
All
Topology
ALCAP
All
Topology
oneBTS
All
Cell_Source
MultiNET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The LTE object class tree and the corresponding tabs are as follows.
Object Class Tree
Tabs
eNodeB
All
Duplex
LTE Cell
All
Topology
Duplex
Adjacency
All
SourceCell
TargetCell
S1C Interface
All
Topology
X2 Interface
All
Topology
MME
HOST
All
Topology
MIF
All
Topology
MAF
All
Topology
Host TA
All
Topology
TA
Object Zone
SubObjectZones
Family/SubFamily
Cell Zone
SubObjectZones
Family/SubFamily
MultiNET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-Tabs
CoreServiceNetwork
WACCluster
All
WACCL Release
WAC
All
OMC / Topo
WAC Release
BS Cell
All
OMC / Topo
BS Release
WAC Centric
Processor
Physical Link
All
CSN-Centric
OMC / Topo
AAA Server
All
CSN-Centric
W-Adjacency
CSN centric
OMC / Topo
CSN centric
OMC / Topo
CSN centric
OMC / Topo
BS
All
OMC / Topo
BS Release
DL_burst_profile
UL_burst_profile
DL_permutation_zone
UL_permutation_zone
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Sub-Tabs
UL_Interval_User_Code
DL_Interval_User_Code
Sub-Map
Sub-Allocation
Generic Zones
SubObjectZones
Family / SubFamily
CellZones
BS to CSN link
CSN centric
OMC / Topo
BSCELL_WAC_LINK
OMC / Topo
WAC-Centric
External Cell
MultiNET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table lists the parameters and provides a brief description of each
parameter.
Parameter Name
Description
Object ID
Object Type
External ID Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
External ID
Parent ID
A link to the parent object. The link opens the parent properties
window.
Parent Type
Friendly Name
Planned OFN
Discovery Date
Import Date
Children Types
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Additional parameters exist for the cell properties pages, as presented in the tables below.
Table 4-1
Parameter Name
Description
Link to Frequency and TRX mapping for the selected cell. This lists
all the TRX under the cell with their corresponding frequency values.
Number Of TRX
(Planned)
Number Of TCH
Number Of SDCCH
Combined BCCH
Configuration
Frequency
FHS ID
HSN
MAIO
Number Of TRX
(Planned)
Number Of TCH
Number Of SDCCH
Combined BCCH
Configuration
Frequency
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table lists the Cell 2G object properties neighborhood parameters and
provides a brief description of each parameter.
Table 4-2
Parameter Name
Description
Neighborhood
Operational Name
Planned Name
Operational Serving
Planned Serving
Operational Target
Planned Target
Planned target = P, if the cell from the current row is planned target
for the current cell; nothing otherwise.
The following table lists the Cell 2G object properties OMC external view parameters and
provides a brief description of each parameter.
Table 4-3
Parameter Name
Description
OMC-R
LAC
BCCH
BCC
NCC
Cell Type
Frequency Range
OMCExternalCell.frequencyRange_
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-3
(continued)
Parameter Name
Description
Cell_Reselect_Offset
EN_BI_BAND_MS
EN_OUTGOING_ GPRS_REDIR
EN_SOLSA
FREELEVEL_DR
GPRS_HCS_THR
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_ MAX_CCH_1800
GPRS_MS_TXPWR_ MAX_CCH_900
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS
GPRS_RXLEV_ ACESS_MIN
L_RXL_DR
MS_TXPWR_ MAX_1800
MS_TXPWR_ MAX_900
MS_TXPWR_MAX_ CCH_1800
MS_TXPWR_MAX_ CCH_900
NC_REPORTING_ PERIOD_T
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-3
(continued)
Parameter Name
Description
NETWORK_CONTROL_ ORDER
PENALTY_TIME
RX_LEV_ ACCESS_MIN
RX_LEV_MIN
Note: You can configure the list of OMC External View Parameters and obtain them
from the ExternalOmcCell.csv file.
The following figure shows an example of network properties.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the necessary adjacencies, right click and select Add Reverse Adjacencies, OR
From the menu bar, select Topology -> Add Reverse Adjacencies.
Result: The resulting reverse adjacencies are added to the selection (soft-deleted
adjacencies must not be considered when retrieving the list of adjacencies). The tree
can be expanded, but it is not scrolled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
While in the Cell mode, select the necessary cells, then right click and select one of the
following options.
To
Do
Result: The resulting cells are added to the selection and the tree can be expanded, but
it is not scrolled.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Definition
Cell class is a parameter that describes the geographic environment and predicted traffic
of cells.
A cell class is associated with each cell through the RNP interface.
It is used by the NPO as:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Classification
Operational cell class - this value is either chosen in NPO or comes from the OMC-R
(when cell class is supported in the OMC-R, for example, in the W-CDMA).
Besides the two values (planned and operational), the NPO manages an additional flag
allowing i to remember if the Operational cell class was set to the Planned value or not.
Alcatel-Lucent provides the following predefined and non-modifiable set of cell classes,
known as system cell classes:
Rural
Suburban
Urban
Dense urban
Indoor.
System cell classes cannot be viewed, modified, or deleted using the Network Object
Class Editor.
In order to correspond to their own optimization methods, the optimizer may define
additional customer cell classes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Topology -> Network Object Class..., OR
Press Ctrl+L.
Result: The Network Object Class Editor opens.
The Network Object Class Tree contains the customer defined network object classes,
classified on their system network object classes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Network Object Class Properties panel is used to display and edit the properties
of the selected network object class.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network object and Procedure 4-2.1: Open network object class
editor (p. 4-25).
Result: The object is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Description
Name
Description
Mode
System Class
List of System defined network object classes for the object type for whom
customer network object class is being created.
By default, this is set to the first value in the list.
Click on
When maximum number of network object classes are reached the operator is notified
about it. The maximum number is a configurable value for each object type and by
default it is set to 64.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network object and Procedure 4-2.1: Open network object class
editor (p. 4-25).
Result: The object is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The Network Object Class Properties panel appears in editable mode. The
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network object and Procedure 4-2.1: Open network object class
editor (p. 4-25).
Note: Multiple network object classes can be selected for removal.
Result: The object(s) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then
From the menu bar, select Topology -> Network Object Class Assignment.
Result: A list of the current system and customer network object classes appears in
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The following confirmation message appears:
Are you sure you want to change the Network Object Class to <New_
Network_Object_Class> ?
The new network object class is assigned. At the next preview of the sub-menu of
network object classes, it will appear as checked.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
4-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Topology objects
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
4-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Overview
Purpose
This section describes how to manipulate objects as a group with objects zones.
Contents
Presentation
5-1
5-6
5-6
5-10
5-22
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_OBJECT_ZONE_LICENSE must be installed for the Object
Zone Editor to be displayed.
Definitions
An object zone describes a set of network objects of the same type, filtered by a set of
filters. The operator can define, for example, an Object Zone containing all cells having a
call-drop of 3% or more.
The filters are dynamically applied to the current Working Zone, in order to obtain the list
of objects contained in the zone. This list of objects is therefore dynamic and depends on
the opened Working Zone.
The operation to apply filters defined in an object zone to the current Working Zone is
called computation of the object zone. Object Zones can be computed only when required
(i.e. when used), on user demand, or during Analysis Desktop initialization (auto compute
property). When an object zone is computed (whatever the reason for this computation),
its name is updated to display the number of objects contained in the zone (in parenthesis
after the object zone name).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An object type is associated with object zones to indicate which type of objects is the
result of its computation. For example, an object zone containing cells is called a Cell
Zone. A 2G Cell Zone is an ObjectZone(2G Cell).
If an object zone contains as a filter another object zone, it is called a sub-object zone.
Whenever the parent object zone criteria are changed, the changes are also inherited by
the sub-object zone (i.e. criteria are not copied in the sub-object zone, but a reference to
the parent object zone is kept).
If an object zone contains as a filter criteria a Working Zone, it does not become a
sub-object zone and the Working Zone criteria is not copied (a reference to the Working
Zone is kept).
An object zone can be manipulated as a standard network object. It can be used, for
example, as the topology dimension of an execute view or execute report operation.
Depending on the installed technology plug, some modes can be Zone Modes containing
only Object Zones of a certain type (in GSM, for example, Cell Zone, Traffic Zone and
TRX Zone are dedicated modes). A generic Object Zone mode can also be used and, in
that case, it can contain Object Zones of different types.
For the Traffic Zone mode, the NPO generates one Object Zone (of TRX type) for each
Traffic Zone of each cell. The Traffic Zone mode displays these zones as described below.
Example:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Filtering
A list of pre-defined topology filters is associated with each mode. It is possible to apply
all the filters of a mode on any Topology Classification of the concerned mode.
Filters can also be used to restrict the list of displayed objects, by using additional criteria
such as only GPRS.
The operator can apply a filter on any available Topology Classification of the mode, as
follows:
The criteria defined in the filter are then applied to the chosen classification and this
classification is updated, displaying only the filtered objects
If a filtered nonleaf object has no child, it is also hidden
The No Filter option can be used to remove any filter applied to a classification
Applying a filter on a Topology Classification does not change the other Topology
Classifications.
Whenever some objects are dropped on a filtered classification, if some of the dropped
objects are not visible due to the applied filter, then the user is informed and asked
whether to remove the filter or to ignore the non visible objects.
The following criteria may be used to filter a set of objects:
QoS criteria, to filter, for example, objects with a bad Call Drop or a low Call Success
Parameter (Logical and Design) criteria, to filter, for example, objects of a particular
frequency band or class
Topological criteria, to filter, for example, cells of a particular BSS
Explicit designation, to focus, for example, on specific cells of high interest
Free field criteria, to filter, for example, cells according to free fields.
For each type of criteria defined above, you must select a Reference Period and a
Reference Date to define how to apply the criteria.
The following comparison operators can be used as filtering criteria:
>
>=
<
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
<=
=
!= (<>)
CONTAINS
DOES_NOT_CONTAIN
LIKE (foe is like 'f*' but not like 'f*e*o')
MUSE specific comparison operators such as 'IsGreen()'
Operator
Description
Example
CONTAINS
P:(Class CONTAINS
{'RURAL','URBAN'})
It will return all CELL2G objects
having the value of the parameter
"Class" equal to 'RURAL' or equal to
'URBAN'.
Filter criteria on CELL2G otype is:
P:(Class DOES_NOT_CONTAIN
{'RURAL','URBAN'})
It will return all CELL2G objects
having the value of the parameter
"Class" which is not equal to 'RURAL'
nor to 'URBAN'.
Filter criteria on CELL2G otype is:
P:(Class LIKE '%URBAN%')
It will return all CELL2G objects
having the the value of the parameter
"Class", containing the string
'URBAN'. (so it can return
DENSE_URBAN and URBAN for
example).
AND
OR
Not
Parenthesis.
+
-
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
*
/
% (Modulo)
Cell filter to have only cells with a call_drop (fictional indicator name) higher than
3%:
I:(Call_Drop > 3), where I stands for Indicator.
Cell filter to have only cells of BSC1:
Filter on BSC and then: T:(OFN = 'BSC1'), where T stands for topology attributes.
Cell filter to have only cells having only GSM 1800 Traffic Zones:
Filter on Traffic Zone with All Children selected and then P:(InternalCell.frequencyRange__TZ = 'GSM1800'), where P stands for Parameter.
Define a filter criteria using CONTAINS and DOES_NOT_CONTAIN operators:
P:(azimuthAntennaAngle>5) AND P:(cellClass CONTAINS *{*'URBAN'*}*)
P:(azimuthAntennaAngle>5) AND P:(cellClass DOES_NOT_CONTAIN
*{*'URBAN'*}*)
The object zone can be dragged and dropped in the viewer. In this case, the object zone
behaves as a single object.
Spatial aggregation is used to calculate the indicator value over the object zone.
For STA indicators that are based on calculated indicators:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
updated to indicate the number of objects contained in the zone in parenthesis after its
name.
If Include numerical errors (NErr) is unchecked, then the computation of the
Object Zone excludes objects for which a criteria of the Object Zone cannot be
computed (returns the NErr value because of a division by zero).
Examples:
Call drop > 5% and Include NErr unchecked: the OZ contains all cells that have
a call drop greater than 5%.
Call drop > 5% and Include NErr checked: the OZ contains all cells that have a
call drop greater than 5% as well as cells for which call drop cannot be computed
(value = NErr).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to the following tables for a list of the parameters and their properties.
Parameter Name
Description
Name
Owner
Created
Modified
System
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Access rights
Public or Private
Visible
Auto-Compute
Description
Object Type
Families
Family
The family to which this object zone
belongs
Sub-Family Depth 1
The sub-family to which this object zone
belongs
Sub-Family Depth 2
The sub-sub-family to which this object
zone belongs
Sub-Family Depth 3
The sub-sub-sub-family to which this
object zone belongs
Sub-Family Depth 4
The sub-sub-sub-sub-family to which this
object zone belongs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Dialog Box
Resizable
Properties panel
displayed.
Previous Page
Next Page
Snapshot
Previous Object
Next Object
Edit
Description
Always on top
Modal
Multi instance
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following tool bar icons are available for the object zone operations.
The following table gives a brief description of the object zone operations tool bar icons.
Icon
Description
Add Union
Add Intersection
Add Exclusion
Remove Operation
Clear Criteria
Status
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Analysis Desktop main window, select Topology -> Object Zone..., OR
Press Ctrl+B.
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Object Zone Editor appears with default values and editable fields.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Name
Owner
Created
Modified
Access Rights
Object Type
Auto-Compute
Include NErr
Visible
System
Description
Family
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field Name
Description
Sub-Family Depth
Sub-Sub-Family Depth
Sub-Sub-Sub-Family Depth
Sub-Sub-Sub-Sub-Family Depth
In the Families panel, type the family to which this object zone belongs.
Result: The family is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Sub-Family Depth, type the sub-family to which this object zone belongs.
Result: The sub-family is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trees
Filter
QoS indicator
Logical Parameter
Topology Parameter
Object Zone
Working Zone
Check the appropriate option between Filter, Object Zone, or Working Zone.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The Working Zone checkbox allows defining that the object zone will be
evaluated on one Working Zone. It is possible only if object type corresponds to
core objects (e.g. CELL_2G for GSM, CELL_3G for UMTS).
Note: If you import free fields from the NPO Administration page while in the
Analysis Desktop the Object Zone Editor is used, you must refresh the free fields tree
in order to see and work with the imported free fields. For more details about the
import of free fields, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
Import free fields using GUI.
Depending on your choice, drag and drop from the right panel:
Click on
>
>=
<
<=
=
!= (<>)
CONTAINS
DOES_NOT_CONTAIN
+
*
/
Numeric constants
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
icon.
Icon Color
Criteria
Green
Orange
Red
Parameter Name
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-1
(continued)
Parameter Name
Description
Yesterday
Last week
Last month
Filter Formula
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
Result: The Object Zone is created and the tree in the Object Zone mode is refreshed.
If a POD mode A is also present in the Object Zone editor, the topology tree of the
Object Zone editor will display the same objects that are present in this POD mode A
(in the Analysis Desktop main window) at the opening of the Object Zone editor.
If an object is added / suppressed in a POD mode of the Analysis Desktop main
window, trigger the Refresh option to apply the same change(s) in the topology tree
of the editor.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Properties panel appears with the default name and properties of the
selected object zone. The value of the Access Rights field is Private by default,
regardless of the value from the copied object zone.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: A confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate cells from the Topology browser, right click and select Create
Object Zone....
Result: The Enter Object Zone Name window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the appropriate name for the object zone, then click on OK.
Result: The new object zone is created.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: A confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When creating Object Zones via file import, a csv file needs to be created (semi colon
separated).
Format of the file is
ObjectZoneName;Description;ObjectType;List of objectExternalId
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Where:
ObjZone_1 is the object zone name
for_test is the description
BSC is the otype
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When creating Object Zones via file import, a csv file needs to be created (semi colon
separated).
Format of the file is:
Line 1: OZ_CREATION;<Optional comment>;<techno>;<OTYPE>
Line 2: OZ_NAME
And then 1 objectExtenalID per line.
Note: An empty line (without value) could be included between 2 lines with OEXID
values (it means that we have an OEXID per line, and it is possible to have a blank line
and the next line having another OEXID), this is for defense case.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Where OZ_TEST1 is object zone name, 55/0/2354 and 55/0/421 are OEXIDs.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
In the Select a .csv File for Import field, browse for the .csv file to import.
Select the appropriate input file, then click on Open.
Result: The Select a .csv File for Import field is filled in with the name of the
Click on Create.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The progress bar displays the progress and eventual completion of the
operation.
Wait for the end of the import.
When the import is done, the following window opens with the result of the import.
If errors and warnings occurred during the import operation, the same screen displays
the list of errors and warnings.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
A log file information is present in the same screen. To display the log file:
From Wibox select Detailed Logs files viewer, refer to Alert Log from the NPO
Platform User Guide document, OR
Click on the log file URL to display the File Download window. Perform one of the
following operations:
To
Do
Click on Open.
The file opens in the browser.
Click on Save.
Type/browse for the location where you
want to save the file, then click on OK.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
5-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
5-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
6 se topology
U
classifications
Overview
Purpose
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-8
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Presentation
The Topology Classification defines how Network Objects are classified in a tree
structure, depending on the selected mode.
Topology Classifications are specific to the used technology.
Topology Classifications can be:
The network objects of a mode can be classified according to their values of selected
parameters and/or according to their parent or related objects and/or according to their
values of topology parameters and /or free fields.
The following figure presents a cell topology classification based on parameter
Frequency_Range.
The cells are displayed in the corresponding classification according to their value of the
parameter(s) selected for building the classification. To allow to immediately see which
parameter(s) is (are) used for the topology classification, the parameter label
(Frequency_Range) is displayed between parenthesis after the parameter value of the
classification node, for instance: EGSM900 (Frequency_Range).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Analysis Desktop main window, select Topology -> Topology Classification...,
OR
Right click on a Topology classification tab, select Topology Classification..., OR
Press Ctrl+T.
Result: The Topology Classification Editor window opens.
The topology classification tree on the left contains tree of topology classifications
objects for all standards and modes except the MultiNET mode.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can create a topology classification containing parameters using the Procedure 6-2:
Create topology classification (p. 6-8).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can create a topology classification based on parent or related objects using the
Procedure 6-2: Create topology classification (p. 6-8).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can create a topology classification based on free fields using the Procedure 6-2:
Create topology classification (p. 6-8).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can create a topology classification based on topology parameters using the
Procedure 6-2: Create topology classification (p. 6-8).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
icon.
Result: The properties panel (in the middle of the Topology Classification Editor) is
Description
Default Value
Name
Topology_
<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
topology
classification and n
is an increment.
Owner
Created
Modified
Access
Rights
Mode
System
Grayed, otherwise.
Description
In the Classification Definition panel, define the list of classification criteria which give
the levels to be displayed in the classification.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag the required object attributes and topology objects from the right panel, and drop
them to the topology classification tree. The drop is based on:
Dropping object attributes and topology objects on a node makes them parent of that
node. If a drop is not allowed, the cursor shows the
icon.
Validation occurs when dragging, therefore the example tree is immediately updated.
If you import free fields from the NPO Administration page while in the Analysis
Desktop the Topology Classification Editor is used, you must refresh the free fields tree in
order to see and work with the imported free fields. For more details about the import of
free fields, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import free fields
using GUI.
The maximum number of allowed levels in a topology classification is set by default to
six.
When defining the levels of the desired classifications, the following rules must be
respected:
Leaves are always the Object Type of the mode for which the topology classification
is defined
Topology Objects or Object Attributes cannot be used twice in the same Topology
Classification (i.e. not possible to define RNC->Cell->RNC).
A child object cannot be dropped over a parent object.
The resulting tree has collapsible and expandable nodes containing example data.
The user determines for each defined level (except for the first and the last levels) if the
associated level is displayed or not in the classification by checking the checkbox in front
of the considered level. If the checkbox is unchecked, the considered level is hidden in
the classification. If the (n) level is hidden in the classification, then in the upper level
(n-1), the (n+1) level objects are displayed grouped by (n) level.
To remove a selected node, click on
As for all classifications, non-leaves levels are displayed using a (configurable) icon
indicating if the branch is open
or not .
Also, the associated icons appear for the dragged objects.
Icon
Name
Topology
Logical
Design
Topology Parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Icon
Name
Free Fields
Click on
4
To
Click on
Yes
Cancel
Result: The new topology classification is created and displayed in the mode. No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Topology Classification Editor window, from the left frame, select the topology
classification to copy, then click on
.
Result: The new topology classification is created with a default name:
Access rights are reset to the default values, but you can change them as required.
You can also modify the topology classification properties if required.
The user becomes the owner of the copied topology classification.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The new topology classification is created and displayed in the mode. No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Only objects that fulfill the filtered criteria are displayed in the topology tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
6-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Only the owner of the selected topology classification or the administrator can
delete a topology classification.
System topology classification cannot be deleted but the user can hide a system
topology classification, refer to Procedure 6-2: Create topology classification
(p. 6-8), to the Classification Definition panel.
There are at least two topology classifications for the mode and it is not possible
to remove all classifications of a mode.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Yes
Yes to all
If the deleted topology classification is public, other users are notified about the
deletion but the deleted topology classification will be removed only when they
reopen the Analysis Desktop.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
6-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
7 se function
U
classifications
Overview
Purpose
This section describes how to manipulate functions within the function classifications.
Contents
Presentation
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-6
7-7
7-8
Presentation
The Function Classification defines how functions are classified in a tree structure. It is
not dependant on the used technology.
Function Classifications can be:
The Administrator and the owner can see though all private objects. They can also
visualize the non-visible objects, but using a particular graphical style and only in the
Object Editors trees (not in Analysis Desktop main function trees).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
7-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Analysis Desktop main window, select Data -> Function Classification..., OR
Press Ctrl+U.
Result: The Topology Classification Editor window opens.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
7-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Name
Function_
<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
function
classification.
Owner
Created
Modified
Access
Rights
Mode
Function
Type
Current active
function type on
function browser.
Visible
Checked.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
7-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
System
Description
In the Classification Definition panel, define the list of classification criteria which gives
the levels to be displayed in the classification. For this, drag the required functions from
the right panel, and drop them to the function classification tree.
Function attributes cannot be used twice in the same function classification.
If the Family attribute is chosen to classify the functions, then it must be at the lowest
level of the classification definition. The Family attribute cannot be dropped between
other function attributes.
If a function classification tree contains the Family attribute, the function classification
editor displays all the levels of family and sub-family.
Note: The following function types cannot be created or modified in the function
classification editor:
Tuning
Event
Free fields.
Dropping them on a node makes them parent of that node. If a drop is not allowed, the
cursor shows that .
Validation occurs when dragging
As for all classifications, non-leaves levels are displayed using a (configurable) icon
indicating if the branch is open
or not .
Result: As for all classifications, non-leaves levels are displayed using a
or not
The Example Tree in the right frame of the Classification Definition panel shows a
replica of the classification levels that are being defined. The tree is updated every
time the classification level tree is updated.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
7-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
Result: The new function classification is created and displayed in the Function
Classification tabs. No filter is associated with this new classification.
If the function classification is public, other users are notified and they have to
manually refresh the tree.
The new function classifications can be saved as an implicit User Preference for the
Mode, as well as the new current active function classification.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
7-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Function Classification Editor window, from the left frame, select the function
classification to copy, then click on
.
Result: The new function classification is created with a default name:
Click on Yes.
Result: The new function classification is created. No filter is associated with this
new classification.
If the function classification is public, other users are notified and they have to
manually refresh the tree.
The new function classification can be saved as an implicit User Preference for the
Mode, as well as the new current active function classification.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
7-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Function Classification Properties panel interface appears with the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
7-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
, OR
Click on
Yes
Yes to all
If the deleted function classification is public, other users are notified about the
deletion and they must manually refresh their mode.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
7-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Overview
Purpose
This section describes how to manage the Working Zone editor. It describes how to
create, create by copy, edit and delete a Working Zone.
Contents
Presentation
8-1
8-4
8-5
8-10
8-11
8-12
8-13
8-23
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_WORKING_ZONE license must be installed for the Working
Zone Editor to be displayed.
The Working Zone Manager allows the optimizer to define a specific subset of cells in the
network as a personal working zone.
It is also defined by a set of filters dynamically applied to the database whenever required
(when opening the Working Zone). Therefore, the set of network elements retrieved
through the filters may vary as the operational network changes in the database.
To compute a Working Zone, the list of objects contained in the zone for each standard is
computed and the results are merged into one single zone.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Standard Working Zones, containing less than 2000 cells and all modes
Large Working Zones, containing more than 2000 cells. In this case, not all modes are
available (for example, Adjacency Mode).
For Adjacency Mode to be available, you must set the WorkingZonesAllowed
parameter for ADJ to true, from the following file:
/alcatel/muse/technologies/GSM/QoS/metadata/MaatQueryMetadata.xml
To change the limit of 2000 cells for Standard Working Zones, you must modify
the MAX_CORE_OBJECT_COUNT parameter, from the following file:
/alcatel/muse/MUSE_MAAT/topology/rsc/com/alcatel/muse/maat/topology/config/
maatTopo.cfg
This change requires a stop / start NPO from Process Monitoring page in order to be
taken into account in NPO, refer to NPO Platform User Guide document.
Important! Changing these parameters is not under Alcatel-Lucent responsibility.
Putting higher values then the values tested in Alcatel-Lucent labs may cause higher
response time or even request that do not answer.
Each technology can specify the modes available for Standard or Large Working Zones.
The modes that were defined as not available in Large Working Zones (because their
number of objects in a working zone is bigger than the pre-defined threshold) become
accessible when working in Large Working Zone by populating them on-demand (up to a
given maximum number objects). It is called POD mode. For more information, refer to
Chapter 21, POD mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To update the number of cells that can be monitored in a working zone, refer to the NPO
Administration User Guide document, to Modify Working Zone Dimension.
Working zone operations tool bar
The following tool bar icons are available for the working zone operations.
The following table gives a brief description of the working zone operations tool bar
icons.
Icon
Description
Add Union
Add Intersection
Add Exclusion
Remove Operation
Clear Criteria
Status
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Analysis Desktop main window, select Topology -> Working Zone..., OR
Press Ctrl+Z.
Result: The Working Zone Editor window opens.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Working Zone Editor appears with default values and editable fields.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Name
Owner
Created
Modified
Date when the working zone was last modified, in the case of
a working zone update.
This field is read-only.
Access Rights
QoS requirement
Secured
Low
Medium
High.
Possible values:
Yes
No.
OAD
Visible
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the Secured option was given to the working zone, the Users panel becomes
available.
To give access to one or several users to the created working zone, select them from
the Users without access list and click on
. This includes them in the Users with
access list.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Thematic Layer
Network Objects
CCA
Backgrounds
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The created Layer List is the list of layers to download at the start of the
application.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trees
Filter
Working Zone
Design Parameter
Logical Parameter
Topology Parameter
Operators.
Note: If you import free fields from the NPO Administration page while in the
Analysis Desktop the Working Zone Editor is used, you must refresh the free fields
tree in order to see and work with the imported free fields. For more details about the
import of free fields, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
Import free fields using GUI.
Depending on your choice, add by a drag and drop operation from the right panel:
The appropriate filtering criteria for Filter; refer to Filtering (p. 5-3) and to Table
5-1, Filtering Object Zone (p. 5-15).
A referenced Working Zone, for Working Zone.
Union
Intersection
Exclusion.
To
Click on
Delete an operation
Delete a criteria for Filter
The allowed operators are: >, <, >=, <=, =, !=, contains, doesn't contain, like. Operands
can also contain mathematical operations (+, -, *, / , numeric constants).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Example
CONTAINS
P:(Class CONTAINS
{'RURAL','URBAN'})
It will return all CELL2G objects
having the value of the parameter
"Class" equal to 'RURAL' or equal to
'URBAN'.
Filter criteria on CELL2G otype is:
P:(Class DOES_NOT_CONTAIN
{'RURAL','URBAN'})
It will return all CELL2G objects
having the value of the parameter
"Class" which is not equal to 'RURAL'
nor to 'URBAN'.
Filter criteria on CELL2G otype is:
P:(Class LIKE '%URBAN%')
It will return all CELL2G objects
having the the value of the parameter
"Class", containing the string
'URBAN'. (so it can return
DENSE_URBAN and URBAN for
example).
icon.
Icon Criteria
Color
Green All the nodes are checked and are valid.
Orange One or more nodes is not checked.
Red
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Working Zone Properties panel appears with the default name and the
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The Working Zone Properties panel appears. All fields except for the name
can be edited.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 8-6.3: Create sub-working zone from topology objects list (p. 8-20).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Working Zone Editor appears with default values and editable fields.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Name
Owner
Created
Modified
Date when the working zone was last modified, in the case of
a working zone update.
This field is read-only.
Access Rights
Private
QoS requirement
Secured
Low
Medium
High.
Possible values:
Yes
No.
OAD
Visible
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field Name
Description
Description
If the Secured option was given to the working zone, the Users panel becomes
available.
To give access to one or several users to the created working zone, select them from
the Users without access list and click on
. This includes them in the Users with
access list.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Thematic Layer
Network Objects
CCA
Backgrounds.
Result: The created Layer List is the list of layers to download at the start of the
application.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Trees
Filter
Design Parameter
Logical Parameter
Topology Parameter
Operators.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Filter
Trees
Working Zone
Depending on your choice, add by a drag and drop operation from the right panel:
The appropriate filtering criteria for Filter; refer to Filtering (p. 5-3) and to Table
5-1, Filtering Object Zone (p. 5-15).
A referenced Working Zone, for Working Zone.
Union
Intersection
Exclusion.
To
Click on
Delete an operation
Delete a criteria for Filter
The allowed operators are: >, <, >=, <=, =, !=, contains, doesn't contain, like. Operands
can also contain mathematical operations (+, -, *, / , numeric constants).
Unitary NPO Specific Operators such as IsGreen can also be used.
Result: The status of the object zone criteria is shown in the
Icon Criteria
Color
Green All the nodes are checked and are valid.
Orange One or more nodes is not checked.
Red
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the progress window, click on Cancel if you want to cancel the operation.
The Create working zone window appears with the message:
Working Zone name_of_the_working_zone successfully created
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the Object Zone contains even one QoS criteria, a warning appears indicating that it
is not possible to create a Sub-Working Zone from that Object Zone.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the progress window, click on Cancel if you want to cancel the operation.
The Create working zone window appears with the message:
Working Zone name_of_the_working_zone successfully created
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Filtering criteria, except for the non-applicable criteria, is copied from the selected
Object Zone.
If the Object Zone contains even one QoS criteria, a warning appears indicating that it
is not possible to create a Sub-Working Zone from that Object Zone.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or more Topology Objects or an Object Zone in the Topology browser.
Result: The Topology Objects are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the list and select Create and Open Sub-Working Zone....
Result: The Create and Open Sub-Working Zone window appears with a message
indicating that the newly created working zone will be opened after creation and the
change cannot be canceled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Filtering criteria is defined using the object list source of the operation or is copied
from the selected Object Zone, except for the non-applicable criteria.
If the Object Zone contains even one QoS criteria, a warning appears indicating
that it is not possible to create a Sub-Working Zone from that Object Zone.
Once the Working Zone is created, it is automatically opened.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
Result: The sub-working zone is created at the same level as the copied sub-working
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The selected working zone is displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
8-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
8-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
9 se counters and
U
indicators
Overview
Purpose
9-1
9-47
9-54
9-64
9-65
9-67
9-69
9-70
9-73
9-74
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_QOS_<TECHNO>_LICENSE must be installed, so that the
administrator can declare QoS data sources for a given technology (GSM, W-CDMA,
LTE).
The MUSE_QOS_INDICATOR_CREATION_LICENSE must be installed to be
able to create or edit indicators.
If the MUSE_QOS_HISTORY_LICENSE is not installed, then the history of the
QoS Data is limited to one week.
To see the necessary FADs to create / edit / delete stored or calculated indicators, refer
to Tasks in the system, to QoS tasks for NPO section, from User Administration
Handbook document.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Definition
Counters are retrieved from the NPO and used as building blocks in the formation of
indicators.
An Indicator is an Optimization Application view of a network property.
The indicator is computed from performance measurements, counters values, other
indicators, or any other available network parameter values, such as radio parameters.
An indicator is defined on Availability Domains that consist of sets of Network Objects
and period types. An indicator value can be calculated for the specified Network Objects
and for the possible period types only. An indicator has no meaning for Network Objects
and / or period types that are not specified in its Availability Domain.
An indicator is consolidated. Consolidation consists of normalization, and optionally, of
aggregation (spatial or temporal).
An indicator can be stored. For stored indicators, the storage duration can be configured.
Indicator Type
Description
Basic Indicator
Indicator calculated directly from the counters, or from the counters and the
parameters, using a formula dependent on the release.
Calculated
Indicator
Telecom Indicator
Presentation
Indicator
Temporal
Aggregation
Indicator
Visible Indicator
Reference
Indicator
Customer
Indicator
System Indicator
Temporary
Indicator
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Indicator Type
Description
Reliability
Indicator
Topology
Indicator
Indicator that presents the number of topology objects from a given type
per day.
Note: The system proposes by default a calculated indicator, and the operator must
explicitly override the default to create a basic indicator.
Note: If one creation/update/deletion operation on basic/calculated indicators is
already in progress on the server (trigger by the same user or a different user), the
following message is displayed:
Unable to create a new Indicator: Concurrent indicator
management already in progress, please retry later.
This is mainly the case when operation are already in progress on stored indicators, as
these operations are longer than for calculated indicators.
Basic indicators
A basic indicator is an indicator calculated directly from the counters or from the counters
and the parameters, using a formula dependent on the release.
The following indicators can be basic:
When creating / editing a basic indicator, the system shows the list of available counters /
parameters and available functions.
Once a counter is selected:
Only counters of same release, PM type, source and reporting elements are available
Only parameters and counters of the same release and with the same source element
are available.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The availability domain for the basic indicator, if the indicator has a non-empty
aggregation function, is based on:
Counters only, as it is extended to a high level in the hierarchy (temporal and
spatial). It is done for all possible levels; it is not possible to select several levels
only.
If a spatial aggregation method is defined, then the topology part is extended to all
objects belonging to the spatial aggregation path defined by the indicator group.
Counters and parameters, as it is extended to a high level only in the temporal
hierarchy.
The topology part of the availability domain cannot be extended as parameters do
not have any spatial aggregation method.
If a stored temporal aggregation is defined by a:
Basic indicator, the availability domain for the temporal part is extended to Daily /
Weekly / Monthly for all the objects belonging to the availability domain of the basic
indicator
Calculated indicator, the availability domain for the temporal part is extended to Daily
/ Weekly / Monthly for all the objects belonging to the availability domain of the
calculated indicator.
Calculated indicators
ObjSupSel(Ind, ObjType)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Call_drophourly = Call_successhourly /
Call_Attempthourly
Call_dropdaily = Call_successdaily /
Call_Attemptdaily
Call_dropweekly = Call_successweekly /
Call_Attemptweekly
Call_dropmonthly = Call_successmonthly /
Call_Attemptmonthly.
Call_drophourly = Call_successhourly /
Call_Attempthourly
Call_dropdaily = MAXall hours
(Call_successhourly / Call_Attempthourly)
Call_dropweekly = MAXall days of the week
(Call_successdaily / Call_Attemptdaily)
Call_dropmonthly = MAXall days of the
month (Call_successdaily / Call_
Attemptdaily).
Indicators, as it is the intersection of the availability domain of all the referenced basic
indicators, of the sampling indicator and the reliability indicator
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: When using advanced operators such as OBJSUP, OBJINF in the formula of
complex indicators, the Availability Domain must be manually determined (manually
uncheck the non supported periodicities).
Example: For a complex indicator defined as Call_drop / ObjSup(Call_drop), the CZ
and Network should not be part of the availability domain.
Scalar / vector / matrix / axis indicators
Indicator group
The indicator group has only one source. A source is a unique combination of PM type,
that collects network elements and source network elements for a dedicated release.
Each indicator group is stored in a different table in the database. In the data warehouse,
each indicator group corresponds to a different table.
All the indicators of the same group have the same spatial aggregation path.
Counter attributes
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Header
Content
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Name
Dictionary name
Version
Version
Date
Publishing date
Author
Description
Content
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Name
Name
Domains
Sub-domain name
For each sub-domain1, list of the sub-domains2
(optional)
Name
Sub-domain name
For each sub-domain2, list of the sub-domains3
(optional)
Name
Sub-domain name
For each sub-domain3, list of the sub-domains4
(optional)
Releases
Content
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Technology
Supplier
Name
Version
Description
Free comment
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Counters
Content
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Reference
Long name
Description
Counter description
Source network
object
Collecting
network object
PM type
Unit
Precision
Default RP
Algorithm type
Algorithm info
Sampling Period
Load Map
Formula
Consolidation
Method
Interpolation
Method
Domain name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Value Type
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Value Type
Size
Axis counter
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
ValueType
XSize
YSize
XAxis counter
YAxis counter
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
ValueType
SizeMax
FirstColumn
BoundaryIncluded
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Content
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
LastColumn
BoundaryIncluded
PreviousColumn
BoundaryIncluded
Content
Mandatory
Display
Only
Comments
Name
Family name
Order
Telecom families
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
List of the counters, the same counter may be present in several (sub-) families
Counter name
Indicator attributes
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Name
Dictionary name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Type
Version
Version
Date
Publishing date
Author
Description
importMode
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Technology
Supplier
Name
Version
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Indicator group
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Name
DailyLevel
specificSpatialAggregation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Telecom indicators
Section
Telecom
Indicator
Definition
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Long name
Reference
Description
Unit
Upper is fault
TrendSupported
Structure Type:
Scalar
ValueType
Structure Type:
Vector
ValueType
Size
Axis indicator
ValueType
XSize
YSize
XAxis indicator
YAxis indicator
Structure Type:
Matrix
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Section
Structure Type:
Axis
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
ValueType
SizeMax
Display
FirstValue
MEASURED (default),
INFINITY, NONE or value
LastValue
MEASURED (default),
INFINITY, NONE or value
FirstColumn
BoundaryIncluded
LastColumn
BoundaryIncluded
PreviousColumn
BoundaryIncluded
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Section
Basic indicator
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
First
Interpolation
Method
First Method
Parameter
Second
interpolation
Method
Second Method
Parameter
Consolidation
Method
Interpol change
Allowed
Group
Spatial
Aggregation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Section
CounterFormula
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Technology
Supplier
Release
Spatial
Aggregation on
Loading
Calculated
indicator
Sum
Avg
Count
Min
Max
None (default).
Counters
Formula
Formula
Presentation indicator
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Availability domain
Unit
Precision
Sampling Indicator
Threshold Values
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Sampling Values
Reliability indicator
AccessRight
isVisible
Temporal aggregation
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Long name
Reference
Extension
Description
Extension
Availability domain
Unit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Content
Stored
Temporal
Aggregation
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Precision
Sampling Indicator
Threshold Values
Sampling Values
Reliability indicator
AccessRight
isVisible
Temporal
aggregation method
Relevant hour
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Content
Group
Calculated
Temporal
Aggregation
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
In case of calculated
indicators: the dropdown list
contains all the groups whose
first/lowest objects of the
spatial aggregation path are
equal to the lowest object
type of the Availability
Domain of the calculated
indicator (without taking into
account the ObjectZone and
TrafficZone).
Formula
Telecom family
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Name
Family name
Order
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Content
Mandatory
Display
only
Comments
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
Sub-family name
Order
Ordering number
List of the indicators, the same indicator may be present in several (sub-) families.
Indicator name
Consolidation
Indicator consolidation is used to normalize and optionally to aggregate QoS data inside
the data warehouse.
Aggregation and normalization apply only on indicators.
It is possible to calculate multiple temporal aggregation from the same indicator at a raw
level.
The scheduler launches the consolidation scripts every night. If the previous day
consolidation is not finished, the system waits for the completion of the ongoing loading
of files, before launching the consolidation for the current day. If any files are missing
(not in the exchange directory), the consolidation starts anyway.
The administrator can manually launch the consolidation if they find out that there is
recovered data that has not been consolidated.
The consolidation scripts include:
Data normalization, whereby normalized indicator tables are computed using the
default normalization methods
Data aggregation, whereby aggregated tables are computed using normalized
indicators and aggregation methods.
The obtained indicator data is aggregated spatially (static aggregation) and then
temporally (daily, weekly, and monthly aggregations). Daily aggregation is always
performed; weekly and monthly are only performed on the first day of the week or of
the month.
NPO consolidates daily data using the time zone configured on the NPO server.
To view the Consolidation Follow Up, refer to Procedure 2-10: View consolidation
follow up (p. 2-56).
Normalization
Normalization consists of adapting basic indicator values for display purposes, for
indicator formula calculations, or for aggregation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Interpolation
None
Only the existing values are used (no interpolation).
Only OK value
When a display period is not fully available, a NULL value is
provided for that displayed period.
Extend
Only the existing values are used and they are extended to the
wanted displayed period.
Zero
All the missing periods are set to the zero value.
Linear
The missing values are replaced by a linear interpolation between
the previous known value and the next known value.
Padding
All the missing periods are set to a padding value. This is zero by
default, but can be configurable through the Padding parameter.
Period alignment
(time shift)
To set the same measurement period for all measurement data involved
in the aggregation or formula calculation (for example 4H, 1H, 15mn).
Synchronization of
measurement data
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Aggregation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Stored Aggregation
Calculated Aggregation
Calculated temporal aggregation can be used to avoid
having too much stored temporal aggregation when it
is possible to calculate it using other indicators.
MIN
MAX
SUM
AVG.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example aggregation
Consider that RTCH_CONG indicator has two aggregation functions: TOT and MAX.
MAX aggregation automatically produces an indicator called RTCH_CONG_MAX.
RTCH_CONG_MAX has the same counter formula as RTCH_CONG. It is computed
each night based on RTCH_CONG as the raw level, and not during PM loading.
RTCH_CONG_MAX is potentially available at hourly level.
If the administrator removes this level from its availability domain, the following occurs:
When browsing the functions in the Analysis Desktop, you can see both temporal
aggregations: RTCH_CONG and RTCH_CONG_MAX, as they are considered
presentation indicators. When displaying the indicator documentation, there is a main
entry for the telecom indicator RTCH_CONG and two sub-entries for the two temporal
aggregations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Busy hour
The busy hour reference (busy hour position) is used to retrieve the per-day
position (the hour of the day) when a reference indicator reaches its maximum value
(00:00 00:59 = 0, 01:00 01:59 = 1).
The indicator value at busy hour is used to return the value of an indicator, at the
busy hour of a reference indicator (usually not the same).
This is not correlated to the maximum value of that indicator.
The example below tries to get the call drop rate when the call number is maximum,
and:
Busy hour option in the execution context is available only for a few modes (or none) as
defined per technology.
In the Execution Context window, by putting the mouse over the Busy Hour periodicity,
a tooltip details the indicator name set as the busy hour indicator (see the example below).
The Fixed Busy Hour choice in the execution context consists in a list of constant hours
from 00 to 23.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To execute the functions on that particular fixed hour, you can select fixed busy hour in
the Execution Context window.
If a Fixed Busy Hour is chosen as periodicity, the resulting busy hour is constant along all
dates of the observation period.
In the Execution Context window, for Fixed Busy Hour, the date appears as defined in
the user preferences followed by <fixed busy hour value>.
Busy hour can either be computed dynamically by the system (when the busy hour option
is checked in execution context), it can also be computed during consolidation and stored.
When computing a busy hour on an object zone, the reference indicator is first calculated
on the object zone, the maximum value is taken, and then the indicator is computed as the
busy hour value.
Example:
Cell1 traffic: 16H => 10, 17H => 8, 18H=>0
Cell2 traffic: 16H => 0, 17H => 8, 18H=>10
Busy Hour / Object Zone execute view: If you calculate indicator call_drop at the
busy hour of this object zone, the maximum traffic of Cell1+Cell2 is at 17H, so the
result will be call_drop( 17H,cell1)+call_drop(17H,cell2)
Busy Hour stored aggregation the busy hour is calculated for each cells and stored.
For Cell1, the system store call_drop(16H), for cell2 it store call_drop(18H), this
would correspond to an indicator call_drop_bh.
The objective of Daily Average Value computation is to get an average busy hour value
for a given period (several days).
The algorithm is called nDAV, n being the number of reference days for the average
computation.
In NPO, nDAV is usually computed for a week or a month using the following criteria:
3DAV Example
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PM data purge
As soon as the consolidation is completed, the data whose storage duration has expired is
purged / removed from NPO data warehouse.
This is done for performance and storage space reasons, and depends on the configured
storage durations. The minimum purge granularity is the day.
The following table provides an illustration of the default size of each partition and their
storage duration.
Table Type
Storage Duration
Raw
32 days
Normalized
32 days
Daily
From 3 to 14 months
Weekly
From 3 to 36 months
Monthly
From 3 to 36 months
For more information, refer to the NPO Administration Handbook document, to:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reliability
Lost objects - If any object is lost, the number of the observed objects is lower than
the number of the expected objects
Lost periods - If any period is lost, the observed time is lower than the expected time.
Indicators are always displayed, even if some data may be missing. The reliability
indicates if the displayed value is reliable (TRUE) or not (FALSE).
Therefore, the displayed value for an indicator can be:
The reliability indicator is associated with one or several indicators, through the
Reliability Indicator field; refer to Procedure 9-9.2: Create indicator (p. 9-76).
The reliability indicator is associated with one or several indicators, through the
Reliability Indicator field; refer to Procedure 9-9.2: Create indicator (p. 9-76).
The QoS loss of data may occur on:
When creating an indicator, you can associate thresholds and sampling to it.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Thresholds are used for highlighting QoS values. This is done using colors in a view or
report, in order to quickly see which values are critical, major, etc. (see Highlight in
view (p. 18-90)).
The indicators for which thresholds are defined are also used when creating warning
reports. In this way, the report results may be filtered according to the set thresholds (see
Warning reports (p. 19-6)).
Three alert thresholds corresponding to three QoS requirement levels can be defined for
each QoS indicator: red, orange, and yellow, each having three definable sensitivities. See
Procedure 3-5: Set QoS requirement (p. 3-34) to change the requirement level.
If the value of the reference indicator upper_is_fault is:
TRUE, then the threshold is not taken into consideration if the sampling indicator is
below the sampling value
FALSE, then the threshold is not taken into consideration if the sampling indicator is
above the sampling value.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the value of RTCH_success_end is less than 100, the threshold is never computed.
Therefore, the goal of the sampling is to avoid triggering the threshold when there are too
few calls to have any meaningful statistics.
The following icons are attached to the indicators having or not threshold:
The threshold and sampling of an indicator are customizable, in order to adapt their
values to the operator's expertise. See Procedure 9-9.5: Edit indicator threshold /
sampling values (p. 9-87).
Indicator formula operands
+, -, *, /
Cross type operators
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Mathematical functions
EXP, EXP10, LN, LOG, SQR, SQRT, INT, ROUND, ABS, COS, SIN, TAN, FACT,
MOD
Short
name
Name
Scenarios
EXP
Natural exponent
If x = 1 EXP(1) = 2.7183
This function is valid for all real numbers.
EXP10
Decimal exponent
If x = -3 EXP10(-3) = 0.001
This function is valid for all real numbers.
LN
Natural logarithm
If x = 1, Ln(1) = 0
If x = 3, Ln(3) = 1.097
This function is not valid for x = 0.
LOG
Decimal logarithm
If x = 2, LOG(2) = 0.3010
If x =10, LOG(10) = 1
This function is not valid for x = 0.
SQR
Square
SQRT
If x =225, SQRT(225) = 15
If x =60.84, SQRT(60.84)= 7.8
This function is valid only if x > 0.
INT
Integer Value
If x =4.57, INT(4.57) = 4
If x =4.89, INT(4.89) = 4
This function is valid only if x > 0.
ROUND
If x =4.57, ROUND(4.57) = 4
If x =4.89, ROUND(4.89) = 5
This function is valid only if x > 0.
ABS
Absolute Value
COS
Cosine
SIN
Sine
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short
name
Name
Scenarios
TAN
Tangential
If x =0.7853, TAN(0.7853) = 1
If x =0, TAN(0) = 0
This function is valid for all real numbers.
FACT
Factorial
MOD
Modulo
If x =7, n = 2 MOD(7,2) = 1
If x =8.3, n = 3.4 MOD(8.3,3.4) = 1.5
This function is valid only if x,n > 0.
Logical functions
ISNULL, ISDIV0, NOT, AND, OR, =, >, <, >=, <=, <>, LIKE, TO_BOOLEAN
Short
name
Name
Scenarios
AND
Standard logical
AND
Standard logical OR
OR
Standard logical
NOT
<>
<>
<
<
>
>
<=
<=
>=
>=
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short
name
Name
Scenarios
LIKE
Like test
IsNUL
IsDiv0
Specific functions
Name
Scenarios
NZ
Null to Zero
NV
Null to Value
TDIV
COUNT_ABOVE(x)
Divided with a
test on
Denominator
If d= 0, TDIV ( x, d, v ) returns v
Count values
above
Count values
below
IF
If condition
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short name
Name
Scenarios
HOURLY_VALUE(ind,
h)
Get indicator
value for hour n
TIMESHIFT(ind, n)
Get indicator
value with a time
shift (+ / - n
periods)
DYNAMICROLLUP(ind,
spatialAggregation)
Perform spatial
aggregation at
the execution
Statistical functions
OFFERED
OFFERED_ERLANGC
OFFERED_POISSON
OFFERED_REQUIRED
OFFERED_REQ_ERLANGC
OFFERED_REQ_POISSON
GOS
GOS_ERLANGC
GOS_POISSON
OFFERED functions indicate the offered traffic according to the Erlang B law. The used
argument is the number of channels and GoS.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Conversion functions
Short name
Name
Scenarios
TO_WATT(d)
Converts from dB
(respective dBm) to
Watts (respective
mWatts)
TO_DB(w)
TO_WATT(<indicator value>)
TO_DB(<indicator value>)
Name
Scenarios
ERF
Gauss Error
Function
ERF(<indicator value>)
Complementary
Error Function
ERFC
To scalar functions
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SUMPRODUCT_ROW
INTERVAL
MIDDLE
MIDDLE_POS
MIDDLE_LEV
V_ROUND
V_IF
M_ROW_INDEX
SUMPRODUCT_COLN
SUMPRODUCT_ROWN
To matrix functions
Name
Type
Scenarios
Vector, Matrix
V * NULL = NULL
V + NULL = NULL
V - NULL = NULL
V/V=V
M * NULL = NULL
M + NULL = NULL
M - NULL = NULL
M/M=M
The mathematical operation on
matrix are possible on matrices of
the same dimension. When the
mathematical operation is applied on
matrices of different dimensions,
then the output is NULL.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short name
Name
Type
Scenarios
AND
AND
Vector, Matrix
OR
OR
NOT
NOT
IF
If
Vector, Matrix
Vector
Create a vector
from a scalar
Vector
Array
Create a vector
from a scalar
list
Vector
Matrix
Create a matrix
from a scalar
Matrix
Create a matrix
from a vector
Vector, Matrix
Create a matrix
from a vector
Vector, Matrix
Create a matrix
from a vector
list
Vector, Matrix
Create a matrix
from a vector
list
Vector, Matrix
Returns the
scalar
corresponding
to the index
Vector
Returns the
maximum value
of the vector or
the matrix
Vector, Matrix
Matrix_Col
Matrix_Row
Array_Col
Array_Row
V_Index
Maximum
Matrix(S,m,n)->M
If Vector-> V, n ->Matrix dimension
Matrix_Col(V,n)->M
If Vector-> V, n ->Matrix dimension
Matrix_Row(V,n)->M
If No. of Vector-> Vs
Array_Col(Vs)->M
If No. of Vector-> Vs
Array_Row(Vs)->M
If Vector-> V, S->Scalar,I->index
V_Index(V,i)->S
Maximum(V) -> S
Maximum(M) -> S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short name
Name
Type
Scenarios
Minimum
Returns the
minimum value
of the vector or
the matrix
Vector, Matrix
Minimum(V) -> S
Vector, Matrix
Returns the
average of all
values of the
vector or the
matrix
Vector, Matrix
V_Max_Index
Returns the
index of the
maximum value
Vector
V_Max_Index(v) -> i
Maximum_Col
Returns the
maximum row
value in a
column vector
Vector, Matrix
Maximum_Col(M) -> V
Maximum_Row
Returns the
maximum
column value in
a row vector
Vector, Matrix
Maximum_Row(M) -> V
Minimum_Col
Returns the
minimum row
value in a
column vector
Vector, Matrix
Minimum_Col(M) -> V
Minimum_Row
Returns the
minimum
column value in
a row vector
Vector, Matrix
Minimum_Row(M) -> V
Total_Col
Vector, Matrix
Total_Col(M) -> V
Total_Row
Vector, Matrix
Total_Row(M) -> V
Average_Col
Returns the
average row
value in a
column vector
Vector, Matrix
Average_Col(M) -> V
Total
Average
Minimum(M) -> S
Total(V) -> S
Total(M) -> S
Average(V) -> S
Average(M) -> S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short name
Name
Type
Scenarios
Average_Row
Returns the
average column
value in a row
vector
Vector, Matrix
Average_Row(M) -> V
V_Product
Returns the
vector product
Vector, Matrix
V_Product(M) -> V
M_Product
Returns the
matrix product
Vector, Matrix
M_Product(M) -> V
Cumul
Cumul the
values in the
vector
(increase)
Vector
Cumul(V) -> V
Cumul_Cols
Matrix
Cumul_Cols(M) -> M
Cumul_Rows
Cumul the
column values
in the matrix
(increase)
Matrix
Cumul_Rows(M) -> M
Cumul_Reverse
Cumul the
values in the
vector
(decrease)
Matrix
Cumul_Reverse(V) -> V
Cumul_Reverse_
Cols
Matrix
Cumul_Reverse_Cols(M) -> M
Cumul_Reverse_
Rows
Cumul the
column values
in the matrix
(decrease)
Matrix
Cumul_Reverse_Rows(M) -> M
SumProduct_Col
Sum of the
product of a
matrix with a
row (column in
result)
Vector, Matrix
SumProduct_Col(M,V) -> V
SumProduct_Row
Sum of product
of matrix row
(column in
result)
Vector, Matrix
SumProduct_Row(M,V) -> V
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-39
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short name
Name
Type
Scenarios
SumProduct_ColN
Sum of the
product of a
matrix with a
column (row in
result)
Vector, Matrix
SumProduct_ColN(M) -> V
SumProduct_
RowN
Sum of product
of matrix
column (row in
result)
Vector, Matrix
SumProduct_RowN(M) -> V
Interval
Returns the
interval between
two continues
values
Vector
Interval(V) -> V
Middle
Returns the
middle of two
continues values
Vector
Middle(V) -> V
Middle_POS
Returns the
'positive' middle
of two
continues values
Vector
Middle_POS(V) -> V
Middle_LEV
Returns the
'level' middle of
two continues
values
Vector
Middle_LEV(V) -> V
Round
Returns the
round of value
in vector or
matrix
Vector, Matrix
Round(V) -> V
Returns the
superior round
of value in
vector or matrix
Vector, Matrix
Returns the
inferior round
of value in
vector or matrix
Vector, Matrix
Reverse
Returns the
reverse vector
Vector
Reverse(V) -> V
Reverse_Col
Returns the
reverse row
matrix
Matrix
Reverse_Col(M) -> M
Round_Sup
Round_Inf
Round(M) -> M
Round_Inf(V) -> V
Round_Inf (M) -> M
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Short name
Name
Type
Scenarios
Reverse_Row
Returns the
reverse column
matrix
Matrix
Reverse_Row(M) -> M
Transpose
Returns the
transpose matrix
Matrix
Transpose(M) -> M
Aggregation functions
Short name
Name
Scenarios
COUNT
Count
SUM
Sum
AVG
Average
MAX
Maximum
MIN
Minimum
DBAVG
Average for dB /
dBm values
MEDIAN
Median
V_DIST_
MEDIAN
Vector Distribution
Median
STDDEV
Standard Deviation
VARIANCE
Variance
PERCENTILE(k)
Percentile
COUNT_
MISSING
Count interpolated
elements
COUNT_
PRESENT
Count reported
elements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-41
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To compute an indicator the indicators of a given topology object are generally used. This
topology object corresponds to the one selected by the user. For some complex indicators,
this basic behavior is not applicable and the formula may request to use indicators coming
from related objects. MUSE supports to use indicators coming from objects that are above
or below the current object inside the topology and part of the used indicator availability
domain.
Function
Description
ObjSupp(indicator or formula)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function
Description
ObjSelection
OBJECT_COUNT(<object_type>)
CHILDREN_COUNT(<children_type>)
CHILDREN_COUNT()
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-43
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-44
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function
Description
The severity
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-45
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Function
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-46
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Hyperlinks are included to allow easy browsing of related properties. Clicking on one
of these hyperlinks refreshes the current Properties window or opens a new one,
depending on the Default behavior for hyperlinks user preference.
When a nonleaf object is selected, the properties of this object are displayed. If the
nonleaf object has no associated properties, then the Properties window displays only
the name of the object.
If the operator selects another object in a function tree when the Properties window
is still open, the window is refreshed and displays the properties of the newly selected
object.
Note that the newly selected object can be of a different type compared to the
previous one (i.e. select a counter, open the Properties window by selecting an
indicator, and the indicator properties in the previously opened Properties window
should appear).
Note: Only one Properties window can be opened at a time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To keep a copy of the Properties window and display several on screen at the same time,
use the Snapshot feature.
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-47
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on
Click on
Click on
Click on
Click on Close.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-48
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-49
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
General parameters
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Reference
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-50
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Supported
Release
Information
Yes
Yes
Description
Yes
Yes
Source
Network
Object
Yes
Yes
Collecting
Network
Object
Yes
Yes
PM Type
Yes
Yes
Value Type
Yes
Yes
Counter Type
Yes
Yes
Unit
Yes
Yes
Precision
Yes
Yes
Default
Reporting
Period
Yes
Yes
Algorithm
Type
Yes
Yes
Algorithm
Info
Yes
Yes
Sampling
Period
Yes
Yes
Load map
formula
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-51
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Consolidation
method
Yes
Yes
Interpolation
method (First,
Second)
Yes
Yes
Domain
Name
Yes
Yes
Families
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dictionary
Information
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Size
Yes
Yes
Axis Counter
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-52
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Size (X)
Yes
Yes
Size (Y)
Yes
Yes
X Axis
Counter
Yes
Yes
Y Axis
Counter
Yes
Yes
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Size
No
Yes
No
Yes
First Column
Boundary
Included
No
Yes
Last Column
Boundary
Included
No
Yes
Previous
Column
Boundary
Included
No
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-53
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Hyperlinks are included to allow easy browsing of related properties. Clicking on one
of these hyperlinks refreshes the current Properties window or opens a new one,
depending on the Default behavior for hyperlinks user preference.
When a nonleaf object is selected, the properties of this object are displayed. If the
nonleaf object has no associated properties, then the Properties window displays only
the name of the object.
If the operator selects another object in a function tree when the Properties window
is still open, the window is refreshed and displays the properties of the newly selected
object.
Note that the newly selected object can be of a different type compared to the
previous one (i.e. select a counter, open the Properties window by selecting an
indicator, and the indicator properties in the previously opened Properties window
should appear).
Note: Only one Properties window can be opened at a time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To keep a copy of the Properties window and display several on screen at the same time,
use the Snapshot feature.
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-54
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on
Click on
Click on
Click on
Click on Close.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-55
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-56
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
General parameters
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Name
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-57
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Owner
Yes
Yes
Description
Yes
Yes
Upper is fault
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Indicator Type
Yes
Yes
Access Right
Yes
Yes
Unit
Yes
Yes
Temporary
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Dictionary
Information
Yes
Read-Only
Yes
Precision
Yes
Yes
Visible
Yes
Yes
Reliability Indicator
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Families
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-59
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Availability Domain
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Threshold Values
No
No
No
No
Sampling Values
Low
Medium
High.
Low
Medium
High.
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
First
Interpolation
Method
Type of interpolation.
Yes
Yes
First Padding
Value
No
Yes
Supports
Dynamic
Interpolation
Yes
Yes
Second
Interpolation
Method
Type of interpolation.
No
Yes
Second
Padding
Value
No
Yes
Group
Yes
Yes
Consolidation Method
Yes
Yes
Spatial
Aggregation
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-60
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Supported
Release
Information
(Multiple
information
in the case of
Basic
Indicators)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Possible values:
Sum
Avg
Count
Min
Max
None (default).
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Reference
Extension
No
No
Description
Extension
No
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-61
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Group
Yes
Yes
Temporal
Aggregation
Method
Yes
Yes
Relevant
Hour
Yes
No
Busy Hour
Indicator
Reference
No
No
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Formula
Yes
No
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Size
Maximum size
Yes
Yes
Display
Yes
Yes
First Value
Yes
Yes
Possible values:
Infinity
None
Value
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-62
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Last Value
Yes
Yes
Possible values:
Infinity
None
Value
Yes
No
FirstColumn
BoundaryIncluded
Yes
No
LastColumn
BoundaryIncluded
Yes
No
PreviousColumn
BoundaryIncluded
Yes
No
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Size
Maximum size
Yes
Yes
Axis
indicator
Yes
Yes
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Size (x * y)
Yes
Yes
Axis X
Yes
Yes
Axis Y
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-63
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Indicators
Indicators to:
Counter
View Template
Diagnosis
THL
Use the following procedure to propagate the selected item to the corresponding function
tree.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag the selected item and drop it to required function tab. The mouse pointer changes to
.
Result: Depending on how the parameter Display time before a tab is raised and
Is automatically displayed
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-64
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open the Indicator Editor window; refer to Procedure 9-9.1: Open indicator editor
(p. 9-75).
Result: The Indicator Editor window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If
Then
Click on Create.
The Indicator Type popup window opens.
In the Indicator Type window, select the type of the
indicator and click on OK.
Click on Copy.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check Calculated.
Result: The parameter is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Uncheck Temporary Indicator to enable the Stored option from the New Temporal
Aggregation panel.
Result: The parameter is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Create a MAX stored temporal aggregation for the calculated reference indicator:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-65
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The stored temporal aggregation for the calculated reference indicator is
defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the Reference (three characters maximum) and the full Name.
Note: It is recommended to use MAX as Reference value.
Result: The Reference and Name are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
Click on Apply.
Result: The indicator with Busy Hour will be available the next day, after the
automatic consolidation of the day.
Note: If the BH reference indicator takes several times the same value during the
day, the first one is considered as the Busy Hour.
For more information refer to Procedure 9-9.2: Create indicator (p. 9-76) and Busy
hour (p. 9-25).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-66
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open the Indicator Editor window; refer to Procedure 9-9.1: Open indicator editor
(p. 9-75).
Result: The Indicator Editor window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If
Then
Click on Create.
The Indicator Type popup window opens.
In the Indicator Type window, select the type of the
indicator and click on OK.
Click on Copy.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check Calculated.
Result: The parameter is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Uncheck Temporary Indicator to enable the Stored option from the New Temporal
Aggregation panel.
Result: The parameter is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-67
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The stored temporal aggregation for the calculated reference indicator is
defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the Reference (three characters maximum) and the full Name.
Note: It is recommended to use BH as Reference value.
Result: The Reference and Name are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
Click on Apply.
Result: The indicator with Busy Hour will be available the next day, after the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-68
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-69
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the selected cell and select Display type 110 counters....
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-70
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Properties page of the PM 110 type counters related to the selected cell
appears.
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-only
Mode Name
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-71
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-only
Cell ID
Yes
Yes
Cell Label
Yes
Yes
Start Time
Yes
Yes
End Time
Yes
Yes
Execution Table
The following
parameters compose
the Execution Table:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-72
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the indicator tree, right click and select Find Indicator from Counter.
Result: The Search Indicator by Counter Name window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the full reference name of the counter by which the indicator tree is searched, then
click on Search.
Result: If any node is already selected in the indicator tree when the search is
triggered, then the first indicator after the selected node referring only to the specified
counter in its formula, is selected in the indicator tree.
If no node is already selected in the indicator tree when this search is triggered, then
the first indicator referring only to the specified counter in its formula, is selected in
the indicator tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-73
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-74
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, in the right frame, in the Indicator
tab, right click on any displayed indicator and select Indicator, OR
Press Ctrl+N.
, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-75
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Available counters
Available operators which can be used to define a formula.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate Indicator Type (Scalar, Vector, Matrix, Axis), then click on
OK, OR
Double click on the appropriate Indicator Type.
Result: The property editor appears with default values and editable fields.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Reference
Default Value
Dictionary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-76
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field Name
Description
Default Value
Owner
The username
you logged in
the NPO
application.
Description
Severity Vs Value
Value Type
Float
Access Rights
Unit
Private.
For the indicator of Scalar type, you can choose the Supports Trend Prediction option. For
more information regarding the Trend Prediction option, refer to Trend predictions
(p. 3-31).
Result: The telecom parameters of the indicator are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-77
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Creation of stored indicator by 2 different users on the same time is not
possible.
Create a Basic (Stored) Indicator:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-78
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Add the first and second interpolation methods. If Padding is selected, add the padding number in the
Pad Value field
Choose to have (or not) dynamic interpolation, using the Support Dynamic Interpolation button.
Refer to Interpolation (p. 3-27) and Views / reports user preferences (p. 26-5).
Add the appropriate Consolidation Method, by choosing one of the following: Sum, Count, Average,
Maximum, Minimum, COUNT_PRESENT, COUNT_MISSING
Add the appropriate Spatial Aggregation, by choosing one of the following: Sum, Count, Average,
Maximum, Minimum, DBAVG, MEDIAN, STDDEV, VARIANCE, PERCENTILE, None
Add an indicator group.
You can either:
Select a predefined compatible group (with the same PM type, source, and collecting network
element) from the dropdown list group
The predefined dropdown list contains only the groups with the spatial aggregation path which
includes the source network object(s) of the counter used in the formula, in a hierarchical order.
Create your own group:
Click on Add Group. The Add Group window opens.
Type the appropriate indicator group name.
Select the Spatial Aggregation Path from the dropdown list, which includes the object types of
the source network objects of the counters used in the formula.
Click on OK to associate the spatial aggregation path with the newly created indicator group.
Check Daily Group check box if you want the groups to be daily. The Availability Domain
selected for the group in the Presentation Indicator panel does not contain any H selected.
You must add at least one and a maximum of five Indicator Formulas:
Choose the Technology, Supplier, Release, Spatial Aggregation, then add the indicator formula in
the Formula field. See Basic indicators (p. 9-3) for the allowed elements in formula.
To check the validity of a basic indicator formula, select the formula row, right click on it and
select Check Formula.
If it is incorrect, an error message appears indicating the cause of the error: syntax error,
unknown formula and / or indicators. Correct it until it is valid.
If a division by zero occurs, then a NULL value is put in the database.
Basic Indicators can have multiple formulae associated per technology. Depending on the number
of available technologies, formulas can be added.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-79
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the Formula field and select Add. This adds a row at the end of the table for
indicator formula.
To remove a row in the Formula field, right click on it and select Remove.
Result: The parameters of the basic indicator are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If required, select the Presentation check box and add an associated presentation
indicator (it is possible to perform this step only once, this is the default choice for a
calculated indicator).
Presentation is:
In the case of basic indicators, set as unchecked and one stored temporal indicator is
added
In the case of calculated indicators, added with no temporal indicators.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-80
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-81
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The system computes the availability domain. If necessary, deselect some parts of
it, but ensure it is not empty. Also, you can select/unselect all periodicities of a
row or all object types of a column, by clicking on the column / row header.
Result: The parameters for the temporal aggregation of the indicator are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-82
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To remove an existing family, right click on an existing family, and select Remove
Family. The row is deleted from the Families table.
Result: The indicator families and sub-families are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The thresholds / sampling table appears with thresholds columns, and you can enter
the values for each severity
The thresholds / sampling table appears with the sampling column and you can enter
the values for each severity
The Sampling Indicator field appears and you can add the sampling indicator for
sampling
Indicators can be dragged and dropped into the Sampling Indicator field.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-83
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The parameters for the thresholds and sampling of the indicator are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Click on
to save changes.
Result: The Analysis Desktop verifies all mandatory parameters, checks the formula
11
Click on Yes.
Result: A progress window appears and the Continue in Background button is
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-84
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Indicator Editor window, select the indicator from which to create a copy.
Result: The indicator is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The Indicator Properties panel appears with a default name and editable
properties panel.
The name of the copied indicator respects the <oldname>_copy_n format, where n
is a number.
To have a new name instead of <oldname>_copy_n, you have to modify the name
in temporal aggregation indicator panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: A confirmation message appears, asking if you want to create the indicator.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: A progress window appears and the Continue in Background button is
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-85
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The Indicator Properties panel appears with editable fields except for the
name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click first on Check Formula. This recomputes the Availability Domain and sets its
default values.
Update the appropriate values by deselecting the unnecessary parts. Also, you can
select/unselect all periodicities of a row or all object types of a column, by clicking on
the column / row header.
Result: The fields are modified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: A confirmation message appears, asking if you want to create the indicator.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: A progress window appears and the Continue in Background button is
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-86
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The current threshold and sampling values along with other indicator
properties are displayed in the Threshold & Sampling panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The modified indicator threshold / sampling value parameters are updated.
The modified threshold / sampling values are stored in the customer indicator
dictionary.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-87
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Edit ->
Delete, OR
Press Delete on the keyboard.
, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-88
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or more indicators from the indicator tree of the Indicator editor.
Result: The indicator(s) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If only system indicators are selected, the Export button is disabled.
Result: If the current selection of indicators contains some system indicators, a
warning dialog is displayed listing all the selected system indicators and explains that
they will not be exported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the location to save the indicator(s) and give the appropriate File Name.
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is done successfully.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The selected indicators are exported in an xml customer indicators dictionary
containing only the selection and all the customer indicators involved in the definition
of the selected indicators (in a recursive manner). The file is exported in the location
defined in the previous step.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The exported file can be re-imported on another system at the same plug installation level
(same system dictionaries) using NPO Import/Export Management web pages. Refer to
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import QoS dictionary using GUI
procedure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-89
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open the Indicator Editor. Please refer to Procedure 9-9: Use indicator editor
(p. 9-74) to create/copy/edit or delete indicator.
Result: The Indicator Type window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: A progress window appears with the button Continue in background.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
following message:
If you validate your choice, you'll have to check the
operation status in the Notification Window:
- if the status is OK, then please press Cancel in the editor
before starting any other operation.
- if the status is NOK, please fix any mistake and press
Apply again to retry your operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If
Then
You click on OK
Click on OK.
The Indicator Editor window reappears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-90
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If
Then
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
9-91
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
9-92
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
10
Manage parameters
10
Overview
Purpose
10-1
10-3
10-9
10-10
Manage parameters
10-10
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_PARAM_<TECHNO>_LICENSE must be installed so that the
administrator can create parameters for a given technology (GSM, W-CDMA. LTE).
If the MUSE_PARAM_HISTORY_LICENSE is not installed, then the history of
the parameters is not kept.
Radio parameters are used as follows.
Parameter
Description
Display parameters
Perform tuning.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
10-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Radio parameters are used for QoS interpretation and reporting. Parameters are taken into
account when comparing cells, object zones, and classifications between themselves.
Parameters are also taken into account (for example the number of TRX) when computing
some indicators.
Two types of parameters are defined:
Design parameters, that define the radio network architecture in term of coverage and
mobility capability
Design parameters can have the following values:
An operational value that is in use in the network. The value is retrieved from the
OMC-R
A planned value.
Design parameters can have four sub-levels in the family hierarchy.
For W-CDMA and LTE, the design parameters are not available.
Logical parameters, also called telecom algorithm parameters, used to optimize the
telecom behavior.
Logical parameter can have the following values:
An operational value that is in use in the network. The value is retrieved from the
OMC-R
A historical value that results from the value of the operational parameter in the
past
A forecast value that results from a tuning session and is used to change values in
the network
A reference value which is the default value of a parameter for a given network
object. This value depends on the network object configuration, i.e. values of
other parameters (for example, for GSM cells, on the cell type and cell class:
urban, rural, number of TRX)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
10-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
10-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
10-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
10-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Name
Yes
Yes
Reference
Name
Yes
Yes
Formula
Parameter formulae
No
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
10-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Type
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Default Value
No
Yes
Data Type
Yes
Yes
Min
No
Yes
Max
No
Yes
Unit
Yes
Yes
Availability
Domain
Yes
Yes
Step
No
Yes
Planned
No
Yes
Cell Zone
criteria
No
Yes
Outaged
No
Yes
Visible
No
Yes
Technology
Specific
Attributes
No
Yes
Reference
Values
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
10-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Dictionary
Information
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Families
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
10-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To display the values of the parameters, select them and the appropriate network object(s)
Result: The required objects are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can customize the way parameters are displayed, by changing the user preferences.
Refer to Procedure 26-1: Configure user preferences (p. 26-2).
When feature of real time CM is introduced, NPO can display parameter value change.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
10-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
View Template
This retrieves all View Templates referencing the selected parameters in their tabular
list.
Rules
This retrieves all Rules using the selected parameters in their definition.
THL
This retrieves all Thematic Layer Templates referencing the selected parameters.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag the selected parameter and drop it to required function tab. The mouse pointer
changes to
Result: Depending on how the parameter Display time before a tab is raised and
made active is set as a user preference, the target counter tree:
Is automatically displayed, or
You have to switch to the target counter tree to view it.
Manage parameters
Import parameter dictionary
Parameter dictionaries describe all the supported parameters for the managed network
objects. They are specific for each managed technology and release.
For more information about importing parameter dictionaries into the NPO data
warehouse, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import parameters
dictionary using GUI.
Load parameter data
The parameters data of the whole network is loaded each night, or each time the
administrator wants to take into account a new configuration of the network.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
10-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For more information, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to Load
radio parameters.
Parameter historical data purge
For performance and storage space reasons, a regular data purge of the oldest historical
values is performed.
The purge process is launched every night after the daily import of operational values. It
deletes every history records that contain a date older of a specified number of days than
the current date.
See PM data purge (p. 9-27).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
10-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Manage parameters
Manage parameters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
10-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
11
Overview
Purpose
11-1
11-8
11-10
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_PARAM_HISTORY_LICENSE must be installed, so that the
history of parameters is kept.
Definition
Reference values are Excel files that express the default value that a parameter for a given
network object should have.
These values depend on the network object configuration, i.e. values of other parameters
(for example, for GSM cells, on the cell type and cell class: urban, rural, number of
TRX).
Alcatel-Lucent publishes reference values for the parameters of its equipment. Some
operators directly use Alcatel-Lucent reference values, others change them to better suit
their needs.
Note: For W-CDMA, the customer can create some, but no reference values from
Alcatel-Lucent.
Reference values are not available for LTE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
11-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Characteristics
A parameter dictionary can contain only one reference values Excel files.
The file is mono-release, unlike rules files that are multi-releases.
The .xls reference values file can contain several sheets: each sheet contains reference
values for one type of object or relation.
Each sheet contains:
Note: The layout used by Excel (font, bold, italic, cell colors, cell border, comments)
has no impact on NPO.
File header
Each sheet of the .xls reference values contains a header in the following form:
1
<Comment>
Start
Parameter names are case insensitive. If a parameter name is present several times, only
the first occurrence is taken into account.
Comments are ignored.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
11-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The header stops when column A contains the keyword start (case insensitive).
Some parameters are only meaningful on the first sheet; others are defined on each sheet.
Table 11-1
Name
Description
Mandatory
Scope
Dictionary
Yes
Author
Author's name
No
Date
Document date
No
Supplier
Supplier type:
Standard
Alcatel-Lucent
Customer.
Yes
Yes
Column header
Below the rule file header, the first two lines contain the columns header.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
11-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the two lines of the columns header, column A contains the header for the column
containing parameter names (e.g. the label 'Parameters').
Columns B, C and D contain the header for the default values columns (e.g. label
'Default' on the first line and labels 'min' 'ref' and 'max' on the second line). Theses
headers are only for presentation purposes.
Starting at column E, cells are grouped three by three: for minimum, reference and
maximum value. For each group, the first line contains a criteria expression, that must
match the grammar described in Expression grammar (p. 11-5). The second line is only
for presentation purpose (labels 'min' 'ref' and 'max').
Figure 11-1 Example of Columns Header for Reference Values File
After the columns header, the next lines contain the reference values data, one set of
reference values for a given parameter per line.
Columns A, B, C and D define the following:
Column
Description
Mandatory
Yes
No
No
No
All following columns are grouped three by three, and contain the following:
Column
Description
Mandatory
No
No
No
If a minimum value is given then a maximum value must be given (and vice-versa)
If minimum and maximum values are given, the reference value must be given
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
11-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the reference value is given but the minimum and maximum are empty it means
that, if the criteria matches, the parameter has no minimum and maximum values.
If the three are empty it means that, even if the criteria matches, it is not taken into
account and the next criteria (on the left) is checked. The default reference values
(minimum, maximum or the three) can be empty, in this case, nothing is returned.
The evaluation of criteria starts with the right most one first, and then criteria is evaluated
from right to left until one is matched. If none matches, the default values are used.
The criteria in the .xls file is evaluated starting with the Reference value (min, max and
reference value).
A next Reference value is linked to it, containing the criteria to evaluate if the first one is
false and the associated minimum, maximum and reference values. The default Reference
value is the last one (not linked to a next Reference value) if the criteria expression is
empty; otherwise it means that the parameter does not have default values.
Expression grammar
The following grammar is used to check reference values and rules expressions.
Tokens
Whitespace
Number
<<[0-9]+>>
Identifier
<<[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9$#_]*>>
RelationSel
<<[SsTt]:>>
S for Source, T for Target
TopoSel
<<[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9$#_]*:>>
Dot
Comma
Left Parenthesis
(
Round brackets are only supported for numerical
expressions.
Right Parenthesis
)
Round brackets are only supported for numerical
expressions.
Colon
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
11-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minus
Multiply
Divide
NOT
AND
AND
AND is evaluated before OR condition.
OR
OR
Note: Do not use any kind of brackets (round or square) for the logical evaluation.
Expression functions
EQ
NE
<>
LT
<
LE
<=
GE
>=
GT
>
LIKE
LIKE
BETWEEN
BETWEEN
Productions
BooleanExpr
BooleanExprRest
BooleanTerm
RelationalOperator
EQ | NE | LT | LE | GE | GT ;
StringComparator
LIKE | EQ;
Expression
Term [ExpressionRest] ;
ExpressionRest
+ Expression | - Expression ;
Term
Factor [TermRest] ;
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
11-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TermRest
* Term | / Term ;
Factor
Atom | ( Expression );
Atom
Numerical | Parameter ;
Parameter
[TOPOSEL|RELATIONSEL]IDENTIFIER;
Numerical
[-]NUMBER[.NUMBER] ;
Examples
(((IFBAND1+1)*2)-2) / (IFBAND2-IFBAND2+2) = IFBAND1
(IFBAND1*2) / 2 = IFBAND1 AND IFBAND1 <> IFBAND2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
11-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network elements (e.g.: BSCells) and Design parameters, then:
Press Ctrl+Q.
Result: The Execution Context window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Enter the appropriate information, as presented in Execution context (p. 3-20), selecting
Hour periodicity, the appropriate Date and Time.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then
One parameter
Planned
Min Reference
Reference
Max Reference
ORV
Chosen Date(s)
Operational.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
11-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you chose
Then
Planned
Min Reference
Reference
Max Reference
ORV
Chosen Date(s)
Operational.
For the Parameter Reference values, Min Reference values and Max Reference values, a
tool tip is available on the displayed value, providing the related value selection criterion
from the associated dictionary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Legend window, in the Parameter Comparison frame, choose to compare the
appropriate Source and Target values (e.g.: All values to Reference, or values before and
after a migration or upgrade).
Result: A window opens, displaying the comparison.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 18-3.11: Rotate / inverse axis of view (p. 18-78) to filter by parameter.
Result: Parameter names are now positioned in the rows of the table, while the
In the Legend window, choose to hide the OK values by selecting the Hide checkbox for
green color.
Result: The remaining values are those for which at least one cell the value is not
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
11-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: To delete a file, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
Delete parameter reference values using GUI.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
11-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
12
12 operator reference
Use
values (ORV)
Overview
Purpose
12-1
12-4
12-5
12-5
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_OPERATOR_REF_VALUES_LICENSE must be installed.
Definition
The Operator Reference Values allow the operator defining explicit reference values for
all object instances as well as defining also a Reference Topology (including the number
of cells, the number of adjacencies, the number of TRX per cell, and so on).
The ORV data can be populated by set of CSV files delivered into a zip archive file.
ORV parameter dictionary file structure
The ORV parameter file dictionary is a XML file describing lists of parameters used as
Operator Reference per object type. The dictionary is linked to a technology. Only one
dictionary per technology is possible.
The content of the dictionary file format is:
Note: In the Type column, a U means that Unicode characters are accepted. The other
attributes have restrictions: they can be used as column names or table names in
Oracle tables (dates, number, Boolean) and must respect some constraints.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
12-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure provides an example of the ORV parameter dictionary for GSM.
To download some examples of the ORV parameter dictionary files, refer to Procedure
28-1: Download NPO example files (p. 28-2).
ORV data file structure
The ORV data file is a CSV file format with ; as separator. One file is delivered per object
type. All the files are delivered in a zip archive file imported with the Import / Export
Management page, see Import ORV data using GUI in the NPO Administration User
Guide.
The naming rule of the csv files is: ORV<techno><object type>.csv. The naming rule of
the archive file is free.
The content of the file format is:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
12-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
12-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or several network objects from the Topology browser, then:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: All the values of design and logical parameters of the selected objects become
Operator Network Reference values. They replace previous existing Operator
Network reference values for this object if they exist.
A notification is generated in the system indicating that a new ORV data is saved in
the database for the selected object.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
12-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
12-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
12-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
13
Use rules
13
Overview
Purpose
13-1
13-10
13-13
13-14
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_CUSTOMER_RULES_LICENSE must be installed, so that the
rules where the supplier is customer can be imported and exported.
Definition
Rules are Excel files that express the dependency between two or more parameters of a
given object, and are stored in the Oracle database.
To indicate when a rule is applicable, conditions and expressions on other parameters are
defined inside it.
Classification
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent rules
Customer rules
System rules are the expression of a dependency between object parameters, as they
appear in standardization documents
Expert rules are rules that results from experience.
Characteristics
A parameter dictionary can contain several rule Excel files, but a file contains rules for
only one dictionary.
The .xls rule file can contain several sheets: each sheet contains rules for a given
dictionary, a given supplier, and a given object type.
A rule file can be:
Multi-type, one type per sheet, but types can also be split into several files
Multi-supplier (e.g. one sheet for Standard rules and one sheet for Alcatel-Lucent
rules), but rules from different supplier types can also be split into several files
Multi-release (unlike reference values files that are mono-release).
The name of a rule file is unique for a dictionary and object type.
Rules can be checked:
File header
Each sheet of the .xls rule contains a header in the following form.
1
<Comment>
Start
A comment, that can be any string from column A, that is not a known parameter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter names are case insensitive. If a parameter name is present several times, only
the first occurrence is taken into account.
Comments are ignored.
The header stops when column A contains the keyword start (case insensitive).
Figure 13-1 Example rule header
Some parameters are only meaningful on the first sheet; others are defined on each sheet.
Table 13-1
Name
Description
Mandatory
Scope
Dictionary
Yes
Author's name
No
Author
Present only in
first sheet.
Apply to the file.
Present only in
first sheet.
Date
Document date
No
Supplier
Supplier type:
Standard
Alcatel-Lucent
Customer.
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Column header
Below the rule file header, the first two lines contain the columns header.
The first eight columns (from A to H) contain the names of the rule attributes.
The names contained in the header cells are not important themselves, it is only the order
of the columns that counts.
The rules attributes are defined in the following order:
Name
Rule Type
Severity
Visible
Function
Rule Expression
Description
Rule Condition.
The next columns (starting with column I) define additional conditional parameters for
rules.
The first line contains a variable set of merged cells. Each set has a variable number of
merged cells. It contains an object parameter name, for example for GSM,
CELL_CLASS. The number of sets itself is not limited.
On the second line, for each set of merged cells, for example, for each object parameter,
each individual cell contains a parameter value, for example, URBAN, SUBURBAN, etc.
Each column represents a specific condition on an object parameter value, of the form
<parameter name>='<parameter value>, for example for GSM,
CELL_TYPE='CONCENTRIC'.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rule data
After the columns header, the next lines contain the rule data, one rule per line.
The first eight columns (from A to H) contain the following rule attributes:
Description
Mandatory
Yes
No
Yes
ERROR
WARNING
No
(default is
false)
No
<family> / <subfamily1><subfamily2><subfamily3><subfamily4>.
The number of sub-families can be from zero to four. The family itself is optional.
The description of the rule.
No
The rule expression. It must validate the grammar given in the Annex.
Yes
The rule condition that defines when the rule applies. It must validate the grammar
given in the Annex.
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The next columns (starting with column I) define additional conditional parameters for
rules.
Depending on the Columns header, each cell corresponds to a specific condition on a
parameter value (e.g.for GSM: CELL_CLASS = 'CONCENTRIC'). If the cell contains
any text (for example, X) it means that the condition must be applied for the rule.
Figure 13-4 Example last column rules data
For each rule, a cross in a cell means that the conditional parameter must have the
corresponding value to make the rule applicable.
If some cells are checked for several values of the same parameter the rule applies if the
conditional parameter have one of the checked values.
If a condition (and specific conditional parameters) is false for an object, it means that the
rule cannot be applied on that object, and the rule result is N/A (and not true or false,
whatever the rule expression value for that object).
Rule expressions and conditions are formulas containing references to parameters of the
network object. It can also contain selectors to use parameters of a child or a parent
object, or to use parameters of the source or target objects in the case of relations
(adjacencies).
Example for LTE:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BSC:Release = XYZ
S:CELL_CLASS = URBAN (S for Source)
T:CELL_CLASS = URBAN (T for Target)
In the same way, hard coded conditional parameters (for example for GSM ,
CELL_CLASS, RELEASE) must match the parameter expressions defined in the
grammar. They may also use selectors like S:CELL_CLASS, i.e. the parameter
CELL_CLASS of the source cell.
Rule evaluation
When executing a view that contains rules, the parameter values from the rules conditions
and expressions are evaluated with operational, historical, planned, or forecast values
depending on the view execution context. The execution context is set in the same way as
for views containing parameters.
The temporal part of the availability domain (list of periodicity) is fixed and is common
to all rules; it is configurable in a configuration file.
The spatial part of the availability domain of a rule is the associated object type of the
rule (e.g. CELL2G).
The availability domain of a rule is not computed from availability domain of parameters
used in the rule. This means that if the user chooses an execution context that is not valid
for one of the parameters, the result of the rule is N/A.
When checking a tuning session, the parameter values from the rules conditions and
expressions are evaluated with operational or forecast values, depending on the given
tuning session.
In both cases, the evaluation of the rule may involve getting parameter values of other
related objects (operational or forecast when checking a tuning session, operational or
historical when executing a rules view, in the same execution context).
The criteria in the .xls file is evaluated from right to left.
A rule cannot be checked on an object (the rule result is N / A) if:
The rule condition (and specific conditional parameters) is false for that object
At least one parameter used in the rule expression has no value for that object in the
given execution context
The rule condition or rule expression cannot be evaluated (e.g. division by zero or
comparison between numeric and nonnumeric values). In this case, a warning must be
logged.
Name Icon
Description
OK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rule Icon
Name Icon
Description
Warning
Error
Not Applicable
Highlighting
Color
Rule result is N / A
Black
Green
Orange
Red
Expression grammar
The following grammar is used to check reference values and rules expressions.
Tokens
Whitespace
Number
<<[0-9]+>>
Identifier
<<[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9$#\.\\\*_-]*>>
RelationSel
<<[SsTt]:>>
S for Source, T for Target
TopoSel
<<[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9$#_]*:>>
Dot
Comma
Left Parenthesis
(
Round brackets are only supported for numerical
expressions.
Right Parenthesis
)
Round brackets are only supported for numerical
expressions.
Colon
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minus
Multiply
Divide
NOT
AND
AND
AND is evaluated before OR condition.
OR
OR
Note: Do not use any kind of brackets (round or square) for the logical evaluation.
Expression functions
EQ
NE
<>
LT
<
LE
<=
GE
>=
GT
>
LIKE
LIKE
BETWEEN
BETWEEN
Productions
BooleanExpr
BooleanExprRest
BooleanTerm
RelationalOperator
EQ | NE | LT | LE | GE | GT ;
StringComparator
LIKE | EQ;
Expression
Term [ExpressionRest] ;
ExpressionRest
+ Expression | - Expression ;
Term
Factor [TermRest] ;
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TermRest
* Term | / Term ;
Factor
Atom | ( Expression );
Atom
Numerical | Parameter ;
Parameter
[TOPOSEL|RELATIONSEL]IDENTIFIER;
Numerical
[-]NUMBER[.NUMBER] ;
Examples
(((IFBAND1+1)*2)-2) / (IFBAND2-IFBAND2+2) = IFBAND1
(IFBAND1*2) / 2 = IFBAND1 AND IFBAND1 <> IFBAND2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Name
Yes
Yes
Rule Type
Yes
Yes
Severity
Yes
Yes
Visible
No
Yes
Description
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Supplier
Yes
Yes
Type
Yes
Yes
Comments
Free comment
Yes
Yes
Dictionary
Information
Yes
Yes
Author
Date of creation
Families
No
Yes
Rules
Rule Expression
Yes
Yes
Condition
No
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the network object(s), and the rules or view(s) containing the rule(s), then drag and
drop them in the Tabular / Graphical Viewer.
Note that rules can be applied only on operational values.
Result: The Execution Context window appears. Enter the appropriate information,
rules may involve getting parameters values of other related objects (with the same
execution context).
The executed view with rules appears depending on the selected number of network
objects and rules, in a new tab of the tabular view.
Figure 13-5 Example executed rules
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
13-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use rules
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: To delete a rule, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
Delete parameter rules using GUI.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
13-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
14
Use events
14
Overview
Purpose
14-1
14-4
14-7
14-17
Presentation
Events are correlated to the QoS evolution of the network and show when key
information of a cell is changed.
Events are defined per technology (GSM, W-CDMA, LTE). The events definitions
contain a unique name, an availability domain, and a family.
The family attribute represents the method that is used to compute the event. Two families
are defined: parameter (modification of current or planned parameter, e.g identifier, BSC,
frequency) and topology (object creation / deletion, e.g Move BTS).
Events can be:
base events available (only) at the corresponding level where they have occurred
aggregated events (raised when similar event is raised for at least one sub-object)
that enables to show at upper topology level that an event has occurred for one or
several objects.
It is possible to have more than one aggregation for a given base event (e.g.
aggregated events at BSC and BTS levels for a Cell 2G base event).
Internal events are defined on historicized network configuration data, such as logical /
design parameter modifications and / or topology modifications to detect significant
changes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Only Events for which the Visible property is set to True are displayed for any user.
NonVisible events are displayed only for the Administrator.
A predefined set of events per technology is defined by Alcatel-Lucent. These are called
system events and cannot be updated or deleted by the user.
Aggregated events permit event happening at lower topology levels being visible at upper
topology levels (for example, showing at BSC level if some events have been raised at
corresponding CELL2G level).
The following table of icons contains the system icons provided by Alcatel-Lucent.
Depending on the technology, they are displayed or not (BCCH / BSIC Changes is a
GSM event for instance).
Event Icon
Event Name
Event Type
Adjacency changes
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Cell Creation
Normal
Cell Deletion
Normal
Normal
Frequency Changes
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Normal
Release Changes
Normal
Topology Changes
Normal
TC_RACK Creations
Normal
TC_RACK Deletions
Normal
Adjacency changes
Aggregated
Aggregated
Aggregated
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Event Icon
Event Name
Event Type
Aggregated
Cell Creation
Aggregated
Cell Deletion
Aggregated
Aggregated
Frequency Changes
Aggregated
Aggregated
Aggregated
Aggregated
Aggregated
Release Changes
Aggregated
Topology Changes
Aggregated
ALL_EVENTS
Use events
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Name
Description
Event Type
Event Type
Values: Topology / Parameter
Event Description
Graphical Display
Resource
Dictionary Information
Event Information
Event Type Operation on the network object for which the event
is fired.
It is for topology events.
Event Parameter Name of the event parameter.
It is for parameter events.
Release Release of the event.
Display Difference
For parameter events, defines the way the differences between the
new value and the previous value are displayed from the following:
NONE, NEW, REMOVED, NEW_AND_REMOVED.
Availability Domain Availability domain for the event, it is by
default daily for all events.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A base event is displayed in the Events tab of the object type mode where it is
defined.
An aggregated event is displayed in the Events tab of the aggregation object type
mode.
When there is no data available for a table cell in such a view, nothing appears in that cell.
The execution and representation of views containing events is done in the same way as
for the views containing parameters, except that events cannot be added to a graphic.
Events can be mixed with other data in views.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 14-1.4: Use tabular mode for executed event (p. 14-12).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 14-1.5: Use tabular mode for standard view: multi-object comparison
(p. 14-13).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 14-1.6: Use tabular mode for standard view: mono-object evolution
(p. 14-14).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 14-1.7: Use tabular mode for standard view: multi-object evolution
(p. 14-15).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 14-1.8: Display event for feature of real time CM (p. 14-16).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the network object(s), and the event(s) or view(s) containing the event(s), then drag
and drop them in the Executed View browser.
Result: The Execution Context window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Button
Name
Description
Propagate
To propagate the selected lines (CTRL+A to select all the lines) in the
function and object trees.
The parameters are propagated in design, logical trees depending on the
selection and in the tuning tree when the parameters are tunable.
The object on which the detail is opened is propagated in the
corresponding object tree.
Close
Help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This window contains the list of sub-objects of Object 1 that have raised the event and
the corresponding event at object type level. The Propagate button permits to
propagate the objects of the selected lines in the corresponding topology object tree.
In case of multiple events in a single view table cell, with normal and aggregated
events, the detail window will have the two tabs:
The first tab is the current existing one
The second tab is the new view with sub-objects.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select ALL_EVENTS.
Note: For a multi-object comparison view, in the Execution Context window, the
evolution must be chosen for only one date.
Result: The matrix representation of the view is:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
After AVC_CSV_<YearMonthDate(starttime)>_<GMTtime(starttime)>_
<YearMonthDate(endtime)>_<GMTtime(endtime)>.csv and OD_CSV_
<YearMonthDate(starttime)>_<GMTtime(starttime)>_<YearMonthDate(endtime)>_
<GMTtime(endtime)>.csv and OC_CSV_<YearMonthDate(starttime)>_
<GMTtime(starttime)>_<YearMonthDate(endtime)>_<GMTtime(endtime)>.csv are
loaded successfully, select corresponding network object and the events, drag and drop
them in Executed View Browser, then select period.
Result: The event of cell creation is displayed as below:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 18-4.1: Open executed view (p. 18-83) and click on the Execution
Context tab, OR
Select one or several network object(s) and one or several function(s), then drag and
drop them in the Tabular Viewer.
Result: The Execution Context window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on:
.
Result: An additional row is added at the bottom of the tabular view:
The cells of this row contain an x if an event occurrence exists for the given day
and the given network object.
You can then view details about it in two modes:
By double clicking on X, or
By right clicking on X and selecting Event Details.
This is applicable for any type of event that applies for the selected type of object.
If there is no event occurrence, the cell is filled with N/A or an empty value
according to the user preferences; see Views / reports user preferences (p. 26-5).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
14-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use events
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 18-4.1: Open executed view (p. 18-83) and click on the Execution
Context tab, OR
Select one or several network object(s) and one or several function(s), then drag and
drop them in the Graphical Viewer.
Result: The Execution Context window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
14-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
15
Overview
Purpose
15-1
15-4
15-6
15-7
Presentation
Definition
For each customer object type, a set of additional free fields can be defined. Then, an
object can be associated with a set of free fields values.
Free fields can be generalized for all network objects, but are basically used with the
cells.
They can be displayed as design parameters, used in criteria for working zone, object
zone and in classification.
Free Fields are displayed in alphabetic order and no user-defined classification can be
created for them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
15-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Header
Label
Value.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
15-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example: CELL_MCC;CELL_MNC;LAC_ID;CELL_ID;Address;ZIP_Code
The external IDs of GSM cells is constructed from this information.
For generic cases, the header is composed as below:
The second line is composed of the keyword OEXID followed by the names of the free
fields, separated by semicolons.
The label part is composed of the name of the type, followed by the free fields name,
separated by semicolons:
OEXID;<name1>;<name2>; etc
Example: OEXID;Address;ZIP_Code
Example in the case of W-CDMA: OEXID;town;color
Free fields file value
The other lines of the free fields file form the value part. Each line describes the values of
free fields for one cell.
For the specific case of GSM Cells:
The line is introduced by the cell identifiers followed by values of free fields, separated
by semicolons:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
15-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
<MCC>;<MNC>;[<LAC_ID>];<CI>;<val1>;<val2>; etc
Note that the number of values must be equal to the number of labels declared in the label
part.
Empty lines are skipped with no warning. The last line is read even if it does not end with
a carriage return.
Example:
000001 / 000005;4 Main Street;92000
000001 / 000006;3 Downtown blvd;06000
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
15-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table provides an overview of the parameters and their corresponding
descriptions.
Parameter Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Name
Yes
Yes
Description
Description of Cell.
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
15-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To import the free fields refer to Import free fields using GUI section from NPO
Administration User Guide
To load the free fields refer to Load free fields using command line section from NPO
Administration User Guide
To delete one or several free fields, re-import a new file with the structure removed.
Refer to Import free fields using GUI section from NPO Administration User Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
15-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate cell(s) and the free field(s), then drag and drop them in the
Executed View browser.
Result: The Execution Context window appears. Enter the appropriate information,
number of network objects and free field(s), in a new tab of the tabular view.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
15-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
15-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
16
Overview
Purpose
16-1
16-2
16-3
16-4
16-5
Presentation
User notes are user defined comments associated with topology objects (network objects
or object zones) and functions.
User Notes are visible to all users and are clearly visible in topology or function trees, and
are indicated by a yellow icon
which is attached to the object.
One or several user notes can be associated per one or several objects.
All users can see the user notes, but only those having the corresponding FAD can modify
or delete them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
16-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
16-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the appropriate topology object(s) (network object or object zone) or
function(s), and select User Note -> Add..., OR
From the menu bar, select Topology / Data -> User Note -> Add....
Result: The User Note window opens.
The Owner and Date of Last Update properties are automatically added by the NPO in
the user note.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the comment (as free text) and the select one of the following options.
Note: The cell user note message is limited at 4096 characters. The text area is
scrollable if the contents of the user note are large.
If
Click on
Apply
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
16-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the appropriate topology object(s) (network object or object zone) or
function(s) that has a user note attached, and select User Note -> Edit....
Result: The Edit User Note window opens with the previous user note content
selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
16-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or several topology objects (network objects or object zones) or one or several
functions that have a user note.
Note: You can select multiple user notes for removal.
Result: The required objects or functions are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The user note is removed and a notification of user note deletion is sent to all
connected users.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
16-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
16-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
17
Use favorites
17
Overview
Purpose
17-1
17-3
17-4
17-6
17-7
17-9
17-10
17-12
17-13
17-15
Presentation
For a friendlier and quicker navigation to the user preferred functions, they can be added
to favorite list of functions. Thus, when a function is defined as being a favorite function,
it can be quickly retrieved from the popup menu, instead of having to search for it in the
function tree.
Groups and sub-groups of favorites can be defined for a better customizing. There is one
list of groups / sub-groups / favorite functions per Function Type per Mode (i.e. Favorite
Indicators for Cell 3G, Favorite Indicators for RNC, Favorites Logical Parameter for Cell
3G, etc).
The favorites definition - including groups and sub-groups, is dedicated to one user (not
shared between users).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The list of groups and sub-groups is unique for each mode and function type. The same
Favorite function can be added to different groups and sub-groups.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Navigate through the Favorites popups list of favorites, and select the desired favorite
function to display.
Result: When a favorite function is selected any prior selections on the function tree
are maintained only if Add favorite to current selection is set as true in the user
preferences; otherwise the selections are lost and the tree is scrolled down to the
selected favorite function.
The Whole Group selection contains all the favorites under the group.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Data -> Favorites -> Add to..., OR
If several functions are selected, the first selected function appears in the Favorite
Name field. By placing the mouse over the Favorite Name field, the names of the
functions are displayed in a tool tip.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one of the existing groups or sub-groups displayed in the Favorites hierarchy
field, OR
Define and organize your own groups and sub-groups containing the function(s).
Refer to Procedure 17-3: Create group to add favorites (p. 17-6) and Procedure
17-6: Organize favorites (p. 17-10).
Result: The functions are classified.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The function(s) is (are) added as favorite function(s), in the selected group or
sub-group of favorites.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Add to Favorites or Organize Favorites window, select a group under the new
group / sub-group to be created.
Result: By default the root node (i.e. Favorites) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the case of sub-groups, this window only opens if the sub-group is within the
maximum number of permitted sub-groups. Up to four levels of sub-groups can be
created (4 is a configurable value).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Group Name field, type the name of the group / sub-group to be created.
The group name must be unique, and the sub-group name must be unique within the
group.
Result: The group or sub-group name is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The Favorites tree is updated and the new group / sub-group is selected.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Rename or
Press F2.
Result: The current name of the group is highlighted and becomes editable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The favorite / group / sub-group of favorites is deleted. in the case of a group
removal, all the favorite functions it contained are also deleted.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Data -> Favorites -> Oganize....
Result: The Organize Favorites window appears.
The displayed favorites are those of the current mode and Function Type (active
function tree).
The Mode field displays the mode for which the organize favorites opens. On mode
navigation, the first function tab of the mode is activated. You can change the mode
by selecting a different mode from the list. Only modes of the active standard and
only the visible modes are displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Function Tabs contains all the functions of the selected mode. Only the visible
tabs on the function browser are displayed. By changing the function tab, the favorites
of that function are loaded and the function tab from which organize favorites is
called appears.
The Favorites Hierarchy tree displays favorites organized by group and sub-group.
The tree is scrollable vertically and horizontally.
The following actions are available from this window:
Procedure 17-3: Create group to add favorites (p. 17-6)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Continue the dragging process to an appropriate group, where the mouse pointer is
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the favorites .xml file to import, then click on Import.
Result: The file is imported.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for a location to export the selected favorite, then click on Export.
Result: The favorite is exported in .xml format. Its corresponding mode and function
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
17-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Use favorites
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
17-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
18
Views
18
Overview
Purpose
This section describes the management of view templates. It describes how to create, edit,
display, and delete a view template.
Contents
Presentation
18-2
18-11
18-15
18-25
18-46
18-57
18-82
18-86
Highlight in view
18-90
Show legend
18-92
Sort
18-96
Filter in view
18-97
18-102
18-105
Resize
18-105
18-106
18-106
18-107
18-108
18-109
18-109
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18-111
18-115
Manage axis
18-115
Presentation
Definition
View enables the user to display results coming from any analysis service (e.g. functions)
in a tabular way or graphical way. A view contains the network objects, functions, and
execution context (period, interval, sampling, interpolation, reliability options). The limit
for the number of functions inside a view is 500.
A view template defines a set of indicators / parameters.
A view can be created:
The default limit for the maximum objects in a view in the view browser is 8000.
The view limit is 500 cells.
A view is also known as an Executed View and appears in the View Viewer.
The default limit for the maximum number of views, both executed and in progress
executions, in the report browser is 40.
To change
Modify
The analysis.desktop.objects.views.limit
parameter from the following file:
/alcatel/muse/MUSEADWEBSTART/webapps/AD/rsc/com/
alcatel/muse/usm/config/ad_param.cfg
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To change
Modify
The analysis.desktop.objects.views.limit
parameter from the following file:
/alcatel/muse/MUSEADWEBSTART/webapps/AD/rsc/com/
alcatel/muse/usm/config/ad_param.cfg
The
analysis.desktop.views.inside.report.limit
The
analysis.desktop.functions.inside.view.limit
In order for the updates to be taken into account in Analysis Desktop, the Analysis
Desktop must be closed, then re-opened.
Important! Changing these parameters is not under Alcatel-Lucent responsibility.
Putting higher values then the values tested in Alcatel-Lucent labs may cause higher
response time or even request that do not answer.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Classification
Definition
Tabular
Graphical
Standard
Vector
Matrix
Equipment.
Apart from the specific case of Equipment, views can also be grouped into four types of
evolution and comparison:
In the following table, the Number of Objects refers to the number of network objects
used when creating the executed view. The Period Covered refers to the date(s) entered in
the execution context when creating the executed view.
Type
Number of
Objects
Period Covered
View Constraints
Mono-Object
Evolution View
One
An interval
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type
Number of
Objects
Period Covered
View Constraints
Multi-Object
Evolution View
Many
An interval
Multi-Object
Comparison View
Many
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type
Number of
Objects
Period Covered
View Constraints
Mono-object
Distribution View
One
One date
Definition
Only one mode appears at a time for each view. Indicators or Parameters may have
different graphical properties (legend) according to the mode used.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure provides an example of the differences between table and graphic
modes for a view template.
The used font style is bold, and the font size is Default Size.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Below the daily periodicity, the timestamp are displayed using the user time
zone and above or at the daily periodicity, the day / week / month timestamp are those
corresponding to NPO time zone.
Standard view template
Figure 18-3 Matrix view templates without grid with independent columns
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-4 Matrix view templates without grid without independent columns
Figure 18-5 Matrix view templates with grid without independent columns
Figure 18-6 Matrix view templates with grid with independent columns
Interval values
The interval values entered by the user are rounded according to the nbAfterPoint
attribute of the matrix indicator. This rounded value is the one used and displayed for the
interval bound, and not the input value.
Per default, min and max values are set to 0. If min or max changes, the corresponding
value is changed in the distribution scale, without changing colors, and other interval
values are updated according to the interval distribution function.
The update of min / max values is done:
Switching from Dynamic distribution mode to Static distribution mode and vice versa
does not change the number of steps or the colors of the distribution scale:
If the user changes the mode from custom distribution to linear / exponential /
logarithmic mode, a confirmation message appears to prevent the lost of previous
interval values
If the user changes any distribution value, the interval distribution becomes the
custom mode.
Equipment view templates contain the top N of alarms, logs or basic unavailability.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The top N is generated according to a defined attribute of items. For instance, the top 1 of
alarms counts the highest number of items with the same value for this attribute.
Note: The values of the alarms in the Alarm Filters panel are case sensitive and must
be written exactly as they appear in NUART. For example, the Probable Cause for an
alarm in NUART is written as X721-performanceDegraded, then in View Template
Editor it must be written with the exact same characters in the Value field.
The graphics for the equipment view templates are 2D.
See also Display equipment view properties (p. 18-21).
Extension and restriction of availability domain
Execute View(s)
Create / Create By Copy Report Template
Edit Report Template
Edit Report Template From Executed Report by Dialog Box
Views
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table gives the description of visibility of the Availability Domain:
Icon
Object
Visibility Description
Blue x with no
background color.
Inactive Extensions.
Inactive Restrictions.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If several network objects in the view have the same mode name, only one
mode name with its hierarchy is displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the above example the generated view has 2 different modes and each of the hierarchy
is displayed in the tooltip.
The tooltip is also exported during export of views to xls format if present. The feature is
not applicable to export formats other than xls.
This feature is also supported in two other clients:
1. Web Client: While exporting to xls, a view or a report having parameters
2. EQL: URL containing the format=xls
To enable/disable this feature the following flag should be set to true/false in the file
/rsc/com/alcatel/muse/maat/dataaccess/DataAccessResourceFile.cfg
# Flag to control execution flow between (Parameter CR) and Old
behaviour.
TOPO_HIERARCHY_PARAM=true
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The figures below provide an example of the Properties window of an equipment view.
For more information about parameters, refer to Procedure 18-1.2: Create view
template (p. 18-27).
Figure 18-13 Example of equipment view properties window
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
, OR
In the right frame, in the View tab, right click on any displayed report and select View
Template, OR
In the Analysis Desktop window, click on Data -> View Templates..., OR
Press Ctrl+E.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The View Template Type window opens, listing four view template types:
Standard
Vector
Matrix
Equipment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Name
ViewTemplate_
<owner> _n
where<owner> is the
owner of the view
template.
Owner
Created
Modified
Date when the view template was last modified, in the case
of a view template update.
This field is read-only.
System
Availability
Domain
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
Access
Rights
Private.
Title
New
Families
Preferred
Display
Type
Graphical or Tabular,
according to user's
preference settings.
Visible
Checked
Sorting
Indicator
for
Warning
Sorting
Direction
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Optional
Rows
Default Value
Optional
Columns
Depending on the type of view to create, perform one of the following options:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop as appropriate the following objects from the right frame in the Tabular
View:
Indicators
The indicators are filtered when creating a view template depending on their type:
For a standard view template, axis, vector and matrix indicators are not allowed
For a vector view template, only vector indicators are allowed
For a matrix view template, only matrix indicators are allowed.
Regardless of the type of view template, temporary indicators can only be added when
editing a view interactively.
Counters
Counters can only be added when editing a view interactively. They cannot be mixed
with any other type of object.
Design Parameters
Logical Parameters
Rules
Events
Free Fields
Synthetic Diagnosis.
In the Primary Graphic, in the Tabular View, drag and drop the required objects.
Select the appropriate graphic Type.
For the Min and Max Y-Axis, leave Computed, or type the required values.
The Primary Graphic is not mandatory. If used, the axis for this graph appears on the left
side. The indicators / parameters chosen for this view are a subset of those in the tabular
view, without overlapping those in the secondary view, and all having the same units.
Parameters can only be added to the graphic depending on their type. Only number types
can be added. Parameters with multiple values cannot be added.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Secondary Graphic, Tabular View, drag and drop the required objects, other than
the ones used for Primary Graphic.
Select the appropriate graphic Type.
For the Min and Max Y-Axis, leave Computed, or type the required values.
The Secondary Graphic is not mandatory too. If used, the axis for this graph appears on
the right side. The indicators / parameters chosen for this view are a subset of those in the
tabular view, without overlapping those in the primary view, and all having the same
units.
Parameters can only be added to the graphic depending on their type. Only number types
can be added. Parameters with multiple values cannot be added.
Result: When dropping a function in the Secondary Graphic list, it is automatically
Drag and drop in the Filtering Indicator for warning the indicator to be used for filtering
when executing this view in a warning report.
This is one of the indicators from the Tabular view indicators that has a threshold defined
(
or
icons associated).
Result: The indicator parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop in the Sorting Indicator for warning the indicator to be used for sorting
when executing this view in a warning report.
This is one of the indicators from the Tabular view indicators.
Note: Filtering and Sorting Indicators for Warning Reports must be available on the
whole extended part of the view template availability domain, otherwise the view
template cannot be created and an error message appears.
Result: The indicator parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Choose from the Sorting Direction the sorting indicator for warning (ascending,
descending or Best / Worst order). This takes into account the gravity sense
(UpperIsFault).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Parameter Attributes field, select the type of values to display for all the parameters
in the view template (tabular and graphical modes):
Display Choice
Choose the type of values for parameters to display for all the parameters in the view
template for tabular and graphical modes. These override the choices in the user
preferences. At least one type has to be chosen if parameters are included in the view.
The following values are available.
Value
Description
Operational
Planned
Min Reference
Reference
Max Reference
Forecast
Historical
Operator Reference
Value Change
If the Value Change option is checked, the source and target options are not valid.
Source
This parameter is used as the default comparison type for highlighting in the view.
Target
This parameter is used as the default comparison type for highlighting in the view.
Result: The indicator parameters are defined.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop as appropriate the following objects from the right frame in the Tabular
View:
Indicators
The indicators are filtered when creating a view template depending on their type:
For a standard view template, axis, vector and matrix indicators are not allowed
For a vector view template, only vector indicators are allowed
For a matrix view template, only matrix indicators are allowed.
Regardless of the type of view template, temporary indicators can only be added when
editing a view interactively.
Counters
Counters can only be added when editing a view interactively. They cannot be mixed
with any other type of object.
Design Parameters
Logical Parameters
Rules
Events
Free Fields
Synthetic Diagnosis.
In the Primary Graphic, in the Tabular View, drag and drop the required objects.
Select the appropriate graphic Type.
For the Min and Max Y-Axis, leave Computed, or type the required values.
The Primary Graphic is not mandatory. If used, the axis for this graph appears on the left
side. The indicators / parameters chosen for this view are a subset of those in the tabular
view, without overlapping those in the secondary view, and all having the same units.
Parameters can only be added to the graphic depending on their type. Only number types
can be added. Parameters with multiple values cannot be added.
Result: When dropping a function in the Primary Graphic list, it is automatically
added in the Tabular View list.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Secondary Graphic, Tabular View, drag and drop the required objects, other than
the ones used for Primary Graphic.
Select the appropriate graphic Type.
For the Min and Max Y-Axis, leave Computed, or type the required values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Secondary Graphic is not mandatory too. If used, the axis for this graph appears on
the right side. The indicators / parameters chosen for this view are a subset of those in the
tabular view, without overlapping those in the primary view, and all having the same
units.
Parameters can only be added to the graphic depending on their type. Only number types
can be added. Parameters with multiple values cannot be added.
Result: When dropping a function in the Secondary Graphic list, it is automatically
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Drag and drop in the Matrix Indicator the appropriate indicator. There is only one Matrix
indicator per view.
Result: This automatically adds its two axis indicators.
For the X and Y-Axis Indicators of the Matrix Indicator, set as appropriate the:
Axis Indicator - the axis indicator name as specified on the added matrix indicator
Legend - the legend for each of the axis indicators
Units - the units for each of the axis indicators
Reverse - True or False. If True, then Reverse the display of the Axis Indicator.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Inclusion scale
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-35
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The availability domain for an equipment view contains a set of object types
and a set of periodicities.
In Basic Unavailability case, the availability domain contains only one object type
and it is automatically updated depending on the selected basic unavailability type.
For W-CDMA technology, if you choose Total outage as the basic unavailability type,
only the object type that have Total outage kind of basic unavailability will be
selected in the availability domain.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For the Equipment View Type, select the appropriate type of equipment view template
from the following values:
Alarm
Basic Unavailability
Log.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bar Chart
Continuous Line.
For the Min and Max Y-Axis, leave Computed, or type the required values.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Time Range Type field, select the target time range type for Top N computation.
The possible values are:
24 Hours.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Visible, for an Equipment view with the details made visible for all the dates in the
chosen period
The intermediary totals for every date of the period appears.
Hidden, for an Equipment view with the details made hidden for all the dates in the
chosen period.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Only the global Top N result for the considered period appears.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Type of Result field, select the type of information on which the Top N
computation is based.
The possible values are:
Number of Occurrences
Time.
The time is displayed in:
Graphical mode: in seconds
Tabular mode: in days / hours / minutes / seconds. The exact format is:
<nb of days>d <nb of hours>h <nb of minutes>m <nb of
seconds>s
Select the appropriate Basic Unavailability Type from the available dropdown list.
For instance, for GSM standard, the list of possible values is GSM and GPRS, but this
must be generic at Analysis Desktop level.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate Alarm Criterion from the available dropdown list.
Optionally, in the Alarm Filters panel, add the appropriate:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select between:
All to get all available considered values (and not only the top N values)
Top N to get the top N values selection. This is the default value.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If is the case, select the Top N Value representing the number of items to be displayed in
the Equipment view.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Yes, to get a Top N where the classification computation is based on the pairs
(Network Object instance, Top N item)
In this case, the corresponding object instance label is used as a prefix for every row
header label (which basically corresponds to a top N item instance) of the resulting
view.
No, otherwise (global Top N item classification, whatever the related network object
instance).
Example:
Object / Alarm
Alarm 1
Alarm 2
Alarm 3
C1
C2
11
12
C3
35
Total
11
55
24
Alarm 2 and Alarm 3 are respectively the Top 1 and Top 2 alarm item
instances.
If Among Network Object = Yes
35 and 12 are respectively the Top 1 and Top 2 values
C3-Alarm 2 and C2-Alarm 3 are respectively the Top 1 and Top 2 alarm item
instances.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
Select the Grouped by Dependency check box if you want that Basic Unavailability to
be grouped by Dependency for counting.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Select the Include Children check box, when equipment view type is Alarm or Log, if
you want to include children in the count / outage request.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
Active Alarms, that counts all active alarms during the period. Active alarms are
counted every day once for the given period.
Raised Alarms, that counts only alarms that were raised during the period.
Double clicking in the Value row and typing the required criterion value for the
selected alarm in the case of Attribute (Friendly Name).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-39
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the View Template Editor window, select the view to copy, then click on
The user can choose to either copy by duplicating only the view template (thus linking to
the existing view templates) or by also duplicating the related view templates.
Result: The new view template is created with a default name:
The View Template Properties window is filled with the existing values, except for
the name and owner.
Access rights are reset to the default values, but you can change them as required.
The user becomes the owner of the view template.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The new view is created and the function tree is refreshed.
If the view is public, other users are notified and they have to manually refresh the
tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The property editor displays the View Template Properties panel interface.
To add new functions, drag them from the right frame in the Tabular View panel.
In the case of an initial 2D view with multiple dates and network objects, if adding new
functions, the view is interactively changed into 3D type.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To set existing object(s) in the graphical representation, select it (them) in the Tabular
View and drag and drop them to the Primary / Secondary Graphic panels.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK in the confirmation window, then click on Close to close the View Template
Editor window.
Result: The changes are saved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To remove a view template or a comment zone, select it, right click and select Remove.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-41
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Move down.
is modified.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Edit ->
Delete, OR
Press the Delete on the keyboard.
, OR
If the deleted view template is public, other users are notified about the deletion and
they must manually refresh their function tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-43
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or more view templates from the view template tree of the View Template
editor.
Result: The view template(s) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If only system view templates are selected in the view template tree of View
Template editor, the Export button is disabled.
Result: If the current selection of view templates contains some system view
templates, a warning dialog is displayed listing all the selected system view templates
and explains that they will not be exported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the location to save the view(s) and give the appropriate File Name.
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is done successfully.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The selected templates are exported in an xml report dictionary containing
only the selection. The file is exported in the location defined in the previous step.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The exported file can be re-imported on another system at the same plug installation level
(same system dictionaries) using NPO Import/Export Management web pages. Refer to
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import reports dictionary using GUI
procedure.
If some of the exported view templates are referencing customer objects, like indicators,
rules or free fields, a warning dialog is displayed indicating that the exported view
templates may not be imported on another system if the embedded customer objects are
not also exported and imported on the other system before the import of these view
templates.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-44
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The warning dialog also lists all the concerned customer objects and a Propagate button
is available to allow propagating them into the corresponding functions trees. Then, from
the corresponding function tree, the user can open the corresponding editor (by a right
click) and export these customer functions.
Refer to:
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Export QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import parameter rules using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import free fields using GUI
Note: When a multi selection is done in a function tree of the Analysis Desktop and
the corresponding editor is opened from that tree (by a right click), the complete
selection is propagated in the editor (not only the first object).
Only the first object of the selection remains detailed in the edition part of the editor
window (as when doing a multi-selection directly in the left tree of an object editor).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-45
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to
As below.
Rules
Events
Free Fields
Diagnosis scenario
THL template
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the network elements and the counters / indicators / parameters / view templates,
then:
Press Ctrl+Q.
Note: The QoS Counters / Diagnosis cannot be mixed with any other type of objects
that can be put in a view template. Vector and Matrix View Templates cannot contain
anything else than Vector and Matrix Indicators.
Result: The values related to the dropped objects are displayed in the Tabular /
Graphical Viewer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Execution Context window appears. Enter the appropriate information, as presented
in Execution context (p. 3-20).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-46
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The NPO checks if the start time provided is older than the oldest date stored
in the NPO. In this case, an error message appears.
This message indicates that a view at 1/2 hour periodicity cannot be executed before
the oldest start time allowed
This message is the same as for other periodicities.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Depending on the selected number of network objects and indicators or counters, you
can have many types of executed views; refer to Examples of executed views
(p. 18-48).
In the tabular view, numerical values are aligned on the right side of the table cells.
When the executed view embeds indicator functions, the related basic indicator
formula is available for every displayed indicator through a tool tip triggered on
indicator label.
In case of a request which takes more time, the Execute View in Progress window
appears before the executed view is displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-47
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To execute other tasks while the request for the current view is in progress, click on
Run in background from the Execute View in Progress window.
Result: The On-going tab is created in the View browser. This is an empty tab which
To cancel the requested view, right - click on the On-going tab and click on Close.
Result: The Cancel Confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To schedule the view, refer to Procedure 19-5: Schedule reports (p. 19-61).
Result: The view is scheduled.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Note: Parameter can be performed at all periodicities defined lower than day and not
only at hourly level, i.e. 5 minutes, 1/4h, 1/2h, 1h,, 2h, 4h, 6h, 8h are available for
parameter, if these periodicities are defined in the metadata.
Event can be performed at all periodicities defined lower than day and not only at
hourly level, i.e. 5minutes, 1/4h, 1/2h, 1h, 2h, 4h, 6h, 8h are available for parameter, if
these periodicities are defined in the metadata.
Examples of executed views
Examples of executed views in tabular mode
The following figures provide examples of the possible resulting tables for the executed
view in tabular mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-48
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-17 Multi-object evolution with multiple network objects, one counter
and several dates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-49
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-19 Indicator view, multiple network objects, one indicator, several dates
Figure 18-20 Indicator view, one network object, multiple indicators, several
dates
Figure 18-21 Indicator view, multiple network objects, multiple indicators, one
date
Figure 18-22 Indicator view, multiple network objects, multiple indicators, several
dates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-50
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-25 Equipment view with Preferred Date Display Type=Visible and Among
Network Objects No with N=10 and Top N Item = Alarm-Specific
Problem
The following figures provide examples of the possible resulting tables for the executed
view in graphical mode.
Figure 18-26 Mono-object evolution view with counters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-51
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-52
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-53
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-31 Matrix view with static bound out-of range values
In the above figure min and max values in the Legend panel with black color font
indicate that the Bound Distribution type is Static in the executed view. The user can also
select individual colored cell that will be highlighted with invert color rectangle in the
colored cell and the value of the cell appears in the Last Selected Value.
Figure 18-32 Equipment view with visible dates example (N=4, Top N Item=Alarm
Perceived Severity, Among Network Objects=No)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-54
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The graphical view divides all the data by the smallest raw periodicity time (or the
smallest difference between starting RP times) so that the data can be equally compared.
The following example shows how to divide the data using raw periodicity:
Figure 18-33 Equipment view with visible dates example (N=4, Top N Item=Alarm
Perceived Severity, Among Network Objects=No)
The following figure shows the data that is used to create the graphial mode. The values
are adjusted to the smallest raw periodicity.
For example, in the table above the smallest raw periodicity is 15 min. So the value 100
of Cell A for the first counter RTCH_request (GTCAHRQN) is divided such that its raw
periodicity is 15 min thus 100 / 4 = 25. Likewise, RTCH_request (GTCAHRQN) for Cell
B is divided by 2 to go from an raw periodicity of 30 min to an RP of 15 min.
Figure 18-34 Equipment view with Visible Dates Example (N=4, Top N Item=Alarm
Perceived Severity, Among Network Objects=No)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-55
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-35 Raw graphical display for one counter, multi-object evolution
Figure 18-36 Raw graphical display for multi-counter, one object evolution
The counters are displayed showing the same values and associated duration as in the
original data.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-56
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 18-3.9: Zoom in / out / rectangular for graphical view (p. 18-75).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-57
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
view template) and not the additional information (ie. execution context information).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you press Esc, the old value appears and the title field is grayed.
Example: The following figure shows the behavior of editing a title in the executed
view.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-58
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Select the network objects / indicators / counters / parameters / rules / events / free fields /
diagnoses to add.
Result: The network elements are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Add the selected network objects to the view browser using Ctrl and drag and drop
(depending on the user preferences).
Result: Depending on the user preferences, the selected items are added to the
executed view, or a new view is created. The same Execution context (p. 3-20) is
used for the new items.
If indicators / counters / parameters are added to a graphic view, they are added to the
primary or secondary one (and tabular) depending on their units. If their units are not
those in the graphics, they are just added to the tabular.
If a vector indicator is added to a vector view template, it is added as the last
indicator.
If a matrix indicator is added to a matrix view, the current matrix indicator is replaced
by the new one since there is only one matrix indicator per view. The corresponding X
and Y axis indicators are then updated based on the new matrix indicator.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-59
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Select from the topology tree the network objects / indicators / counters / parameters /
rules / events / free fields / diagnoses to remove.
Result: The network elements are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl and drag and drop (depending on the user preferences).
Result: Depending on the user preferences, the selected items are removed from the
current view or in a new view. The same Execution context (p. 3-20) is used for the
remaining items.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-60
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Standard mode
The Roll Up / Drill Down in standard mode implicitly takes into account the dates and
times involved in the current selection, to directly reduce the scope of the temporal
roll up or drill down accordingly. If the selection is composed of a discontinuous set
of dates and times, the earliest and latest dates and times are kept to define the new
temporal scope. If no selection is done, the start and end date and time of the executed
view are taken into account.
If nothing is selected in the view, or if the selection is not significant in the current
context, the temporal roll up / drill down is achieved on the whole temporal scope.
Advanced mode
The Roll Up / Drill Down in advanced mode opens the Advanced Rollup/DrillDown
window, enabling you to redefine the targeted temporal roll up or drill down.
To Roll Up
Do
Standard mode
Advanced mode
From the tool bar, select View -> Temporal Scope -> Roll Up,
OR
Click on the
Right click on the view title area and select Temporal Scope ->
Roll Up.
From the tool bar, select View -> Advanced Roll Up/Drill Down,
OR
Click on the
To Drill Down
Do
Standard mode
From the tool bar, select View -> Temporal Scope -> Drill Down,
OR
Click on the
Right click on the view title area and select Temporal Scope ->
Drill Down.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-61
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To Drill Down
Do
Advanced mode
From the tool bar, select View -> Advanced Roll Up/Drill Down,
OR
Click on the
Temporal Scope - Start and End dates and times involved in the current selection are
presented. If the selection is composed of a discontinuous set of dates and times, the
earliest and latest dates and times are kept to define the new temporal scope. This
scope can never exceed the original observation interval of the considered view
(i.e.Min. possible date/time = start date/time of the view execution context, Max.
possible date/time = end date/time of the view execution context).
Spatial Scope - The list of network objects of the view involved in the current
selection. According to the current roll up / drill down, you are able to remove or add
objects to the PreferredList, through the use of the AvailableList, containing all
the objects of the view. The Select All option, using the CTRL+A shortcut, is available
in these lists.
Target Topology Level - Based on the current Availability Domain, a drop-down list
enables you to select a different topology level and perform a spatial Roll-Up /
Drill-down at the same time (in the same direction, up or down), base on the above
spatial scope (network objects list). By default current Topoloty level is selected.
Target Formula Drilldown User can select None / One Step Formula
Drilldown / Stored Indicator Level Formula Drilldown / Counter Level Formula
Drilldown. By default None will be selected.
Table 18-1
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Start
Yes
No
Starting Hour
No
No
Starting Minute
No
No
End
No
No
Temporal Scope
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-62
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 18-1
(continued)
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Ending Hour
No
No
Ending Minute
No
No
Target
Periodicity
Yes
No
AvailableList
Yes
Yes
PreferredList
Yes
No
Spatial Scope
Yes
No
Target Formula
Drilldown
Yes
No
The interval on the view changes according to the temporal availability. Depending on the
user preferences, the data is updated either in the executed view or in a new view.
Below day periodicities such as: 4Hr, 1/2Hr, 1/4Hr, RAW etc. are treated as Hourly. If the
user rolls up from one of these periodicities, it is the same as rolling up from Hour.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-63
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drilling down from Day always goes to Hour, if it is available, and not to one of the other
day periodicities described below:
Temporal Roll Up and Drill Down below Hour periodicity are also available for counters.
If any filter is active on the current view, the Roll Up or Drill Down is always performed
on the actual data (invisible data is also taken into account, filtering is ignored).
Example:
Cells are displayed on a Day basis and the current availability domain of the executed
view is as indicated in the following table.
Hour
Day
Week
Network
RNC
X
X
Cell
Adjacency
Month
X
X
X
X
If you Roll Up from Day, the new period will be Month and not Week, because Cells are
not available on Week but are on Month. You cannot Drill Down because Cells are not
available on Hour.
You can choose to Roll Up or Drill Down, in Standard mode, only some rows / columns.
Select the rows / columns and:
From the tool bar, select View -> Temporal Scope -> Roll Up or Drill Down, OR
Click on the
Roll Up icon or on
If the columns / rows are sorted and are not in a contiguous order and then selected for
roll up / drill down, the start and end dates considered will be the oldest and newest
selected dates respectively.
Temporal Roll Up / Drill down by sub-selection is not possible in 3D views when the
dates are present in the top level header as it is not possible to select them.
Note: For Temporal Drill Down from daily value for stored / calculated temporal
aggregation indicator (e.g. BH, MAX, MIN, AVG), the NPO will display the value of
the telecom indicator at hourly level.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-64
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Standard mode
In tabular view, the standard mode implicitly takes the network objects involved in the
current selection, if any, to directly reduce the scope of the spatial roll up or drill
down accordingly. If nothing is selected, or if the selection is not significant in the
current context, takes all the network objects present in the view.
In graphical view, network object selection is not possible, so spatial roll up / drill
down in standard mode triggers for all network objects present in the current executed
view.
As there is no network object selection possible in the graphical mode, a spatial roll
up / drill down in Standard Mode triggered from a graphical executed view simply
achieves the operation on the whole scope.
Advanced mode
The Roll up / Drill down in Advanced Mode opens an intermediary dialog enabling to
refine the targeted spatial roll-up or drill down.
A spatial roll-up/drill-down in Advanced Mode triggered from a graphical executed
view opens the related dialog with, by default, both the original view temporal and
spatial scopes. You are able to change the same editable parameters as in the tabular
mode.
To Roll Up
Do
Standard mode
Advanced mode
From the tool bar, select View -> Spatial Scope -> Roll Up,
OR
Click on the
Right click on the view title area and select Spatial Scope ->
Roll Up.
Click on the
Right click on the view title area and select Advanced Roll
Up/Drill Down.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-65
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To Drill Down
Do
Standard mode
Advanced mod
From the tool bar, elect View -> Spatial Scope -> Drill Down,
OR
Click on the
Right click on the view title area and select Spatial Scope ->
Drill Down.
From the tool bar, select View -> Advanced Roll Up/Drill
Down, OR
Click on the
Right click on the view title area and select Advanced Roll
Up/Drill Down.
Temporal Scope - Start and End dates and times involved in the current selection are
presented. If the selection is composed of a discontinuous set of dates and times, the
earliest and latest dates and times are kept to define the new temporal scope. This
scope can never exceed the original observation interval of the considered view
(i.e.Min. possible date/time = start date/time of the view execution context, Max.
possible date/time = end date/time of the view execution context).
Target Topology Level - User can select None / One Step Formula Drilldown /
Stored Indicator Level Formula Drilldown / Counter Level Formula Drilldown.
By default None will be selected.
Table 18-2
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Start
Yes
No
Starting Hour
No
No
Temporal Scope
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-66
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 18-2
(continued)
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Starting Minute
No
No
End
No
No
Ending Hour
No
No
Ending Minute
No
No
Target
Periodicity
Yes
Yes
AvailableList
Yes
Yes
PreferredList
Yes
No
Spatial Scope
Target Topology
Level
Yes
No
Target Formula
Drilldown
Yes
No
The network objects in the view change depending on the spatial availability.
The interval on the view changes depending on the spatial availability. The data is
updated either in the executed view or in a new view, according to the user preferences.
When rolling up or drilling down to a relation, the relations that have the current network
object as the source are used; i.e. if the current object is Cell1 and the user drills-down to
Adjacency, then all the Adjacencies that have Cell1 as the source are displayed in the
resulting view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-67
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Week
Month
X
X
Cell
Adjacency
Day
X
X
If you Roll up from Cell, the new network object will be Network and not RNC, because
there is no RNC on Week but Network is available on Week periodicity.
If you Drill down from Cell, the new network objects will be all the outgoing Adjacencies
for all the Cells because Adjacencies are available on Week periodicity.
You can choose to Roll Up or Drill Down, in Standard mode, only some rows / columns.
Select the rows / columns and:
From the tool bar, select View -> Spatial Scope -> Roll Up or Drill Down, OR
Click on the
Roll Up icon or on
Spatial Roll Up / Drill down by sub-selection is not possible in 3D views when the
network objects are present in the top level header as it is not possible to select them.
When triggering a Roll Up or Drill Down in the context of a Working Zone, the Roll Up
or Drill Down is achieved inside the associated Working Zone topology.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-68
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Advanced mode: The Roll Up / Drill Down in advanced mode opens the Advanced
Rollup/DrillDown window, enabling you to redefine the targeted Formula Drilldown.
To Drill Down
Do
Advanced mode
From the tool bar, select View -> Advanced Roll Up/Drill Down,
OR
Click on the
Temporal Scope - Start and End dates and times involved in the current selection are
presented. If the selection is composed of a discontinuous set of dates and times, the
earliest and latest dates and times are kept to define the new temporal scope. This
scope can never exceed the original observation interval of the considered view
(i.e.Min. possible date/time = start date/time of the view execution context, Max.
possible date/time = end date/time of the view execution context).
Target Periodicity - Based on the current Availability Domain, a drop-down list of
available periodicities is included, to select the target periodicity, enabling to skip
some intermediary ones. Whatever the selected periodicity is, the target temporal
scope (observation interval) is based on the above temporal scope. By default current
Periodicity level is selected.
Spatial Scope - The list of network objects of the view involved in the current
selection. According to the current roll up / drill down, you are able to remove or add
objects to the PreferredList, through the use of the AvailableList, containing all
the objects of the view. The Select All option, using the CTRL+A shortcut, is available
in these lists.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-69
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Target Topology Level - Based on the current Availability Domain, a drop-down list
enables you to select a different topology level and perform a spatial Roll-Up /
Drill-down at the same time (in the same direction, up or down), base on the above
spatial scope (network objects list). By default current Topoloty level is selected.
Target Formula Drilldown User can select None / One Step Formula
Drilldown / Stored Indicator Level Formula Drilldown / Counter Level Formula
Drilldown. By default None will be selected.
Table 18-3
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Start
Yes
No
Starting Hour
No
No
Starting Minute
No
No
End
No
No
Ending Hour
No
No
Ending Minute
No
No
Target
Periodicity
Yes
No
AvailableList
Yes
Yes
PreferredList
Yes
No
Yes
No
Temporal Scope
Spatial Scope
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-70
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 18-3
(continued)
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Target Formula
Drilldown
Yes
No
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-71
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A spatial drill-down to the next sub-network objects, relatively to the network object
of the current selection
A temporal drill-down to the next sub-periodicity, relatively to the date / time of the
current selection.
Do
icon.
The data is updated either in the executed view or in a new view, depending on the
user preferences.
If there is no available topological sub-level, then the direct drill down will not be
spatial, but only temporal.
If there is no available periodicity sub-level, then the direct drill down will not be
temporal, but only spatial.
If the selected cell is already at the lowest spatial and temporal level, the function is
not accessible and the direct spatial-temporal drill down cannot be performed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-72
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
cursor icon, OR
Click on the
Click on the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-73
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the case of reports, the vertical bars on executed views are synchronized.
Synchronizing the vertical bars causes the views to scroll when necessary of the value
in one view is not visible in another view.
When using the cursor in graphical mode and then switching to tabular mode, the
corresponding row / column gets automatically selected and visible. The tabular view
is scrolled if necessary to display the selected column.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-74
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Zoom in
Click on the
Press the Ctrl key and move the mouse wheel down.
Click on the
Select View -> Zoom Out (-) from the menu bar, OR
Press the Ctrl key and move the mouse wheel up.
Click on the
The Ctrl key and mouse wheel combination enables to zoom centered on where the
mouse pointer is located. If the mouse pointer is on top of a graphical view, when Ctrl
key and mouse wheel is used, the view graphs will get zoomed in or out according to the
mouse wheel direction.
To activate the zoom mode, click on the
icon, then drag the mouse pointer on the chart
to directly define the targeted X-Axis subarea on which to focus.
The following figure shows an example of zooming in rectangular mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-75
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-76
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
From the menu bar, select View -> Scale -> Primary
None
Hundreds
Thousands
Millions
Billions
Trillions.
From the menu bar, select View -> Scale -> Secondary
None
Hundreds
Thousands
Millions
Billions
Trillions.
According to the chosen scale, the Y-Axis tick labels values are displayed respectively
literally ( None), divided by: 100 ( Hundreds), 1 000 ( Thousands), 1 000 000 (
Millions), 1 000 000 000 ( Billions) or 1 000 000 000 000 ( Trillions).
By default, the used scale is None.
This feature is also available for Vector Views and the executed views from a report.
In case of 3D Views, a selected scale applies to all the 2D graphs of the 3D View.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-77
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on the
In a graphical view, the axis are inversed. In a Tabular view, the rows are inversed with
the columns.
This is applicable also to 3D Views.
For example, if the indicators are on the horizontal axis and the cells are on the vertical
axis, when the user chooses to inverse the axis, the indicators are displayed on the vertical
axis and the cells are displayed on the horizontal axis.
Once inversed, if the view is then updated (interactive modification or view update from
the executed view properties dialog) the axes are kept in the same inversed state.
Note: To export the graphical view after rotation, for the excel format the graphic is
not exported with the rotated axis. For the pdf and html format the export is done with
the rotated axis.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-78
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
From the menu tool bar, select View -> Propagate Selection.
Result: The propagate option is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select as appropriate:
Propagate All
If a mode cannot accept some types of objects to be dropped on it, a warning appears
and the cursor is updated during the drag and drop operation, when the cursor is on
top of a node in the modes tree or is above a tab. The definition of the types of objects
that can be dropped to another mode is done in a metadata file (
MaatQueryMetadata.xml file).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-79
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
Click on the
Click on the
The To Date / Time field is retrieved from the execution context used when executing
the view
The To Date / Time field is updated to include the latest available data.
The
The periodicity is below a day (5 min, 15min, 30min, 1H, 2H, ..., 8H)
The observation period includes current day.
In all other cases (Day / Week / Month / BH / Trend periodicities, no current day), the
icon is disabled.
The
The periodicity is below a day (5 min, 15min, 30min, 1H, 2H, ..., 8H)
In all other cases (Day / Week / Month / BH / Trend periodicities, no current day), the
icon is invisible.
For both manual and automatic refresh, the view is re-executed with the new dates / times
and the new resulting executed view replaces the previous one. The Highlighting,
Rotation and / or Axis Management, Display Values at Cursor Button State and Grid
Lines Button State options are kept unchanged, while Filter, Selection and Row / Column
Resizing are lost.
A manual refresh can be achieved between two automatic refresh requests, as long as the
previous refresh is ended.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-80
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For Evolution views and reports, the From Date/Time field is unchanged, while the To
Date/Time field is updated using the same algorithm as the one used when you click on
Default Date in the Execution Context window. If the new To Date/Time value is on
the next day (i.e. midnight crossing while automatic refresh is active), then the Start
Date/Time field is also updated (increased by one day).
For instance, if current day is January, 13th and initial start/end dates were: 12/01:05h to
13/01:08h; the view / report will be updated every hour until start/end becomes 12/01:05h
to 13/01:23h. The next update will lead to 13/01:05h to 14/01:00h.
In case the updated Start date after midnight crossing, would be in the future, the hour
part is forced to 0h00.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-81
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-82
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click in the executed view from the executed view area, and select Executed
View..., OR
Double click on one of the values from the executed view, OR
From the tool bar, select View -> Executed View....
Result: The Executed View Properties window opens, displaying three menu tabs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the menu tabs from the Executed View Properties window:
You can Procedure 18-4.2: Edit view template properties (p. 18-84).
Execution Context
You can Procedure 18-4.3: Edit view execution context (p. 18-85). For more
information, refer to Execution context (p. 3-20).
Spatial Scope.
You can Procedure 18-4.4: Edit view spatial scope (p. 18-86).
Result: The menu tabs are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Used to...
Update View
Create View
Close
Help
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-83
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the Executed View Properties window, select the View Template Properties tab
Result: The View Template Properties panel appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Button
Update View
Create View
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-84
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the Executed View Properties window, select the Execution Context tab.
Result: The Execution Context panel appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Button
Update View
Create View
Result: The tabular / graphical viewer displays the values with the new data.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-85
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the Executed View Properties window, select the Spatial Scope tab.
Result: The Spatial Scope panel appears, displaying the list of the included network
objects.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To:
Add network objects from the spatial scope, select them and drop them to the view
panel
Remove network objects from the spatial scope, right click on them and select Delete.
Result: The selected network objects are added / removed.
Note: The modification of the network objects affects the availability domain. If the
availability domain is empty, an error message appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Button
Update View
Create View
Result: The tabular / graphical viewer displays the values with the new data.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The following tool bar icons are available for the executed view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-86
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table gives a brief description of the executed view tool bar icons.
Icon
Description
Procedure 18-3.13: Refresh view
(p. 18-80).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-87
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Icon
Description
Procedure 18-3.13: Refresh view
(p. 18-80)
The Automatic Refresh icon is
visible only when:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-88
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Icon
Description
Show Filter List - Filter not yet
applied
Show Filter List - Filter already
applied
Show Manage axis (p. 18-115).
Zooms in on the graphic of the
selected view.
Zooms out on the graphic of the
selected view.
Zoom mode.
View Options.
If the Executed View window is too small, up and down arrows are displayed to navigate
among the executed view related icons, as seen in the figure below.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-89
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Highlight in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Highlight in view
Highlighting is applicable on all functions except for counters and events.
To trigger the highlighting:
Click on
The cell background of the QoS indicator values are colored according to the QoS
indicators thresholds, to show the most significant information.
The following table presents highlighting criteria and description.
Table 18-4
Function
Criteria
Color
Description
Indicators
Reliability
Italic
Indicators
Sampling
Grey
Indicators
No threshold
Default
background
color
Parameters
Impossible to
test parameter
values
Default
background
color
Rules
Rule result is
N/A
Default
background
color
Rule result is N / A
Synthetic
Diagnosis
Unknown
result
Default
background
color
Indicators
Correct
Green
Parameters
Equal values
Green
Synthetic
Diagnosis
Result
nopbfound
Green
Rules
True
Green
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-90
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Highlight in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 18-4
Function
Criteria
Color
Description
Indicators
Minor
threshold
values
Yellow
Comparison with
Reference
Parameters
Parameter
values in
reference
bounds
Yellow
Comparison with
Operational,
Operator
Reference,
Forecast, or
Planned
Parameters
Parameter
values in
<target> list.
Yellow
Indicators
Major
Orange
Parameters
Value Change
Orange
Rules
False, warning
rule
Orange
Indicators
Critical
Red
Comparison with
Reference
Parameters
Parameter
values out of
reference
bounds
Red
Comparison
against
Operational,
Operator
Reference,
Forecast, or
Planned
Parameters
Parameter
values not
equal
Red
Synthetic
Diagnosis
Result
pbfound
Red
Rules
False, Error in
rule.
Red
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-91
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Highlight in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You must take into account the following criteria for highlighting:
When Sampling is set and Upper_is_fault flag is set to FALSE for the sampling
indicator and the value of the sampling indicator is smaller than the sampling value
defined in the indicator, then values are displayed in gray if Reliability is not set or set
but not wrong.
If there is no value for the reliability indicator, or there is no reliability indicator, then
it is as if reliability was not chosen.
If any filter is active on the tabular view inducing invisible rows or columns, the
highlighting synthesis is computed only on visible values basis.
The Standard View optional rows and columns (Total, Weight, Order, Average) cannot
be highlighted.
The synthesis and operations on the synthesis can be performed on the rows, columns
or both.
If any filter is active on the tabular view including invisible rows or columns, the
highlighting synthesis is computed only on the visible values.
Show legend
To show the legend for a view:
Click on the
The Legend window appears in a detailed or synthetic mode. This window is not modal
and opens only in one instance.
The following figure shows a detailed Legend window, displaying the list of colors and
their meanings.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-92
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Show legend
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the detailed Legend window displayed above, you can switch to a synthetic Legend
window by pressing the Synthetic button. A smaller resized synthetic Legend window
appears, composed only of the Hide, Select and Color columns and the Detailed button,
by which you can switch back to the detailed Legend window.
The following figure shows a synthetic Legend window.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-93
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Show legend
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Hide
Hide / unhide rows in the tabular view, based on the selected criteria.
There is one checkbox per highlight criteria / color. You can hide more
than one color type.
Select
When Select is chosen, then those rows / columns with the synthesis color
in the header are selected in the tabular view.
There is a checkbox per highlight criteria / color. You can select more than
one color type.
Criteria
Color
Value Change
Source
Target
Synthetic /
Detailed
Events Legend
For each event type appears the Event Symbol and the Event Description.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-94
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Show legend
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Help
Close
To set a color for the rows / columns in the view, select their header, then in the Legend
window, click on the Select button corresponding to the required color.
In the user preferences, the default value for Select is the column. Therefore, when
pressing Select in the Legend window, all the chosen columns (and only columns),
header included, are selected.
The selection from Legend changes automatically when you have items in the view
highlighted, and then you select the critical values. See the example in the following
snapshots:
Figure 18-38 Selected values highlighted in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-95
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Show legend
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 18-39 Highlighting changes when critical values are selected in legend
Sort
The sorting feature is implemented very similar to the sorting implemented in Windows
Explorer.
To change the sorting direction inside the executed view:
or
or
If you double click on another column, then that column is sorted in ascending order.
OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-96
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Sort
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the row / column header, then right click and select Sort -> Ascending /
Descending as appropriate, OR
From the tool bar, select View -> Sort -> Row / Column -> Ascending / Descending
as appropriate.
Filter in view
The operator can choose what information to be or not to be displayed using filters.
Filtering impacts the tabular and graphical executed view.
Add filter (table)
From the tool bar, select as appropriate View -> Filter -> Filter Row / Filter
Column.
The Custom AutoFilter window opens.
2. Set the appropriate filtering criteria.
Equals =
Does not equal !=
Is greater than >
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-97
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Filter in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The filter is applied only to unhidden rows / columns. A row that is hidden on or prior
to applying the filter criteria remains hidden when the filter is applied / removed.
The filtered row or column header is shown in italics.
When a filtering criteria is applied on a column and the operator tries to apply
filtering on another column then the intersection of filtered values are displayed.
3. Click on OK.
Remove filter(s)
Do
One filter
All filters
Click on the
bar, OR
Filter list
To show all the applied filters in the executed viewer, perform one of the following
options:
Click as appropriate on
or
The Filter List window appears, displaying the list of applied filters (different from
Repeated Values Filter) associated with the current tabular view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-98
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Filter in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Remove
Remove All
Deactivate All
2. Click on OK.
Filter on period
Note: Filtering on Periods can be applied only in the case of evolution views / reports
and on date columns only.
Filter (hide) periods:
1. In the executed view, select the items below:
One or several days of the week, and / or
One or several hours of the day, and / or
One or several date and time periods (depending on the periodicity), and / or
One or several particular dates and / or times (depending on the periodicity).
2. From the menu tool bar, select View -> Period Filter..., OR right click and select
Period Filter....
The Filtering on Period window appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-99
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Filter in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The conditions applied for filtering depend on the periodicity. The period granularity
can only be greater or equal to the current periodicity, as follows:
For Weekly and Monthly periodicity, Hours of Day and Days of Week are
disabled.
Do
A single date
Multiple dates
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-100
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Filter in view
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To hide
Do
The Top N filter is available only when at least one numerical value is present in the row /
column selected.
This feature keeps the top (most) or bottom (least) N values, where N is the selectable
number of items to be kept.
1. Select a row or column with one or more numerical value.
2. Perform one of the following options:
Right click and select Top N Filter..., OR
Select View -> Top N Filter....
The Top N Filter window appears.
Parameter Name
Description
Default Value
N/A
Top
Bottom
Values
The tabular column / row header is marked in italic when a Top N Filter is applied on it.
Note: When only string values are present, this feature is not accessible (greyed).
If there are multiple values satisfying the condition, then all of these values are
shown.
The Top N row / column filter is added in an append mode to the current view filter list.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-101
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Manage rows:
1. Select the row header.
2. Perform one of the following options.
To
Do
Hide a row
Manage columns:
1. Select the column header.
2. Perform one of the following options.
To
Do
Hide a row
A date row or column can be hidden only if it contains exactly the same values as the
previous one (except for the column header). The repeated values filter has priority over
the other filter types.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-102
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
In 3D Views, the repeated values filter is applied only if the dates are present in the second level
header, while the repeated values are filtered within a Top Level Header.
When this filter is being applied, the current view filter list state is checked. If the filter list is not
empty and is activated, then a warning message appears as shown in the following figure.
3. Click on OK.
When a Non Repeated values filter is being applied, no check is performed on the rest of the filter(s)
applied.
The following figure shows a 3D view with hidden repeated values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-103
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-104
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the tool bar, select View -> Toggle Display Type (Tabular / Graphical), then
select Tabular or Graphical, as appropriate.
Resize
To resize a row / column, select the line separating the row / column, then drag and drop
the line to the appropriate size.
This only changes the selected row / column, and not all rows / columns.
Double clicking when in between the two columns resizes the left column based on the
size of the data included within the column. Double clicking when in between two rows
resizes the top row based on the size of the data included within the rows.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-105
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
An executed view must exist in the tabular / graphical viewer or in the report viewer.
Copy the required data from the table and / or graphical viewer. Selection of only several
rows and columns is possible.
Result: The data is copied into system clipboard in the following formats:
Unformatted text
html
Picture (Enhanced Metafile)
Internal view template format.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl+Shift+C.
A new copy of the executed view is created. The default name of the new view is <old
name>_copy_n, where n is an incremental value to give uniqueness.
If the number of views in the view browser has reached the maximum limit, then a new
copy cannot be created and the user is warned.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-106
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click in the view (can also be inside an executed report), and select Duplicate,
OR
From the tool bar, select View -> Duplicate.
A default name:
<oldname>_Copy_n, where n is an incremental number to define a unique name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-107
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click in the view (can also be inside an executed report), and select Rename,
OR
From the tool bar, select View -> Rename.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-108
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
Press Ctrl+S.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-109
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
Click on the
Only the completed executions are closed. The On-going tabs for
the executions which are in progress, remain open.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-110
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-111
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
Perform one of the following options:
Click on the
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-112
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the location to save the view, give the appropriate File Name, and then select
the appropriate export format:
.xls
.csv
.xml
.html
.pdf
xmlexcel(.xml)
If Export all was selected in the previous step, the export format refers to the files
contained in the .zip file.
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is Successful. Do you want to open the exported file?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-113
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Yes
No
Result: The view is exported to the selected format, keeping the same look as in the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-114
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Create a diagnosis scenario with an indicator as trigger (double click on the indicator).
Refer to the NPO Diagnosis Development User Guide document.
Result: The diagnosis scenario is created.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
executed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Manage axis
In 3D Views, this feature allows managing the three dimensions and choosing which
dimensions must be grouped and, for that group, which dimension is on top and which is
on the bottom.
Note: This feature is allowed only for Standard Views, not for Equipment Views,
Vector or Matrix Views. It is also not applicable to views displaying counters using
Raw Periodicity.
Axis Management allows managing the dimensions in the following two ways:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-115
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Manage axis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
By default, Columns are grouped and the Time dimension is placed as the top level
column header, the functions at the lower column header level, and network objects as
rows.
You can choose to change the default values in the 3D Views tab.
The Axis Management dialog can be accessed as follows:
icon, OR
You can choose to change the placement of the dimensions after the execution of the view
/ report, as shown in the Axis Management window below.
The Axis Management of the views in a report is at the view level and the axes of each
3D view in a report can be managed independently of the other views.
You can select more than one Network Object, more than one Function and more than one
Date.
The result of the multiple selection is a three dimensions table that is displayed using
nested tables.
A nested table is a standard table that has two column (or row) headers instead of one.
For example, the first column header is for the dates and there are as many columns as
selected functions.
The double header is always used for columns and never for lines.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-116
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Manage axis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
18-117
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Views
Manage axis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
18-118
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
19
Reports
19
Overview
Purpose
This section describes how to manage reports. It describes how to create, edit, display,
delete and execute reports.
Contents
Presentation
19-2
19-18
19-30
19-34
19-55
19-61
19-66
19-71
19-80
Filter in report
19-83
19-84
19-84
19-85
19-85
19-86
19-86
19-87
Archive reports
19-87
19-88
19-88
19-89
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19-90
19-90
19-91
19-93
19-93
19-95
19-97
Presentation
Note: The MUSE_REPORT_TEMPLATE_CREATION_LICENSE must be installed for the
reports creation.
The MUSE_REPORT_LICENSE must be installed to execute reports.
A report template is composed of a set of view templates. A Report, which is composed of
Views, enables you to display results coming from Indicators / Parameters in View
Templates.
A Report enables you to display results coming from Indicators or Parameters in View
Templates in a tabular way or graphical way. A Report contains the network objects, view
templates and comment zones, and an Execution Context (period, interval, sampling,
interpolation, reliability options). As a report template is composed of view templates, a
report is composed of views. A report is also known as an Executed Report and is
displayed in the Report Viewer.
In a view of the report, it is possible to use three dimensions (a fixed point and two lists):
A list of objects
A list of dates
A list of items (data).
Depending on which dimension is fixed, reports are named differently (evolutions,
comparison, multi-object).
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: After one month, all the published views and reports are purged.
There are two types of reports.
Observation Reports
The following table presents the types of observation reports. Number of Objects refers to
the number of network objects used when creating the executed report. You can select a
maximum number of 2000 objects.
The Covered Period refers to the date(s) entered in the Execution Context when creating
the executed report.
Report Type
Number of
Objects
Covered Period
View Constraints
Mono-Object Evolution
One
An interval
None
Multi-Object Evolution
Many
An interval
Multi-Object Comparison
Many
One date
None
Mono-Object Distribution
One
One date
Vector and / or
matrix views
Warning Reports
For both observation and warning reports, you can select a maximum number of 2000
objects.
To change the limit of 2000 objects, you must modify the analysis.desktop.objects.reports.limit parameter from the following file:
/alcatel/muse/MUSEADWEBSTART/webapps/AD/rsc/com/alcatel/muse/usm/config/ad_
param.cfg
To change the limit of 40 reports executed in the reports browser, you must modify the
following parameters:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
/alcatel/muse/MUSE_MAAT/reports/rsc/com/alcatel/muse/maat/reports/
ReportsResourceFile.cfg
In order for the updates to be taken into account in Analysis Desktop, you must close and
then re-open the Analysis Desktop.
Important! Changing these parameters is not under Alcatel-Lucent responsibility.
Putting higher values then the values tested in Alcatel-Lucent labs may cause higher
response time or even request that do not answer.
Mono-object evolution report
A multi-object evolution report enables you to display the evolution of standard indicators
or parameters for the selected objects between two dates.
The results appear in two types of views:
As 2D tables and graphs - if only one standard indicator, counter, parameter, rule,
event per view
As 3D nested tables and associated graphs - if more than one standard indicator,
counter, parameter, rule, event per view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 19-4 Example of multi-object evolution table made with an object list
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Warning reports
A warning report is a specific report composed of many views in which each view is
filtered according to its filtering indicator and sorted according to its sorting indicator.
Therefore, the objects may be different from one view to another.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The filtering mode is defined at a report level: it is a property of the warning template
report. A warning report can contain only views with a filtering indicator.
You can set the warning parameters to filter the cells according to different criteria. The
criteria may be selected individually or combined:
Parameter
Description
Best / Worst
Best indicates the Good objects, and Worst indicates the Bad objects.
Best is greater if UpperIsFault = false on the filtering indicator.
Worst is greater if UpperIsFault = true on the filtering indicator.
Top N
The selection is made by keeping the Top N Best or Top N Worst Values.
Top N Variation
Value
The selection is made by keeping the Top N Best or Top N Worst Values
of the Absolute or Relative Variation based on the Reference Period.
Filtering on Color
Value
Filtering on
Variation Value
When computing a QoS warning report, two fields Before and After are used to retrieve
the evolution of the filtering indicator for the returned objects around the report date.
Before and After are given in number of periods with respect to the periodicity chosen
when computing the report. This is extra information added to the tabular view and does
not affect the filtering of data chosen for the warning report or the graphical view.
In the tabular view of a warning report, the indicator used for sorting is marked with an
arrow in the table header, to know which indicator was used and in which direction the
sorting occurred. The network objects are sorted according to the sorting indicator as first
sorting criterion. Then the network object friendly name must be used as a second sorting
criterion in order that, if multiple objects have the same value for the sorting indicator,
they are anyway sorted according to their name
Examples
The following example presents the input for threshold and top combinations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following tables present the threshold output after applying the filtering criteria to the
example above.
Figure 19-9 Warning reports: best value filtering on color
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table contains the icons for all the warning report possibilities.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Warning table
The left part, containing the values of standard indicators for the report date
The right part, containing the evolution of the filtering indicator for the period around
the report date, according to the number of periods before and after the report date
specified in the Execution Context.
The values of the filtering indicator in the left and right part are colored according to the
thresholds defined on the standard indicator. Note that for a Top N objects report, it is
possible that all values are black.
If variation is selected, the last column of the left part contains the variation value. The
column is named Relative Variation or Absolute Variation (depending on the report
template definition):
For a relative variation, the value is displayed in percentage and the unit is %
For an absolute variation, the unit of the filtering indicator is the unit of the variation
column.
If sampling checks are selected, only the left part is colored according to the rules defined
in Highlight in view (p. 18-90).
Legend in warning reports
For each of the warning view embedded in a warning report a legend information is
shown as a multi-line tooltip when the mouse is on top of the view title. This legend is a
short description of the report and view parameters.
The following legend for the four different types of Warning reports are available:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Warning graphic
Variation, Before, and After on the Reference Period are not displayed on the graphic
view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following example presents a warning table for area threshold for selected objects
with a Call drop rate > 4% and where RTCH attempts > 1000.
Figure 19-13 Example warning table for area threshold
The following example presents a warning table for area variation for selected objects
with relative variation of the Call drop rate > 4% between J and J-1 and where RTCH
attempts > 1000.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Warning reports are used to report topological objects based on filtering conditions,
for instance reporting the 20 cells having the worst call drop rate yesterday
Warning reports on trends allow to project the filtering condition in the future, for
instance reporting the 20 cells that will have the worst call drop rate in 15 days based
on current trend.
How it works:
Creating a warning report on trend follows the same procedure than any warning
report creation, the only specific requirement being that the filtering indicator (in the
related views) must support trends.
Refer to Trend Prediction Supported attribute described in Procedure 9-2: Display
and manage indicator properties and descriptions (p. 9-54).
Once the report has been created, it can be executed as any classical warning report
(on past historical values) or it can be executed (or scheduled) with trend prediction.
This follows the same logic as trend prediction on views:
Example:
Considering a reference date D entered in the execution context and a prediction period p.
NPO internally computes the trend view on the [D-2p, D+p] interval for all objects, then
applies the filtering condition on the D+p day, and builds the report only for the top n
objects (at the D+p date).
The following figure shows an executed warning report on Trends Prediction in tabular
mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For the report title, the used font style is bold, and the font size is Default Size + 2.
The report subtitle format is:
<'Trend from' if Trend> <from date and time depending on periodicity>
<'to' to date and time depending on periodicity>
For the report subtitle, the used font style is normal, and the font size is Default Size.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, in the right frame, in the Report
tab, right click on any displayed report and select Report Template, OR
In the Analysis Desktop main window, click on Data -> Report Templates..., OR
Press Ctrl+R.
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Object Evolution
Mono-Object Evolution
Multi-Object Comparison
Mono-Object Distribution
Warning.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Name
ReportTemplate_
<owner> _n
Same as Name.
Title
New
Owner
Visible
Checked.
Description
Private.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
System
True, if this report template is a System view template thus it cannot be modified or deleted except certain
fields (Visible) only by the Administrator.
Default Value
Grayed, otherwise.
Families
Comment
Zones
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Availability
Domain
Default Value
It is created dynamically.
When creating a Warning report, you must take into account the following parameters.
Parameters
Specific to
Warning
Report
Description
Default
Value
Warning
Report Type
Top N
Best / Worst
Top N
Top N Variation
Color Filtering
Variation Filtering.
Best meaning the 'Good' objects and Worst meaning the 'Bad'
objects.
Worst
Variation
Absolute or Relative.
Unused
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameters
Specific to
Warning
Report
Description
Default
Value
Variation
Value
Variation value.
Value Filtering
on Color
Red
Only
Reference
Period
Number of periods before the warning date. This is only for the
tabular display and does not affect the filtering or graphic display.
After
Number of periods after the warning date. This is only for the
tabular display and does not affect the filtering or graphic display.
Click on
Click on OK.
Result: The report is created.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Report Template Editor window, select the report template to be copied, then click
on
.
Result: A selection panel opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Choose either to copy by duplicating only the report template (thus linking to the existing
view templates) or to copy by also duplicating related view templates.
Result: The new report template is created with a default name: <oldname>_Copy_n,
where n is an incremental number to define a unique name.
The Report Template Properties window is filled with the existing values, except
for the name and owner.
Access rights are reset to the default values, but you can change them as required.
The user becomes the owner of the report template.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The property editor displays the Report Template Properties panel interface.
The current attribute values of the selected report template are displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
, OR
Click on
Yes
Yes to all
Result: The report / s is / are deleted from the operator function tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or more report templates from the report template tree of the Report Template
editor.
Result: The report template(s) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If only system report templates are selected in the report template tree of Report
Template editor, the Export button is disabled.
Result: If the current selection of report templates contains some system report
templates, a warning dialog is displayed listing all the selected system report
templates and explains that they will not be exported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the location to save the report(s) and give the appropriate File Name.
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is done successfully.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The selected templates are exported in an xml report dictionary containing
only the selection. The file is exported in the location defined in the previous step.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The exported file can be re-imported on another system at the same plug installation level
(same system dictionaries) using NPO Import/Export Management web pages. Refer to
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import reports dictionary using GUI
procedure.
If some of the exported report templates are referencing customer objects, like indicators,
rules or free fields, a warning dialog is displayed indicating that the exported report
templates may not be imported on another system if the embedded customer objects are
not also exported and imported on the other system before the import of these report
templates.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The warning dialog also lists all the concerned customer objects and a Propagate button
is available to allow propagating them into the corresponding functions trees. Then, from
the corresponding function tree, the user can open the corresponding editor (by a right
click) and export these customer functions.
Refer to:
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Export QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import parameter rules using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import free fields using GUI
Note: When a multi selection is done in a function tree of the Analysis Desktop and
the corresponding editor is opened from that tree (by a right click), the complete
selection is propagated in the editor (not only the first object).
Only the first object of the selection remains detailed in the edition part of the editor
window (as when doing a multi-selection directly in the left tree of an object editor).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the network element(s) and report template(s) of the same type, then:
Press Ctrl+Shift+R.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
This error message can be avoided in the case of a warning report definition when the
operator has defined the Warning with the default value, by replacing the Top Objects
default value 0, for example, with the value 10:
Warning Report Type: Top N
Worst
After: 0
Depending on the number of network objects selected, the number and the type of
report templates varies, as shown below.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The report viewer displays the executed report to the operator, containing the
following:
The QoS Requirement used when executing the report
The Working Zone used to execute the report
The sub-title for mono-object evolution or mono-object distribution report: the
identifier of the selected object as displayed in tree gadget followed by the begin
date and the end date.
The sub-title for multi-objects comparison and warning report: the object type of
the requested objects followed by the requested date. If one trend is selected for
the report (only for object evolution report), the type of trend is displayed after the
period.
The format of the date depends on the selected period (taking into account user
preferences):
For 1/4 Hour period, the date is displayed as: DD / MM / YYYY-HH:MM
For 1/2 Hour period, the date is displayed as: DD / MM / YYYY-HH:MM
For hour period, the date is displayed as: DD / MM / YYYY -HH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To enlarge the executed report to window size, double click on its title tab, OR click on
the array from the splitter.
In case of a request which takes more time, the Execute Report in Progress window
appears before the executed report is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To execute other task while the request for the current report is in progress, click on
Run in background from the Execute Report in Progress window.
Result: The On-going tab is created in the Report browser. This is an empty tab which
To cancel the requested report, right - click on the On-going tab and click on Close.
Result: The Cancel Confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To schedule the report, refer to Procedure 19-5: Schedule reports (p. 19-61).
You can execute again a report template that was already executed.
Result: The report is scheduled.
ADMIN
Create job
Analysis Desktop
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Job Type
ADMIN
Analysis Desktop
The job results can be also downloaded through SFTP. All successful job results are
stored upon completion in the SFTP repository under the following directory:
{SFTP_HOME}/NPO_JOBS/<USER_ID>/<DATE>/<File Name>, located on the
same server as NPO.
Where:
{SFTP_HOME} is the home directory of the sftp server, retrieved from the
MUSE_INSTALL file at installation
<USER_ID> is the identifier of the NPO user that scheduled the job
Every day, all files older than 10 days (this is a configurable value retrieved from
MUSE_INSTALL file at installation) are removed from the SFTP repository.
If there is a file name conflict, for example, two or more jobs with the same file name
result, only the first executed file is saved. The format of the file stored in the SFTP
repository is the file format chosen during the scheduling operation.
Note: When stored in the SFTP repository, the files must not have names
containing the : character. This character must be substituted by the #
character.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 19-3.7: Remove functions from view embedded in report (p. 19-41)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
13
Procedure 19-3.13: Propagate view selection to network object / function trees from
executed report (p. 19-54).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the title tab, then select from the menu bar Report -> Rename.
Result: The Report View window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the appropriate title of the executed report, then click on OK.
Result: The executed report title is updated.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-35
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Add the selected network objects to the report viewer using Ctrl and drag and drop
(depending on the user preferences).
Result: Depending on the user preferences, the selected network objects are added to
the executed report, or a new report is created. The same Execution Context is used
for the new items. The new report is displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the functions to add (for example counters, indicators, parameters, events, rules).
Result: The functions are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop them in the view from the report viewer using Ctrl and drag and drop
(depending on the user preferences).
Result: The selected functions are added to the same report, no matter what the user
preferences are. The same Execution Context is used for the new items.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate view template(s) from the View Template Tree.
Result: The view template is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl and drag and drop them into the executed report.
Result: Depending on the value set in the Drag & Drop modifier to add field from
Views / reports user preferences (p. 26-5), the key used for the adding procedure
may differ from Ctrl.
During this operation the cursor changes to
executed report.
The selected objects are added to the executed report, or a new report is created if the
Open results in new report on editing field is checked in the Views / reports user
preferences (p. 26-5). The availability domain of the report is checked. The view
templates are executed and the resulting executing views are added to the end of the
report.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Depending on the user preferences, the resulting executed view is added at the end of
the report, or as a new report.
You can also copy and paste an unsaved view into the report. If the view type is not
valid for the executed report, an error message is displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-39
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl-Shift and drag and drop (depending on the user preferences).
Result: Depending on the user preferences, the selected items are removed from the
current executed report or in a new report. The same Execution Context is used for the
remaining items.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the functions to remove (for example counters, indicators, parameters, events,
rules).
Result: The functions are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl - Shift and drag and drop (depending on the user preferences).
Result: The selected items are removed from the current view, without resulting a
new report, no matter what the user preferences are. The same Execution Context is
used for the remaining items.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-41
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Depending on the Views / reports user preferences (p. 26-5), the selected views are
removed from the current executed report or in a new report. The same Execution
Context is used for the remaining items.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Standard mode
The Roll Up / Drill Down in standard mode implicitly takes into account the dates and
times involved in the current selection, to directly reduce the scope of the temporal
roll up or drill down accordingly. If the selection is composed of a discontinuous set
of dates and times, the earliest and latest dates and times are kept to define the new
temporal scope. If no selection is done, the start and end date and time of the executed
view are taken into account.
Advanced mode
The Roll Up / Drill Down in advanced mode enables you to redefine the targeted
temporal roll up or drill down.
Drill Down temporally facility is also available in each Standard view of a report, except
equipment views and mono-object distribution reports. This feature provides the same
facilities as for the executed views in View browser. Refer to Procedure 18-3.4: Roll up /
drill down temporally (p. 18-61) from Chapter 18, Views.
As a prerequisite, the executed report must already exist in the tabular / graphical report.
For a selected cell in a tabular view from the report, the direct spatial - temporal drill
down is available, providing the same facilities as for the executed views in View
browser. For more details, refer to Procedure 18-3.7: Direct spatial - temporal drill
down (p. 18-72) from Chapter 18, Views.
To Roll up
Do
Standard
mode, in the
report
Advanced
mode, in the
report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Temporal Scope -> Roll Up, OR
Click on the
Right click on the report title area and select Temporal Scope -> Roll Up.
From the tool bar, select Report -> Temporal Scope ->Advanced Roll Up,
OR
Right click on the report title area and select Temporal Scope ->
Advanced Roll Up.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-43
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To Drill down
Do
Standard mode,
in the report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Temporal Scope -> Drill Down, OR
Click on the
Right click on the report title area and select Temporal Scope -> Drill
Down.
Advanced
mode, in the
report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Temporal Scope ->Advanced Drill
Down, OR
Right click on the report title area and select Temporal Scope ->
Advanced Drill Down.
Standard mode,
in an embedded
view
Advanced
mode, in an
embedded view
Right click on the view and select Temporal Scope -> Advanced Drill
Down.
Click on the
Right click on the view and select Temporal Scope -> Drill Down.
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Start
Yes
No
Starting Hour
No
No
Starting Minute
No
No
End
No
No
Ending Hour
No
No
Ending Minute
No
No
Temporal Scope
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-44
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 19-1
(continued)
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Target
Periodicity
Yes
No
AvailableList
Yes
Yes
PreferredList
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Spatial Scope
Target Topology
Level
Day
Week
Network
RNC
X
X
Cell
Adjacency
Month
X
X
X
X
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-45
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the user Rolls Up from Day, the new period will be Month and not Week, because
Cells are not available on Week but are on Month.
The user cannot Drill Down because Cells are not available on Hour.
The user can perform a Roll Up or a Drill Down either on the whole currently
displayed period scope (by default) or on the current selected periods scope (selected
rows or columns, if any). If disjoint time periods are selected, the Drill Down or Roll
Up will be performed between the first and the last date.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-46
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Standard mode
In tabular view, the standard mode implicitly takes the network objects involved in the
current selection, if any, to directly reduce the scope of the spatial roll up or drill
down accordingly. If nothing is selected, or if the selection is not significant in the
current context, takes all the network objects present in the view.
In graphical view, network object selection is not possible, so spatial roll up / drill
down in standard mode triggers for all network objects present in the current executed
view.
Advanced mode
The Roll up / Drill down in Advanced Mode opens an intermediary dialog enabling to
refine the targeted spatial roll-up or drill down.
Drill Down spatially facility is also available in each standard view of a report, except
equipment views and mono-object distribution reports.
You can drill down from a view inside:
A warning report
A new warning report is created, whose title explicitly mentions that it is obtained
from a drill down on the selected view.
A non warning report
A new multi-object evolution report is created, whose title explicitly mentions that it
is obtained from a drill down on the selected view.
If the maximum number of executed reports is already reached, the Drill Down operation
will not be executed.
This feature provides the same facilities as for the executed views in View browser. Refer
to Procedure 18-3.5: Roll up / drill down spatially (p. 18-65) from Chapter 18, Views.
For this, the executed report must already exist in the tabular / graphical report.
For a selected cell in a tabular view from the report, the direct spatial - temporal drill
down is available, providing the same facilities as for the executed views in View
browser. For more details, refer to Procedure 18-3.7: Direct spatial - temporal drill
down (p. 18-72) from Chapter 18, Views.
To Roll up
Do
Standard
mode, in the
report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Spatial Scope -> Roll Up, OR
Click on the
Right click on the report title area and select Spatial Scope -> Roll Up.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-47
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To Roll up
Do
Advanced
mode, in the
report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Spatial Scope ->Advanced Roll Up,
OR
Right click on the report title area and select Spatial Scope -> Advanced
Roll Up.
To Drill down
Do
Standard
mode, in the
report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Spatial Scope -> Drill Down, OR
Click on the
Right click on the report title area and select Spatial Scope -> Drill
Down.
Advanced
mode, in the
report
From the tool bar, select Report -> Spatial Scope ->Advanced Drill
Down, OR
Right click on the report title area and select Spatial Scope -> Advanced
Drill Down.
Standard
mode, in an
embedded
view
Advanced
mode, in an
embedded
view
Right click on the view and select Spatial Scope -> Advanced Drill Down.
Click on the
Right click on the view and select Spatial Scope -> Drill Down.
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Start
Yes
No
Starting Hour
No
No
Starting Minute
No
No
End
No
No
Temporal Scope
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-48
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 19-2
(continued)
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Ending Hour
No
No
Ending Minute
No
No
Target
Periodicity
Yes
Yes
AvailableList
Yes
Yes
PreferredList
Yes
No
Yes
No
Spatial Scope
The network objects in the report change depending on the spatial availability.
The interval on the report changes depending on the spatial availability.
For the report, the data is updated either in the same executed report or in a new
report, depending on the user preferences.
To trigger a Roll Up or Drill Down, the Analysis Desktop provides a list of possible
target object types (according to the context: up or down, availability domain etc.) for
selection through a popup menu. It is possible to skip the intermediate levels when
performing a spatial roll Up / drill down.
The user can perform a roll Up or a Drill Down either on the whole currently
displayed objects scope (by default) or on the current selected objects scope (selected
rows or columns, if any).
When rolling-up or drilling-down to a relation, the relations that have the current
network object as the source are used; i.e. if the current object is Cell1 and the user
drills-down to Adjacency, then all the Adjacencies have Cell1 as the source are
displayed in the resulting view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-49
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Week
Month
X
X
Cell
Adjacency
Day
X
X
If the user Rolls-Up from Cell, the new network object will be Network and not RNC,
because there is no RNC on Week but Network is available on Week periodicity.
If the user Drills-Down from Cell, the new network objects will be all the outgoing
Adjacencies for all the Cells because Adjacencies are available on Week periodicity.
When triggering a Roll Up or Drill Down in the context of a Working Zone, the Roll
Up or Drill Down is achieved inside the associated Working Zone topology.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-50
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
To refresh
the report
manually
Click on the
The To Date / Time field is retrieved from the execution context used when
executing the report
The To Date / Time field is updated to include the latest available data.
The
Click on the
The To Date / Time field is retrieved from the execution context used when
executing the report
The From Date / Time and To Date / Time fields are updated to include the
latest available data.
The
The periodicity is below a day (5 min, 15min, 30min, 1H, 2H, ..., 8H)
Both, manual and automatic refresh, are available only at report tool bar level and not
in the embedded views associated tool bars.
The report is executed with the new dates / times and the new resulting executed
report replaces the previous one.
A manual refresh can be achieved between two automatic refresh requests, as long as
the previous refresh is ended.
Note: For Comparison reports, having only Start Date / Time entered in the execution
context, the latest available data is included in the From Date / Time field in order
to manually refresh the view.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-51
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For Evolution views and reports, the From Date/Time field is unchanged, while the To
Date/Time field is updated using the same algorithm as the one used when you click on
Default Date in the Execution Context window. If the new To Date/Time value is on
the next day (i.e. midnight crossing while automatic refresh is active), then the Start
Date/Time field is also updated (increased by one day).
For instance, if current day is January, 13th and initial start/end dates were: 12/01:05h to
13/01:08h; the view / report will be updated every hour until start/end becomes 12/01:05h
to 13/01:23h. The next update will lead to 13/01:05h to 14/01:00h.
In case the updated Start date after midnight crossing, would be in the future, the hour
part is forced to 0h00.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-52
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on the
Select
icon from the report tool bar
Select as appropriate:
Propagate All
Select as appropriate:
All
The network objects / view templates are selected in their respective trees depending
on the options.
The Network Objects are propagated to the corresponding modes active topology
trees / classifications and to the active basket of MultiNET mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-53
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select as appropriate:
Propagate All
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-54
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-55
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the title of the executed report, and select Executed Report..., OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-56
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Execution Context
Spatial Scope.
The following table presents the buttons displayed in the Executed Report
Properties window.
Button Name
Used to...
Edit Report
Template
Update Report
Create Report
Close
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-57
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
template properties. For more information, refer to Procedure 19-1.4: Edit report
template (p. 19-25).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Update report
Create report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-58
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Update report
Create report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-59
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
objects.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The modification of the network objects affects the availability domain. If the
availability domain is empty, an error message is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Update report
Create report
Result: The report viewer displays the values with the new data.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-60
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Date tab, fill in the appropriate fields as presented in the table below.
Parameter
Name
Description
Execution Date
The date at which the scheduled report is executed, i.e. the report result
becomes available at the morning of this date.
The default date is the next day from the current date.
If the report repeats, then this is the first schedule date.
The date can be selected either by using the select bar, or by clicking on
and choosing it from the displayed calendar.
The date format can be configured in the user preference.
From
Start date of the observation period for execution, expressed relatively to the
Execution Date in a number of days / weeks / months / hour / 1/2 hour / 1/4
hour (according to the selected periodicity).
Date from which the scheduled execution starts.
The default value is 1 day / week / month before the Execution Date.
At
To
End date of the observation period for execution, expressed relatively to the
Execution Date in a number of days / weeks / months / hour / 1/2 hour / 1/4
hour (according to the selected periodicity).
The default value is 1 day / week / month before the Execution Date.
At
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-61
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-62
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Job Title
Defines the name of the job. This can be different from the report name.
Default values:
one or several report(s) is / are selected and repeat option other than
None is selected.
Owner
Working Zone
Defines the current Working Zone being used by the current user.
This parameter is read-only.
Output Format
.xml
.xls
.csv
.html
xmlexcel(./xml)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-63
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To schedule the report on an entire working zone, select Entire Working Zone.
This may be particularly useful when executing a warning report.
Result: If the report is executed on the entire working zone, then the spatial scope
contains all the network objects in the working zone of the same type as the executed
report.
For example, if the report was executed on Cell 3G's in Working Zone A, then the
spatial scope of the executed report are all the Cell 3G's that were in Working Zone A
at the time when the report was executed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Repeat tab, set the appropriate frequency for the scheduled report repetition.
By default, the repeat option is None, so the report is only scheduled once.
Option
Name
Parameter
Name
Description
None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-64
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Option
Name
Parameter
Name
Description
Day
Every
End On
Week
Every
End On
Month
Repeat On
Click on the preferred day(s) of the week when you want the
report to be repeated.
Every
End On
By
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-65
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Execute.
Result: For day / week / month periodicity, the scheduled reports are executed during
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-66
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Select Jobs -> Display Pending and Archived Executed
Reports..., OR
Click on the
icon, OR
Press Ctrl+G.
The Pending and Archived Executed Reports window opens, displaying the list of
executed reports.
Perform one of the following options:
Select the Pending Reports tab in order to view the executed reports or, in the case of
failure, to acknowledge the error displayed in the Failure Reason field.
To view one or several pending executed reports, select them by checking the
checkbox, then click on Open / Mark as Viewed.
If the scheduled report encounters an error condition during the execution of the
report, this failed job is also listed in the pending executed reports list. A dedicated
column displays the Failure Reason. When you select such a report to view, it is
marked as viewed and it is not displayed anymore next time the dialog box is opened.
All the reports are opened one by one in a sequential order. If the report output is not
Analysis Desktop, then you are first prompted to save the report and then to open it to
view it.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-67
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Once a report is saved or viewed in the Analysis Desktop, then it is marked as viewed
and it no longer appears in the list of pending executed reports. If the current Working
Zone is not the Working Zone in which the report was scheduled, then when
displaying the executed report, any objects not belonging to the current Working Zone
are shown as 'unknown'.
Select the Archived tab in order to view the list of archived reports.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-68
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Delete an archive
Delete
Open an archive
Open
Close
Help
To see and display the Archived reports you must have the MUSE_NPO_REPORT_ARCHIVING FAD.
As the Archived reports are associated with the Working Zone in which they were
executed, they may display only Unknown objects if opened by a user in a completely
different Working Zone.
Each Column of the Archived Reports can be sorted Ascending or Descending.
Only the report owner (archiver) and the administrator can delete an archived report.
The MUSE_NPO_ADMINISTRATE_ARCHIVED_REPORTS FAD allows a
user, having this FAD, to delete any Archived reports. Otherwise, the user can delete
only its own archives.
If the list of archived reports cannot be fetched from the server then error message
appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-69
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For more information regarding archived reports, refer to Archive reports (p. 19-87).
From the NPO, as described in the NPO Administration User Guide, in Download job results.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-70
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-71
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-72
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Job Scheduler Editor window appears with default values and editable
fields.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Job Name
Job_<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
job, and n is an
incremental number
to define a unique
name
Owner
Output
Format
Possible values:
.xml
.xls
.csv
.scsv
.html
xmlExcel(./xml)
Archive.
The Archive output format is available if the user has
MUSE_NPO_REPORT_ARCHIVING FAD.
Functions
Core-Object(CELL2G,
CELL3G,
CELLLTE
depends on the
technology)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-73
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Network
Objects
Default Value
Entire
working
zone
Execute
and
Publish
Unchecked
In the Date tab, select the date for which the job must be scheduled.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Repeat tab, set the appropriate frequency for the scheduled job repetition.
By default, the repeat option is None, so the job is only scheduled once.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Go To
QoS Requirement
Sampling
Reliability
Tuning Sessions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-74
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For
Go To
Event Synthesis
Drag the appropriate network objects from the topology tab tree (in the right frame) and
drop them in the Network Objects panel.
Result: The network objects are in the Network Objects panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag the appropriate reports or diagnoses from the selection tab tree (in the right frame)
and drop them in the Functions panel.
Result: The reports or diagnoses are in the Functions panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For the job to be evaluated for the whole Working Zone, check Entire Working Zone:
Global.
Result: When this is selected, the Topology tab from the right frame is disabled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Click on
11
Click on Yes.
Result: The job is created and is added in the Job Scheduler Tree (in the left frame).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-75
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Job Scheduler Editor, select the job to copy from the left frame, then click on
.
Result: The Job Scheduler Properties panel appears with the default name and
Define a name for the copied job, using the following format:
<oldname_Copy_n>, where n is an incremental unique number.
Result: The name is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: A confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The scheduled job is created.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-76
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Job Scheduler Editor, select the job to edit from the left frame, then click on
.
Result: The Job Scheduler Properties panel appears with the default name and
Click on Apply.
Result: The scheduled job is edited.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-77
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Click on Yes.
Result: The scheduled job is deleted.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-78
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
icon, OR
Result: The Jobs List window opens, listing all available jobs.
Description
Job Name
Owner
Job Type
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-79
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Column
Name
Description
Object Type
Object Nb
Object number or name of the job, taken from the working zone.
State
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the required job and then select one of the following options.
To
Do
Click on Update.
Click on Edit.
The Job Scheduler Editor window opens.
Perform the actions described in
Procedure 19-6.4: Edit scheduled job
(p. 19-77).
Click on Delete.
In the confirmation window, click on Yes.
Close
The following tool bar icons are available for the executed report.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-80
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following table gives a brief description of the executed report tool bar icons.
Icon
Description
Procedure 19-3.11: Refresh report (p. 19-51)
Procedure 19-3.11: Refresh report (p. 19-51)
The Automatic Refresh icon is visible only when:
The periodicity is below a day (5 min, 15min, 30min, 1H, 2H, ...,
8H)
If the Executed Report window is too small, left and right arrows are displayed to
navigate among the executed report related icons.
Synchronize cursor / scrolling in report
The
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-81
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The view is not impacted by another cursor synchronization on any other view.
When the
icon is activated, if a view displayed in tabular mode is scrolled, then all the
other views sharing the same X or Y Axis data are simultaneously scrolled.
The feature is able to synchronize the scrolling of some views horizontally and of other
views vertically at the same time, as long as the same data dimension is involved.
This also applies for 3D / nested tabular views, regarding the Axis management when
scrolling the dual level axis: only the views with the same top level and second level
headers data dimensions will be synchronized.
If active filters are associated to a scrollable view of a report, then:
The other views are not synchronized with the scrolling of this view
The view is not impacted by other view scrolling synchronization.
If all filters associated to an embedded view are deactivated, the synchronize scrolling can
be applied to this view.
Synchronize zooming in report
The zoom fields in all the graphs belonging to the same report can be synchronized.
When zooming is synchronized, the scroll bar is also linked and you can toggle it on and
off.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-82
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Zooming synchronization is only available when at least two views have the same scale.
Activate the zoom synchronization:
1. Click on the
No zoom synchronization is achieved on other graphical views when using the zoom
in this graphical view
The graphical view is not impacted by another zoom synchronization in any other
view.
If all filters associated to an embedded view are deactivated, the synchronize zooming can
be applied to this view.
Filter in report
This feature allows the operator to choose what to be displayed and what not to be
displayed through filters.
Filtering allows showing / hiding of:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-83
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
The highlighting turns on. Selecting the option again turns the highlighting off.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-84
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the report template that contains one or several views to update.
Result: The report template is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
A default name:
<oldname>_Copy_n, where n is an incremental number to define a unique name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-85
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
From Edit -> Preferences -> Views / Reports, select the Default resize of views
inside report checkbox.
The height of every view inside the report is adjusted such that for the views displayed in
Tabular mode, the height of the view should be adjusted such that all lines are visible and
not more. This means that each view can have a different height depending on its content
(i.e. a view displaying 10 indicators is bigger than a view displaying 3 indicators). If a
view is rotated, the height must take care of the real dimension displayed vertically.
Views displayed in graphical mode are displayed using a default height. So if they were
resized earlier, they are resized back to the default height.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-86
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Every graphical view legend width is adjusted such that for views displayed in Graphical
mode, the automatic resize updates the legend width up to the maximum requested width
to make the complete legend visible (i.e. the maximum width among all views must be
applied to all views). In other words, legend of all views must have the same width, this
width being the maximum of all legend widths.
Archive reports
You can choose to save an executed report as an archive that can be reopened later.
Perform one of the following options:
Click on the
In this window you can fill a free text describing the report to be archived and to confirm
the operation.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-87
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
Archive reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The maximum number of Archived Reports can be configured in the design phase.
When archiving a new report, if the maximum number of Archived Reports allowed is
reached, the archive operation is rejected and an error message is displayed.
Select the
The feature is not accessible (greyed) when the embedded views have only the tabular
mode that is available (neither primary graph, nor secondary graph).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-88
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-89
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-90
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Tools -> Macro -> Security....
The Security window opens.
In the Security Level tab, check Medium or Low, then click on OK.
Click on the Office Button from the top left corner of the Microsoft Excel
window.
A drop-down list appears.
Click on Excel Options from the bottom of the drop-down list.
The Excel Options window opens.
From the left panel of the Excel Options window, select Trust Center, then click
on Trust Center Settings....
The Trust Center window opens.
From the left panel of the Trust Center window, click on Macro Settings, then
select the Enable all macros (not recommended, potentially dangerous code
can run) options and click on OK.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-91
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on the
icon, OR
All...
Browse for the location to save the report, give the appropriate File name, then select the
appropriate export format:
.xls
.xml
.csv
.html
.pdf
xmlexcel(.xml)
If Export all was selected in the previous step, the export format refers to the files
contained in the .zip file.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-92
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: In case of xmlexcel format, always need to save the exported xml and the open
with Open office 2007.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is Successfull. Do you want to open the exported file?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on Yes.
The file opens in a new window.
Click on No.
Result: The report is exported to selected format, keeping the same look as in the
executed report. The information about the spatial scope, , and report template
parameters is also displayed.
You can use an Excel Template for the graphical mode. For more information, refer to
the NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import Excel template using GUI.
The comment zones are exported as displayed. The reports and comment zones are
exported in the same order as displayed in the executed report.
The report tool bar is not exported.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-93
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the view / report contains a mix of indicators and other type of functions, the
aggregated values will be fulfilled only for indicators.
The aggregation displayed is computed the same way as would an object zone made of all
objects displayed in the view:
For a basic indicator, the value is computed using its spatial aggregation method over
the selected set of objects
For a calculated indicator, each underlying basic indicator is first aggregated spatially,
the formula is then computed using the aggregated values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-94
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If Moving Average trend type is selected, you have to define the Window Size. The
maximum allowed value for Window Size is equal with total number of considered
samples (depending on the observation time interval and the selected periodicity).
The Predicted Period can take a value between 0 and ([Moving Average Window
Size] - 1).
In order to compute the moving average the following rules apply:
As long as the number of points is lesser than the Window Size value, then the
average is performed only on the number of available points
When the number of available points is equal to the window size then the average
is performed on the window size.
The Average function rules from Excel apply when calculating the trend.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-95
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If Linear Regression trend type is selected, the Predicted Period can take a value
between 0 and half the number of samples available in the observation interval.
All indicators with their values from starttime to the current time with data from
current Time to endtime+P set to null and their associated highlighting
Trend indicators from the starttime to the endtime+P of the execution view context
and their associated highlighting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-96
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 indicator: GHOOTCGN
Indicator GHOOTCGN has the option TREND.
Execution Context:
Periodicity: Hourly
Starttime from 09th December 2010 00:00 to 13th December 2010 00:00
Predicted period = can be between 0 to 120 (endtime starttime in hour). In the
example the Predicted period is set to 48. it means the endtime become 15th
December 2010 (13th December 2010 00:00 + 48 hour).
The following figure shows an executed report on Trends Prediction in tabular mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-97
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Dynamic trends are available only for standard Indicators wherein numeric data is
available (including percentages). Dynamic trends are available even on scalar indicators
that do not support trend prediction (but without possible prediction in this case).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-98
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When a view is executed with Trends Prediction, the executed view is modified as
follows:
The tabular views contains additional rows for each of the indicators for which
dynamic trend is requested. The row name becomes: <indicator_name><Trend>
The graphical views contains a new entry in the Legends panel for each of the
indicators for which dynamic trend is executed. Legend name in the graphs is same as
that in tabular mode.
The following figure shows an executed view on Dynamic Trends Prediction in graphical
mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
19-99
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Reports
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
19-100
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
20
MultiNET Mode
20
Overview
Purpose
20-1
20-2
20-4
20-5
20-7
Presentation
The MultiNET mode is a pseudo mode which enables the execution of views, indicators
and reports on a selection composed of objects of various network element types and
object zones.
In MultiNET mode, on the top of the tree area are Basket tabs.
At the beginning of an Analysis Desktop session these tabs show the topology nodes
shown in the previous session. The Topology tree objects which are not available, because
of being deleted or change of working zone after User Preferences were saved in the last
session, are not displayed. The visibility of the soft-deleted objects is based on the user
preference.
There are five Basket tabs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
20-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The objects themselves, displayed similarly to their original topology tree, with the
same labels and icons.
The function browser for a MultiNET mode has three function tabs: indicators, view
templates and report templates, as described in the following table.
Name
Basically
Excluding
Indicators
View templates
Report templates
You can reorder the Basket tabs. Right click on a Basket tab and select Organize Trees.
The following window appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
20-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Organize baskets window is structured in the same way as in Procedure 2-5.10:
Organize function trees (p. 2-31).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
20-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop the objects taken from the other modes or basket tabs in the
tab from the Mode Tabs browser.
Result: While dragging and dropping the network objects or object zones, the mouse
pointer changes to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop it to the cell modes to obtain the cells of the required object zone.
Result: The cells of the required object zone are displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop these selected cells (in the cell mode) to the MultiNET tab.
Result: The objects are added to the basket tab tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
20-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Remove objects
Do
Description
AND Filter
OR Filter
No Filter
Displays all functions for the current function tab available from all
visible modes.
The following figure shows the menu for the topology tree of MultiNET mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
20-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
New information appears in the function tab tree footer to inform the user about which
type of filtering is currently applied on the function tree and the Basket tab name from
which the filter is triggered for example: [Filter: AND / Basket 1], [Filter: OR / Basket 2]
or [Filter: No Filter].
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
20-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
20-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
MultiNET Mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
20-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
21
POD mode
21
Overview
Purpose
21-1
21-2
21-3
21-4
Presentation
The POD mode is a pseudo mode that is available only for Large Working Zones.
This feature provides access to some modes when the number of objects in a working
zone is bigger than a pre-defined threshold (2000 cells).
At the beginning of an Analysis Desktop session the POD mode is empty. You have to
manually request the objects to check using drag and drop (including automatic
propagation).
The content of the topology classification of the POD mode is not persistent from an AD
session to the next AD session.
The topology objects of a POD mode are displayed in a tree.
Only one topology classification is available in a POD mode. This topology classification
is the first one defined in the metadata. It is not possible to create new topology
classifications for a POD mode.
The POD mode can be hidden / unhidden / reordered.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
21-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
POD mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop the objects taken from the other modes in the POD tab from the Mode Tabs
browser.
Result: While dragging and dropping the network objects or object zones, the mouse
pointer changes to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the dragged and dropped object (either network object or object zone) is already
present in the considered POD tree, it is not added again but is selected in the POD
tree.
If the maximum number of objects allowed for the POD mode is reached while
adding objects in the POD mode:
Remaining (in excess) objects are not added to the POD mode.
A warning message indicates the number of objects that have not been added.
The propagation rules are the same in a Large Working Zone case as in a standard
Working Zone case.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Examples
Examples
Description
Example 1
Drag and drop one or several BSC(s) into Adjacency (POD) mode will
retrieve all the related adjacencies from the BSC and add them into the
Adjacency POD mode.
Example 2
Drag and drop one or several BSC(s) into AIC (POD) mode will
retrieve all the AIC of the selected BSCs and add them into the AIC
POD mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
21-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
POD mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on YES.
Result: The selected objects are removed from the POD mode tree.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
21-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
POD mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on YES.
Result: All the objects of the POD topology classification tree are removed from the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
21-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
22
Diagnosis
22
Overview
Purpose
22-2
22-3
22-7
22-7
22-8
22-9
22-11
22-14
22-15
22-19
22-20
22-23
22-24
22-25
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Presentation
The operator can trigger diagnosis reports in the following situations:
A QoS indicator is suspected to be faulty, even if no threshold was crossed (it is even
possible that no threshold is associated with the indicator)
An alarm is received.
The operator then executes diagnosis reports to retrieve the cause for an identified QoS
problem, or to check the logical configuration of any topology objects, particularly cells
and adjacencies.
The diagnosis execution results can be viewed as:
Detailed diagnosis reports consist of test nodes grouped in a tree, based on causality links.
A detailed diagnosis tree is not limited in size.
The trees start with an observed QoS problem, an alarm or nothing is specified, and go
from node to node to the possible reasons until a root problem cause is found.
See also Procedure 22-4: Execute diagnosis in detailed mode (p. 22-11).
There are system available diagnosis scenarios, but the user can also create their own.
This is done through the Diagnosis Editor, which is based on the Eclipse platform
concepts.
The Eclipse framework is structured around the concept of plugins, and uses PyDev Node
Code Editor.
Diagnosis scenarios consist of test nodes grouped in a tree based on causality links. A link
is oriented from a consequence node to a causal node. A consequence node can have
several causal nodes. The execution of a diagnosis scenario is the process of executing its
causal nodes applied on an execution context.
Refer to the NPO Diagnosis Development User Guide document for more information
about the:
Diagnosis Editor
Scenario Creation
Node Code Update
Introduction in Python.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Name
Yes
Yes
Description
No
Yes
Owner
Yes
Yes
System
Yes
Yes
Access
Rights
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Visible
No
Yes
No
Yes
Type
Yes
Yes
Severity
Yes
Yes
Dictionary
Information
Name
No
Yes
Version
Yes
Yes
System
Yes
Yes
Date
Yes
Yes
Author
Yes
Yes
Description
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Families
Availability
Domain
No
Yes
Scenario
Triggers
Yes
Yes
Node Tree
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Node
Information
Node Name
Yes
Yes
Node
Description
Yes
Yes
Node (x,y)
Yes
Yes
Node Links
No
Yes
No
Yes
Node Code
Link Rank
Link Cut-Off
Iteration Variable
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag the selected diagnosis scenario and drop it to an indicator function tab.
Result: The mouse pointer changes to
Depending on how the Display time before a tab is raised and made active
parameter is set as a user preference, the target counter tree:
Is automatically displayed, or
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Data->Diagnosis..., OR
Click on the
icon.
For more information, refer to the NPO Diagnosis Development User Guide
document, to Diagnosis Editor.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate topology objects and diagnosis scenario(s), then drag and drop
them into the Executed View browser.
Result: The Execution Context window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
tabular view only. The default naming format for executed diagnosis in tab is the same
as for views (refer to Graphical and tabular view title format (p. 18-7)).
The executed diagnosis cannot be saved as template.
Figure 22-1 Example view tabular mode - multi-object comparison containing
diagnosis
Description
Correct indicator value, no problem found.
Unknown.
Incorrect indicator value, problem found.
Diagnosis must be triggered.
In case of a request which takes more time, the Execute Diagnosis in Progress
window appears before the executed diagnosis is displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To cancel the requested diagnosis, right - click on the On-going tab and click on Close.
Result: The Cancel Confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate topology objects and diagnosis scenario(s), then drag and drop the
objects into the Report browser.
Result: The Execution Context window appears. Enter the appropriate information,
browser with the number of tabs equal to the number of network object multiplied by
the number of scenarios.
In case of a request which takes more time, the Execute Diagnosis in Progress
window appears before the executed diagnosis is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To cancel the requested diagnosis, right - click on the On-going tab and click on Close.
Result: The Cancel Confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
From executed synthetic diagnosis view with standard indicator with red cell value
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and select Trigger Diagnosis in Detailed Mode from the popup menu, then
select View -> Trigger Diagnosis in Detailed Mode from the menu bar.
Result: The diagnosis is executed from synthetic mode in the detailed mode.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The detailed generated report is an html page that contains hyperlinks to the network
objects of the execution context. The hyperlinks propagate to the modes and functions.
The title of the detailed diagnosis report is the short name of the diagnosis scenario name.
The following details appear:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To enlarge the executed detailed diagnosis view to window size, double click on its title
tab, or click on the array from the splitter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Update as appropriate the displayed fields. Refer to Execute View, in the Execution
context (p. 3-20).
Result: The diagnosis is executed only for the specific From Date. To Date is not
Click on
Result: The tabular / graphical viewer displays the values with the new data.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
The modification of the network objects affects the availability domain. If the
availability domain is empty, an error message appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The tabular / graphical viewer displays the values with the new data.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Date tab, fill in the appropriate fields as presented in the table below.
Parameter
Name
Description
Execution Date
The date at which the scheduled report is executed, i.e. the report result
becomes available at the morning of this date.
The default date is the next day from the current date.
If the report repeats, then this is the first schedule date.
The date can be selected either by using the select bar, or by clicking on
and choosing it from the displayed calendar.
The date format can be configured in the user preference.
From
Start date of the observation period for execution, expressed relatively to the
Execution Date in a number of days / weeks / months (according to the
selected periodicity).
Date from which the scheduled execution starts.
The default value is 1 day / week / month before the Execution Date.
At
To
End date of the observation period for execution, expressed relatively to the
Execution Date in a number of days / weeks / months (according to the
selected periodicity).
The default value is 1 day / week / month before the Execution Date.
At
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Job Title
Defines the name of the job. This can be different from the report name.
Default values:
selected
ScheduleDiagnosis_Repeat or ScheduleMultipleDiagnosis_
Repeat, if one or several diagnosis scenario(s) is / are selected and
Working Zone
Defines the current Working Zone being used by the current user.
This parameter is read-only.
Output Format
Analysis Desktop
.html.
To schedule the report on an entire working zone, select Entire Working Zone.
This may be particularly useful when executing a warning report.
Result: If the report is executed on the entire working zone, then the spatial scope
contains all the network objects in the working zone of the same type as the executed
report.
For example, if the report was executed on Cell 3G's in Working Zone A, then the
spatial scope of the executed report are all the Cell 3G's that were in Working Zone A
at the time when the report was executed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Repeat tab, set the appropriate frequency for the scheduled report repetition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
By default, the repeat option is None, so the report is only scheduled once.
Option
Name
Parameter
Name
Description
None
Day
Every
End On
Week
Every
End On
Month
Repeat On
Click on the preferred day(s) of the week when you want the
report to be repeated.
Every
End On
By
Click on Execute.
Result: The scheduled reports are executed during the night, after the loading of
consolidation.
A report which is Scheduled and Archived is displayed in the Archived reports list;
refer to Display pending and archived executed reports (p. 19-66).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To view or delete scheduled reports, refer to Procedure 19-6: Use job scheduler
editor (p. 19-71).
The scheduled reports purge computes the overall reports size. If this size is greater
than a configurable threshold, then it will drop oldest reports until the size goes below
the threshold.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Select Jobs -> Display Pending Executed Diagnoses... from the menu bar, OR
Click on the
icon
To view one or several pending executed diagnosis reports, select them by checking the
checkbox, then click on OK.
If the scheduled report encounters an error condition during the execution of the report,
this failed job is also listed in the pending executed reports list. A dedicated column
displays the Failure Reason. When you select such a report to view, it is marked as
viewed and it is not displayed anymore next time the dialog box is opened.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
All the diagnosis reports are opened one by one in a sequential order. If the diagnosis
report output is not Analysis Desktop, but html, then you are first prompted to save the
executed diagnosis report and then to open it to view it.
Once a diagnosis report is saved or viewed in the Analysis Desktop, then it is marked as
viewed and it no longer appears in the list of pending executed diagnosis reports. If the
current Working Zone is not the Working Zone in which the diagnosis report was
scheduled, then when displaying the executed diagnosis report, any objects not belonging
to the current Working Zone are shown as 'unknown'.
From the NPO
Refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to Download Job Results.
Do
Click on the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Several diagnosis
Click on the
icon, OR
Browse for the location where to save the .html file, then give the appropriate File name.
If Export all was selected in the previous step, the export format refers to the files
contained in the .zip file.
Result: The file name is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is Successfull. Do you want to open the exported file?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Yes
No
Result: The diagnosis report is exported to selected format, keeping the same look as
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
22-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
22-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
23
Tuning
23
Overview
Purpose
This section describes how to perform tuning for the radio configuration.
Contents
Presentation
23-1
23-4
23-7
23-20
23-29
23-63
23-67
23-72
Presentation
Note: The feature described in this section is not available for WiMAX.
The MUSE_TUNING_LICENSE license be installed, so that the Tuning menu
appears in the Analysis Desktop.
The user must also have any one of the following FADs to see the Tuning menu item:
MUSE_NPO_TUNING_PREPARATION
MUSE_NPO_ADMINISTRATE_TUNING_SESSIONS
Definitions
After a network optimization session is completed, its results (monitoring QoS indicators,
checking rules on the parameters, executing diagnosis) are used to tune the radio
configuration, in order to correct the network misbehavior.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The optimizer can define radio resource configuration modifications, frequency changes,
neighborhood modifications, add adjacencies, change logical / design parameter values in
a tuning session, which is then applied on the OMC, but it depends on the technology.
The NPO allows you to copy the parameters from a cell into another cells using the
reference cell. Also you are allowed to set a cell as non-tunable cell once this cell is well
tuned.
A Tuning Session can be considered as a template. It contains tuning operations and can
be applied to create a tuning job. The limit for the number of objects for tuning session is
6000.
A Tuning Job is a particular tuning session that is applied at a given date. It contains a
copy of the tuning session used to create it. It is parsed by MAAT Tuning to be split into
different tuning tasks (one per impacted OMC). Many tuning jobs can be created from a
tuning session (one job per application of the tuning session).
A Tuning Task contains all tuning operations that are impacting one particular OMC.
Purge completed tuning job(s)
Each night, the NPO checks if there is any Tuning Job that is:
Completed / failed / partially failed in the last 15 days (pre-defined delay with
configurable value)
Applied but not yet completed / failed / partially failed for more then 15 days
(pre-defined delay with configurable value).
These old, not completed Tuning Jobs are then purged (deleted) from the database.
A notification is sent to all users when a job is purged. If the tuning session of a job is
open and then this job is purged, an error message appears and the Tuning Session
Viewer tab (of the job's tuning session) is closed.
Tuning session life cycle
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The tuning tasks are applied, and a notification / result polling is sent to all NPO
clients.
After the tuning tasks are completed / failed, they are purged.
Follow the application of the Tuning Session on the concerned OMC.
For W-CDMA, the NPO generates a workorder which is stored in the WMS under
the following directory:
/opt/nortel/data/cmXML/ScheduledExport.
Then the operator creates a session manager in WMS in order to import this
workorder and to apply it on the NE itself.
For more information, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
OMC / RNP Data Source Management.
For LTE, the NPO generates a workorder which is stored in the SAM under the
following directory:
/opt/5620sam/server/nms/activation/wo_import.
Then the operator creates a session manager on SAM in order to import this
workorder and to apply it on the NE itself.
For more information, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide document, to
OMC / RNP Data Source Management.
Select the appropriate network objects and define them as being Reference Objects.
These objects can now be used as templates when tuning other network objects.
Select the appropriate network objects and inhibit all tuning operations for them.
These objects can no longer be tuned.
The available operations depend on ownership and / or status of the tuning sessions:
If a tuning session is scheduled or applied but not yet completed / failed / partially
failed, then it can only be copied
If a tuning session is not owned by the operator (and the operator is not
Administrator), then it can only be copied or opened in read only mode
If a tuning session is owned by the operator (or the operator is the Administrator) and
is created, or completed / failed / partially failed, then it can be opened, copied,
deleted
It is always possible to creation a new tuning session
Deleting a working zone results in the automatic re-parenting of the tuning sessions.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Name
Yes
No
Temporary
Yes
N/A
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
ReadOnly
Source
Tuning
Session ID
Yes
N/A
Owner
Yes
Yes
Working
Zone
Yes
Yes
Purpose
No
No
Recommended date
of application
No
No
Creation Date
Yes
Yes
Last Update
Yes
Yes
Last Apply
No
Yes
Overview
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
SAM Login
ID
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Tuning ->
Tuning Session..., OR
Press Ctrl+H.
Result: The Tuning Sessions window appears.
Tuning sessions are classified by working zone and are displayed in a tree format.
If the current opened working zone is the Global Working Zone, than all tuning
sessions are displayed. In other words, a tuning session is linked to two working
zones: the one from which it is created, and the Global Working Zone.
Temporary Tuning Sessions are not displayed.
The tuning sessions are classified by working zone and are displayed in a tree format.
Button
Name
Description
New
Open
Opens the description of a tuning session in the tuning session viewer. This
includes the properties and tree view of operations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Button
Name
Description
Copy
Opens a copy of the selected tuning session in the tuning session viewer.
Delete
Close
Help
Invoke the online help for the current window. See Access online help
(p. 2-45).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Tuning ->
Tuning Session..., OR
Press Ctrl+H.
Result: The Tuning Sessions window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate tuning session(s), and double click on it or click on Open.
Result: The selected tuning session appears in the right frame.
More than one Tuning Session can be selected at a time to open. In this case, each of
the selected Tuning Sessions opens in a different tab. The maximum number of tabs is
20.
The list of tuning operations contained in the tuning session, as well as the properties
of the tuning session are displayed.
Properties of the opened Tuning Session can now be edited (see Procedure 23-3.3:
Edit tuning session properties (p. 23-37)) and Tuning Operations can be added,
deleted, or modified (see Procedure 23-3: Edit tuning session (p. 23-29)).
In the Tuning Session tree, you can access the Collapse all option. For more
information, refer to Procedure 2-5.1: Collapse all in topology classification
browser (p. 2-19).
To enlarge the tuning session to window size, double click on its title tab, or click on
the array from the splitter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Tuning Session
Name
Tuning_Session_
<owner> _<number>
Current date.
Recommended
date of
application
Next day.
Owner
Last Apply
Date
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Overview
Default Value
Purpose
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Tuning ->
Tuning Session..., OR
Press Ctrl+H.
Result: The Tuning Sessions window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on New.
Result: A new tab is created with the template of the new tuning session, displaying
the default values of the tuning session properties. The name of the tab is the default
name associated with the new Tuning Session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Tuning ->
Tuning Session..., OR
Press Ctrl+H.
Result: The Tuning Sessions window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Creation Date is set to the current date, and the Last update and Last Apply Date
are left empty.
All tuning operations contained in the source tuning session are also duplicated in this
new tuning session
The user becomes the owner of the tuning session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Edit the appropriate properties (refer to Procedure 23-3.3: Edit tuning session properties
(p. 23-37)), and add / modify / delete the required tuning operations (refer to Procedure
23-3: Edit tuning session (p. 23-29)).
Result: The tuning session is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
All tuned objects must be operational objects (except for created objects)
Tuned parameter values have a correct value (correct type, correct value [step /
enumeration])
All mandatory rules involving at least one tuned parameter are executed and reported
All optional rules involving at least one tuned parameter are executed and reported
Tuned parameter values have a consistent value compared to Reference values (min /
max of the Reference value) and / or are set to the Reference Value itself.
All checks are performed using forecast values defined in the current Tuning Session
when available. If no forecast value is available then the operational value must be
used.
If one or several of the first six checks mentioned above fail, they are considered as errors
and are displayed.
If any of the last two checks mentioned above fail, they are considered as warnings and
are displayed.
Refer to the NPO Diagnosis Development User Guide document for more explanations
about complex checks.
General check
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
, OR
Right click and select Check.
Result: A confirmation message appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The tuning session is checked.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
, OR
From the menu bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Session> Check.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Click on
, OR
Click on
, OR
Note: In case SAM User Login was selected for at least one tuning data source
then, when applying a tuning session, a Login Confirmation window appears. The
User Name/Password should be the same for all SAM OMC. In case this tuning
session only concerns a tuning data source which is not with SAM User Login" the
user can leave the login confirmation box empty and just click on OK, otherwise fill in
user name and password and then click on OK.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The following message appears:
Tuning Job Created: <Tuning_Job_name>
The tuning job name must be unique (Tuning Session name + scheduled date +
applier of Tuning Session + unique ID)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The tuning session is created.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Last Apply field of the Tuning Session is updated with current date.
Forecast parameters / topology associated with the job are created.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A notification is then sent to other users indicating that a new job is created.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The tuning session job is split into tuning session tasks (one task per impacted OMC-R).
Each task contains the following information for a dedicated OMC-R:
Relation between OMC-Rs, with both OMC-Rs managed by NPO: two tuning
session tasks are created
Relation between OMC-Rs, with one OMC-R not managed by NPO: one tuning
session task is created.
Deletion of relations
Update of parameters.
Note: The same tuning session can be updated and applied several times. For each
application, a different tuning job is instantiated.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Tuning ->
Tuning Session..., OR
Press Ctrl+H.
Result: The Tuning Sessions window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If:
Only one tuning session is selected to be deleted, click on Yes
Multiple tuning sessions are selected to be deleted, click on Yes to All.
The selected tuning session(s) is / are deleted and the Tuning Sessions window is
refreshed.
The existing tuning jobs that were created from that tuning session are not deleted.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 23-2.6: Compare operational data with operator reference values data
(p. 23-28).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl+J.
Result: The Tuning Jobs window appears, displaying two lists.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Possible Actions
List 1
List 2
Not editable:
or
Procedure 23-2.4:
Display tuning job
follow up (p. 23-26)
Table 23-1
Icon Color
Applied
Yellow
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 23-1
(continued)
Icon Color
Created
Blue
Partially Failed
Orange
Failed
Red
Completed OK
Green
Table 23-2
Icon
Orange Flag
Green Flag
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select as appropriate:
Classify by Status
Classify by Working Zone.
Result: The tuning job tree is updated with the selected classification.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Press Ctrl+J.
Result: The Tuning Jobs window appears opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
, OR
Right click and select Open Tuning Job.
Result: The selected tuning job(s) appears in the right frame, in read only mode.
If multiple tuning jobs are selected, each one opens in a tab. The maximum number of
tabs is 20.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
, OR
Right click and select View Follow up.
Result: The result of the tuning job appears based on the execution in the OMC-Rs.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The properties of the selected tuning job open in the Tuning Session Viewer in
read only mode. For each selected tuning job(s), the corresponding tuning session
opens in a different tab.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alcatel-Lucent Analysis Desktop window, from the menu bar, select Tuning ->
Compare Operational with Operator Reference Values.
Result: The result of the comparison is a set of differences of some parameters for
Description
Nothing is done.
Difference X- Y is kept
An advice is generated.
The user can request to display the result of the comparison using the corresponding
menu item.
A tuning session is generated by the system and the comparison results are shown in
the tuning session browser. The Tuning Session contains one parameter tuning
operation for each difference found when comparing the operational network
comparison with the Operator Reference network configuration.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
13
14
15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In tree format
Grouped by object type
By parameters.
Result: The tuning session is displayed accordingly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Object Type
Description
Relation
Object Name
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Object Type
Description
Parameter
If the old value is equal to the new value, the entire tree label is in italics.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Type
Description
Relation
Parameter
Object Name
If the old value is equal to the new value, the entire tree label is in italics.
The last used display type (grouping by parameter, or grouping by object type) is
saved as an implicit user preferences.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Operations -> Show Synthesis.
Result: The context of the tuning operation is displayed as one tab per Parameter or
Network Object. In each tab, a table displays one line per Network Object or
Parameter.
Each line displays:
Network Object or Parameter label - the label of the Network Object (as in
Topology trees) or Parameter
Min reference value - the min value as defined in Reference values configuration
Max reference value - the max value as defined in Reference values configuration
Reference value - the reference value as defined in Reference values configuration
Operational value - the operational value
Planned value - the planned value if available, N/Aif not available
Operator Reference Value - the ORV value if available, N/Aif not available
Forecast value - the chosen forecast value if it has already been chosen, empty if
not.
By Object / Parameter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-35
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To edit the displayed tuning synthesis, refer to Procedure 23-3.13: Edit tuning operation(s) (p. 23-60).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click in the properties part of the of the tuning session, and click on Edit, OR
From the tool bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Session -> Edit Properties.
Result: The Tuning Session Properties window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
For more information, refer to Procedure 23-1.3: Create tuning session (p. 23-11).
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Note: In case of SAM user login, when applying a tuning session, login/password
will be asked.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-39
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
, OR
From the menu bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Session -> Save, OR
Press Ctrl+Shift+A.
Result: The following confirmation message appears:
Are you sure you want to save Tuning Session <tuning_session_name>?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The tuning session is saved and forecast parameters / topology associated with
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click in the content of the tuning session, and select Clear, OR
From the menu bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Session -> Clear.
Result: The following confirmation message appears:
Are you sure you want to clear Tuning Session <tuning_session_name>?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: All tuning operations that are part of the tuning session are removed and the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-41
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the tuning session name tab, and select Toggle Display, OR
From the menu tool bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Operations -> Toggle Display.
Result: The content of the tuning session changes to a different classification. The
Right click on the tuning session name tab, and select Toggle Display, OR
From the menu tool bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Operations -> Toggle Synthesis
Table.
Result: The content of the synthesis table changes to a different classification. The
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Result: If the closed tuning session contains not-saved modifications (tab name
contains *), then the user is prompted and can either save the tuning session before
closing it, or confirm closure and lose pending modifications.
If the closed tuning session was a temporary tuning session, then the temporary tuning
session is deleted.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-43
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Parameter Tuning Table displays the tuning values of the cells being tuned. The
tuning values include Ref. Min, Ref. Value, Ref. Max, Operational, Planned, and
Forecast values. An arrow icon indicates which line is currently being processed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-44
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Reference value
Planned value
Historical value
The tuned parameter is set with the value of the parameter for the
current object at the selected date.
When Historical value is selected, the parameter is tuned using the
value of the tuned object at the date selected by the operator.
If the parameter tuning operation is applied on more than one
network object and one parameter, there could then be different
values for each combination (network object / parameter).
Reference object
The tuned parameter is set with the value of the parameter for the
selected reference object.
When a Reference Object is selected, the parameter is tuned using
the value of the parameter from the Reference Object. If the
parameter tuning operation is applied on more than one network
object, all these objects are tuned with the same value (the one
coming from the Reference Object).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-45
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Tuning
Value
Description
Operator Reference
Value
Delta
The window location, splitter position and window size are stored as implicit user
preferences. The parameters are displayed with OMC name or RNP name or NPO
name as per user preference.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate Parameter Tuning Value for the selected network object.
Result: If User Defined is chosen, the forecast value can be modified. In the other
cases, the forecast value is just displayed without any possibility of changing it.
To preview the value, click on Preview.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result Description
Apply to Current
Object
The selected value is set in the Forecast column only for the current
network object.
The selection cursor is updated to point to the next network object. If
the tuned network object was the last one in the table, then the next tab
(i.e. next parameter) is automatically selected, and the first network
object of that new table is also selected. If it was the last network object
and there is no other parameter to tune, then the window is closed.
The chosen value is set for all network object(s) and all parameter(s).
The next tab (i.e. next parameter) with the first network object in the
table is selected. If it was the last parameter, then the window is closed.
The window is closed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-46
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Mandatory Checks
Optional Checks
All Checks
No Checks
Click on OK.
Result: The selected checks (as described in step ) are triggered, the progress bar is
displayed.
If at least one of the checks fails, then a window opens, displaying all the errors and
all the warnings returned by the checks.
The selected checks are applied only to the concerned operations (current object +
current parameter, or all objects + current parameters, or all objects + all parameters)
and not on the whole tuning session.
The window is closed and the Tuning Session Viewer is refreshed, displaying all new
created operations.
If the labels of the objects appear in italic, it means that the new value set for tuning is
the same as the initial value.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-47
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-48
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-49
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Direction Setting panel permits to define the type of relation that is created. It
can be:
Incoming
Outgoing
Bi-directional
The Operational Relations panel displays the list of existing relation(s) of the
currently processed network object.
The Added Relations panel displays the list of new relation(s) to be created for the
currently processed network object.
The Removed Relations panel displays the list of relation(s) to be removed for the
currently processed network object.
The Preview of Changes panel displays how the result is after the changes are
applied.
The window location, size and the splitters' position are stored as implicit user
preferences.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-50
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Add Relation
Remove Relation
To remove:
There can be more than one tab if the tuned relations can link objects of
different types or has to be managed as a single relation type.
For adjacencies (for example), there must be one tab for 2G Cells and
another one for 3G Cells as user can create adjacencies between both
technologies.
A particular (optional) tab contains objects that can be linked using the
tuned relation and that can be unknown for NPO. These are called
External NPO Objects (External NPO Cell means a cell not managed by
any of the integrated OMC's). Note that, in that particular External tab,
there must be a way to create a new External NPO Object (even if, most
of the time, these external objects are imported using the Customer
Topology interface).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-51
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Create.
Result: The Parameter Tuning window opens on the new sub-object(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-52
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Parameter Tuning window closes, and the Relation Tuning window
comes on top. The new object is added in the Added Relations panel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: If relations are created (and not just removed), when the Relation Tuning
closes, the Parameter Tuning window opens on the new sub-object(s), so that the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-53
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select:
Frequency Tuning from the Functions window, from the Tuning tab.
Result: The cells and frequency tuning are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The BSIC field displays the list of current forecast BSIC of the cell, or the operational
value if the BSIC has not been changed. This list proposes the available possible
values.
It is obtained using the following formula: BSIC = BCC + 8 x NCC, where:
BCC varies from 0 to 7
NCC can take all the values indicated by the NCC_Permitted parameter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-54
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following cell types that display different frequency tuning details are available.
Cell Type
Description
Cell
Cell split
Concentric cell
There are two sets of values, Inner and Outer, each relating to one of the
zones covered by the cell
.
Concentric cell
split
There are four sets of values, each relating to the sectors and zones
covered by the cell.
The Frequency Tuning window contains one tab per traffic zone of the processed
cell. Each tab contains:
A Cell Allocation panel
This contains the list of frequencies used by the cell. Note that for multi-band cell
objects, Cell Allocation can be different in traffic zone tabs.
A Frequency Configuration panel, that can be:
TRX Configuration - when no TRX uses FHS (i.e. Hopping Group)
The values of the TRX mode are: Preference Mark, Planned, Operational, and
Forecast.
FHS Configuration - when all TRX use FHS
The values of the FHS mode are: Planned, Operational, and Forecast.
RH / NH Configuration - when some TRX use FHS and others do not.
If the selected type is TRX, the values are as for the TRX mode, but you can only
tune the BCCH frequency on the non hopping TRX.
If the selected type is FHS, the values are as for the FHS mode, but you can only
tune the frequencies on the hopping TRX.
The user can change from TRX to FHS, or from FHS to TRX (when this is
available).
When a value is not defined, for instance if there are more planned TRX than
operational TRX, a N / D value is displayed
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-55
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use one of the following methods to edit the new forecast values.
Method
Description
Manually
To set the forecast values back to the operational values, click on Restore.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-56
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: A confirmation message appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The window closes and the Tuning Session Viewer is refreshed, displaying all
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-57
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The window location and size are stored as implicit user preferences.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-58
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
Result: The window closes and the Tuning Session Viewer is refreshed, displaying all
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-59
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Operation> Edit.
Result: The same window that was used to create the selected tuning operation(s) is
displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-60
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Operation> Copy, OR
Press Ctrl+Shift+H.
Result: The data corresponding to the selected tuning operation(s) is copied into
Internal Tuning Operation format, for pasting into another tuning session
Unformatted text, for pasting into .doc or .xls formats.
Note: The data displayed in the synthesis tables can also be copied.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-61
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu bar, select Tuning -> Tuning Operation> Delete, OR
Press Ctrl+Shift+D.
Result: The following confirmation message appears:
Are you sure you want to delete <tuning_operation_name>?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The tuning operation(s) is deleted from the tuning session.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-62
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-63
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
icon from the tuning session tool bar, then select Propagate Tuning
Session, OR
From the menu tool bar, select Tuning -> Propagate -> Tuning Session.
Result: The network objects and / or parameters are selected in the appropriate trees /
modes / standards.
The selection is also made in non-active modes. So, if you switch to another mode
containing tuned network objects (for example), they are displayed as selected.
If there is an active filter on any active topology or function classification and some of
the propagated network object(s) / function(s) are not visible due to this filter, you are
informed and can choose to automatically remove the current filter (i.e. switch to No
Filter), or to propagate anyway.
If any propagated network object(s) and / or parameter(s) is not found, no error
message is displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-64
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
icon from the tuning session tool bar, then select Propagate Tuned
Parameters, OR
From the menu tool bar, select Tuning -> Propagate -> Parameters.
Result: The tuned logical / design parameters contained in the tuning session are
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-65
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
icon from the tuning session tool bar, then select Propagate Tuned
Network Objects, OR
From the menu tool bar, select Tuning -> Propagate -> Tunable Objects.
Result: The network objects are selected in the appropriate trees / modes / standards.
The selection is also made in non-active modes. So, if you switch to another mode
containing tuned network objects, they are displayed as selected.
If there is an active filter on any active topology or function classification and some of
the propagated network object(s) are not visible due to this filter, you are informed
and can choose to automatically remove the current filter (i.e. switch to No Filter), or
to propagate anyway.
If any propagated network object(s) is not found, no error message is displayed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-66
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-67
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Topology -> Set Reference Object....
Result: The Declare / Undeclare Reference Object window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-68
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The following confirmation window appears:
Are you sure to save the changes?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The network object is set as reference object and highlighted in blue color, as
shown in the following figure:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-69
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The parameter is tuned using the value of the parameter from the reference object.
If the parameter tuning operation is applied on more than one network object, all these
objects are tuned with the same value (the one coming from the reference object).
A notification is sent to all clients about the new status of the concerned network
object(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-70
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the network object and select Set Reference Object.
Result: The Declare / Undeclare Reference Object window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The following confirmation window appears:
Are you sure to save the changes?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The selected network object(s) are no longer defined as reference object(s)
and their label(s) appear in standard format.
A notification is sent to all clients about the new status of the concerned network
object(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-71
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-72
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Topology -> Set Tunable Object....
Result: The Allow / Inhibit Tuning window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If necessary, edit the reason for the operation in the Reason panel.
If several network object(s) are selected, the same comment can be applied to all selected
objects, or you can enter a different message for each of them.
By default, the same message is applied to all selected network objects.
Result: The reason for the operation is edited.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-73
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The selected network object(s) are no longer accepted for tuning, and their
label(s) appear in italic format, as shown in the following figure:
A notification is sent to all clients about the new status of the concerned network
object(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-74
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on the network object and select Set Tunable Object.
Result: The Allow / Inhibit Tuning window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If several network objects are selected, the window displays the comment associated
with the first selected network object.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The following confirmation window appears:
Are you sure to save the changes?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The network object(s) is now defined as tunable and its label appears in
standard format.
A notification is sent to all clients about the new status of the concerned network
object(s).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
23-75
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Tuning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
23-76
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
24
Cartography
24
Overview
Purpose
This section describes the management of network objects and layers in a geographical
representation.
Contents
Presentation
24-2
Open cartography
24-16
24-17
24-45
24-56
Minimap
24-56
24-57
24-65
24-86
24-92
24-93
24-95
24-97
24-100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Presentation
Overview
The following table gives the definitions of the main cartography terms.
Term
Definition
Raster
Vector
.jpg
.jpeg
.tif
.tiff
.png
A file that contains objects and shapes using mathematical coordinate systems
and formulas.
The accepted formats for vector files are:
.mif
.mid
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Term
Definition
Background
Maps
Used to display a set of raster and vector maps in the background, while all the
other layers are put in front of this one by default. This is mainly the place where
satellite / aerial maps, roads, rivers, elevation maps are displayed.
The NPO imports all the available background maps for:
Rasters, in .jpg, .jpeg, .tif, .tiff, .PNG formats and in the longitude / latitude
geographical WGS84 co-ordinate system using .txt georeference files (two
georeference points required).
You can import the files directly from the Analysis Desktop or via web
administration tools.
For more information, refer to the NPO Administration User Guide
document, to Import raster file using GUI.
Computed Voronoi.
CCA layers show Voronoi cells, the best server files coming from RNP, or any
kind of polygon linked with a topology object reference.
CCA objects cannot be moved or zoomed.
The user can define which CCA is associated with the cell, by configuring the
cartography configuration file. If only one CCA is available, the Cartography
module makes this choice automatically. When at least two CCA are available,
you must define which CCA is used for this association. All CCA can be
displayed simultaneously.
DT
(Drive Test)
It is a data file containing layers of the drive test files. A Drive Text file is a .mif
or .mid file.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Term
Definition
Network
Objects
The network objects from the topology classification (cell, BTS, NodeB,
eNodeB) that are dropped into the cartography viewport.
This layer is further sub-layered based on the object type (e.g. Cell3G, RNC):
All the Cell3G objects are grouped into the Cell3G sub-layer
Icon
Main
Object
Type
The network object type that is the focus of a technology. Example: CELL3G for
W-CDMA, CELL2G for GSM, CELLLTE for LTE.
Voronoi
Voronoi maps are computed polygons per object, that represent a zone where a
function is maximized for the object.
A Voronoi map displays the Voronoi contours of an area covered by a cell. Each
of these areas is called a Best Server. To use a Voronoi map for Adjacency
Analysis, you must load it before you carry out the analysis.
The algorithm used for Voronoi computing is the distance, and this function is
tuned by the network object parameters.
Best Server
The Best Server is a computed raster or vector file coming from RNP software.
The Best Server computes polygons for cells showing the geographic zone that is
the best telecom service. Several polygons can be set for a network object. The
Best server file comes in a MAP info of mif / mid format describing the polygon
list, the rendering attributes, and additional information on each polygon
(Network object reference).
Thematic
Layer
Cartography browser
The Cartography browser appears as a tab in the Report browser. There can be multiple
report tabs and multiple tuning tabs, but there is only one tab for cartography.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Cartography
Cartography
Viewport
Minimap
The minimap defines the overview of the actual viewport. At any point in time, the
entire map is visible in the mini map with a small rectangle.
Layer
Manager
The layer manager contains a list of layers and sub-layers that are arranged in the
hierarchical tree structure. A layer is a graphical component containing the
description of the graphical content and not the graphical content itself.
This area displays background maps, CCA polygons, network objects, and thematic
objects. This area can be zoomed and panned.
The layers can be moved up and down in the hierarchy, depending on the type of the
layers. The sub-layer within the main layer can be moved up and down, except for
the relation type and thematic layers.
The root nodes and the leaf nodes, as well as their corresponding icons are defined in
the configuration file.
Information Bar
The information bar shows the latitude and longitude of the cursor position in the
map. It also contains a scale displaying the information regarding the distance of the
line when the user is in compute distance mode. The number displayed in the scale
changes dynamically when the viewport is zoomed or unzoomed.
The distance unit for the distance and scale is taken from the user preference, for
more information refer to Cartography user preferences (p. 26-10):
When the value is between 0 and 5000 meters, the unit is meters
When the value is more than 5000 meters, the unit is kilometers
When the value is between 0 and 5000 feet, the unit is feet
When the value is more than 5000 feet, the unit is changed to miles.
The user can choose to hide both the layer manager and the minimap; in this case most of
the screen space is filled with the cartography viewport. The Density Level is recalculated
and the objects are adjusted according to the new density factor.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: For W-CDMA, only 3G cells are available (RNC and NodeB are planned but
not yet implemented).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A site is a logical object, where one or more network objects are located. All the objects
that have the same geographical position (latitude / longitude) are usually grouped
together as a site.
The site is usually represented as a filled circle. It has the same latitude / longitude as that
of the objects it contains.
The site name is a parameter:
When no names are available, the site name is the latitude / longitude information.
A sector is a line joining the site to the network objects. A line appears using the
cartography configuration file attributes (thickness, color, leh). The sector usually gives
the information about the azimuth of the cell.
The Azimuth is the angle of the antenna of the cells in the network. Its value is taken
from the OMC-R or RNP.
The following figure presents the site elements as displayed in the viewport.
Cells are considered to be the main object types in the viewport. They are always
displayed as hexagons. To differentiate cells of different standards, a small hexagon
containing the technology letter (G for GSM, U for W-CDMA, W for WiMAX) appears
on the lower right corner of the hexagon, as shown in the figure below.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can use the user preferences to show the standards or not:
The figure below shows the layout of a cell along with its rendering attributes:
Two parameters:
cellClass - background
cellType - sub-icon.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Size of the sector line: the azimuth line has a fixed graphical size, but when it is zoomed,
so when the Density Level is increased, the line is also thickened. This shows expanded
views of collapsed cells.
You can display any kind of network objects in the Cartography, given a couple of
latitude and longitude coordinates.
The NPO can display network objects coming from OMC or from RNP.
Density level
The viewport can contain thousands of objects, making the rendering of all objects along
with all their properties practically impossible. The density level is the level of details to
which the network objects are displayed in the viewport, and thus allows the user to refine
displays in the viewport.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The table below explains the density level depending on the number of objects in the
viewport.
Density
Level
Number of
Network
Objects in
Viewport
Rendering
Main Object
Type
Site
Other
Nodes
Children
Other Nodes
Parents
>2000
None
None
None
Point
[501;2000]
None
Point
None
Icon
[101-500]
None
Point
None
Icon
None
Icon
Icon size
(1/2)
Icon
Icon size
(1)
Icon
Icon size
(1)
Icon
Azimuth
4
[51-100]
[26-50]
[11-25]
[1-10]
Collapsed Icons
size (1/2)
Point
Collapsed Icons
size (1)
Point
Expanded Icons
size (1) sub-Icon
labels
Point
Full Expanded
Icons size (1)
sub-Icon labels
Point
Azimuths
Azimuths
Azimuths
Azimuths
Size (1)
Size (1)
Size (1)
Notes:
1.
2.
To set the density level of the network objects, choose the appropriate value from the
Density Level dropdown list in the Cartography tool bar:
To lock it to the chosen value, select the Density Lock checkbox.
Graphic modes
Depending on the of the viewport, two modes of graphic display are automatically
selected for the main object type: collapsed and full-expanded mode.
Collapsed mode
Since the viewport may contain thousands of objects, some of which are of similar type or
located in the same site and can be grouped together. In this case, they are also called
co-localized cells or collapsed cells.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Three cells of different standards (GSM, W-CDMA, WiMAX) can be co-localized. The
maximum number of cells co-localization for a given azimuth (or a sector) is:
The double hexagon indicates that there are multiple cells situated at the same
location (co-localized)
U-3 means that there are three W-CDMA cells grouped together
G-2 means that there are two GSM cells grouped together
W-1 means that there is one WiMAX cell in the collapsed cell.
Full-expanded mode
The full expanded co-localized cells are rendered on the border of the circle representing
the sector, by technology, with a larger space between co-localized objects. This allows
rendering of adjacencies between co-localized objects.
The sub-icon and background pattern drawing rule is defined in the configuration file.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Voronoi cells computing is triggered every night, automatically creating CCAs.
For each target Voronoi layer, a Voronoi polygon is computed and stored in the database
as a couple (MuseId, polygon data and rendering). Voronoi computation is based on cell
localization.
The process is as follows:
1. The list of cells is retrieved using the filter defined in the Voronoi layer.
2. The barycenter of all the cells is calculated. A UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator)
projection centered on this point is then created.
3. If several cells are co-located, the same polygon is assigned.
A list of sites is then built. A site is identified by a number (from 0 to the number of
cells) and a position.
4. Voronoi diagram computation is performed.
The goal of the Voronoi algorithm is to divide the plane in polygons (there is one
polygon per cell) so that each point inside a polygon is closer to the attached cell than
to any other cell.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5. A post processing is made in order to find all the segments of a cell and to order them
so that the last point of a segment is equal to the first point of the next segment.
The polygon sizes are then adjusted to telecom constraints (umbrella, micro, macro
cells,...).
6. The Best Server contour is created.
The polygons are adjusted to represent more accurately a best server contour. To do
that the edges of the polygons are moved to the nearest circle defining the maximum
distance for a cell.
7. Cell coverage limitation takes place.
The cell coverage is limited to a maximum distance. In the cartography configuration
file, in each Voronoi layer definition, the radius of the circle is associated with the
values of a single criterion.
To check the Voronoi maps computation, view the traces in the following file:
/alcatel/muse/data/trace/MUSE_VORONOI_JOB_MUSE_0.traces
To view the Voronoi maps inside the Cartography viewport, refer to Procedure 24-1.2:
Show / hide layer (p. 24-23).
Common cartography usage
Task
Administrator Tasks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operator
Task
Operator Tasks
The following figure shows an example of the Cartography window displaying a selected
cell and a selected adjacency.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Open cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Open cartography
Open the cartography browser:
Click on
A set of predefined layers appears in the cartographic viewer corresponding to the current
working zone if no layers were loaded in the previous session of this working zone.
The last saved layer display configuration is retrieved from the user preferences if the
working zone has not changed. Layers are downloaded and displayed.
To enlarge the cartography window to window size, double click on its title tab, or click
on the array from the splitter.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-1.6: Add layer in DT, CCA and background layer (p. 24-30).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-1.9: Correlate drive test results with NPO data (p. 24-33).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Load Layer..., OR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check Background
For the Type field, select Raster.
Result: The type of the background layer to import is set to Raster.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Only one raster file and one georeference data file is allowed to import.
Both the raster file and georeference data file are mandatory.
The supported formats for raster file are: .PNG, .TIFF and .JPEG, and for the
georeference file are .rast and .txt.
If you type the name of a layer that already exists in the database, a confirmation window
appears. Click on Yes to update the layer from the database with the new layer.
Result: The raster and the georeference files to load are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Load.
Result: The background layer is loaded.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Load Layer..., OR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check Background
For the Type field, select Vector.
Result: The type of the background layer to import is set to Vector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you type the name of a layer that already exists in the database, a confirmation window
appears. Click on Yes to update the layer from the database with the new layer.
Result: The files to load are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Load.
Result: The background layer is loaded.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Load Layer..., OR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check CCA
From the Technology combo box, select the technology.
Result: The technology of the CCA layer to import is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Load.
Result: The CCA layer is loaded.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Import DT layer
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Load Layer..., OR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check DT
From the Technology combo box, select the technology.
Result: The technology of the DT layer to import is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Load.
Result: The DT layer is loaded.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
A layer represents a set of sub-layers, which are grouped in categories. Basically, layers
and sub-layers offer the same features. A sub-layer can be a raster or a group of vector
objects.
The layers and sub-layers are displayed in the layer manager. The user has no direct
access to this operation, as this is part of the Cartography module startup.
For example, if the user starts the Cartography module for the first time, since the user
does not have any last user layers in the working zone, the default layers associated with
the working zone are loaded. If the user adds or removes the layer from the layer manager
and closes the Cartography module, when they reopen the cartography module, the layers
that were last saved in the user preferences are fetched and loaded. However, when
restarting the Analysis Desktop, if the user changes the working zone, the last saved
layers in the user preferences are ignored and the layers associated with the new working
zone are loaded.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For the defined layers, the layer manager tree disposes of a V checkbox, representing the
visibility option.
To
Do
Refer to Filter network objects in a layer (p. 24-62) for a table with all the objects in
the Cartography Layers and the availability of their visibility checkboxes.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Show Legend..., OR
Description
Background Layer
CCA Layer
Thematic Layer
Relations Layer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Example: The following figures show the background and network object layer
legend dialog.
Figure 24-6 Background layer legend dialog
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Modify Layer Properties..., OR
From the menu bar, select Cartography -> Modify Layer Properties....
Result: The Display Properties window appears.
If multiple layers of same layer type are selected, the Display Properties window
opens for the most top selected layer.
Figure 24-8 Display background layer properties
If all layers have the same value, then all their labels are displayed in black.
If the layers have different values for an attribute, then the label for that attribute
appears in blue, to indicate that the values are not same for all the selected layers.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Contrast
0.5
Brightness
0.6
Transparency
Note: The Contrast and Brightness can only be applied to raster files. For all other
types of layers, these fields are greyed.
Result: The parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: All the modifications done for the layer are saved as the implicit user
preference.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To modify the order of a layer in the same group, select the required layer.
Result: The layer is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the
Note: The order of sub-layers belonging to the thematic layers cannot be changed.
Result: All the modifications done for the layer are saved as the implicit user
preference.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Add Layer..., OR
imported DT and CCA files (including computed Voronoi) and background maps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate imported layer, choose the background, the DT or the CCA type,
then click on OK.
Result: The layer is downloaded into the cartography and is added in the layer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop the appropriate network objects from the Modes and Functions tree into
the layer manager.
Result: A new layer is created for each newly dropped object type. For example,
when dropping Cell3G objects, if the Cell3G sub-layer is not present in the network
object layer, then a new sub-layer is created for Cell3G and the objects are added in
the Cell3G layer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop the appropriate adjacencies from the Modes and Functions tree into the
layer manager.
Result: The adjacencies and their corresponding network objects are added to the
viewport.
To view the adjacencies in the viewport, right click on a network object and choose to
Procedure 24-9.2: Display adjacencies (p. 24-109), or choose to Procedure 24-9.5:
Run Adjacency Analysis Wizard to Create / Delete Adjacencies (p. 24-114).
The network objects are not visible in the layer manager, but the cell objects are
rendered in the viewport.
Whenever a new sub-layer is added in the network object layer, the parameters (only
those that have enumerations) for the object type is fetched and displayed as the
children of the sub-layer node in the tree.
For each parameter, all the enumeration values are added in the tree as sub-node of
the parameters. All these have checkboxes in the tree table, so you can shown / hide
them in the viewport. Refer to Filter network objects in a layer (p. 24-62).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network objects and a thematic template in the Layer Manager.
Result: The appropriate network objects and a thematic template in the Layer
Drag and drop the appropriate network objects and a thematic template in the Layer
Manager.
Result: If a layer is not already there for the thematic template, a new layer is created
in the layer manager and network objects are sorted in the thematic layer based on the
criterion defined in the THL template.
Figure 24-10 Example Add Layer in Layer Manager window
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Drive Test vector map appears in the cartography viewport, with thematic showing
QoS values on the cells / adjacencies.
Select the corresponding cell of the measure in the drive test points.
Result: The required cell is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use thin lines to associate the points of the drive test with the corresponding cells.
Result: The points of the drive test are associated with the corresponding cells.
The figure below shows all the handover of the test drive. The line color can be
modified in the configuration file.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Remove Layer..., OR
If you select a node in the tree that cannot be removed, then the menu items are disabled.
You must take into account the following information:
In the thematic layer, you can select only the thematic template node to remove the
layer. You cannot remove the main thematic layer node, criteria or the steps in the
criterion.
In network object layer, you can only select sub-layers such as Cell3G and RNC for
removal from the layer manager.
You cannot remove the main network object layer and the main relations layer, under
the Network Object layer node.
You can only select the immediate sub-layer of the Relations layer (for example,
Adjacencies) for that layer.
In the CCA layer, you can only select the leaf nodes for removal. You cannot remove
the main CCA layer node.
In the background layer, you can only select the leaf nodes for removal. You cannot
remove the main background layer node.
In the DT layer, you can only select the sub-layer of DT layer for removal. You cannot
remove the main DT layer node.
Result: The following confirmation window appears.
Are you sure you want to remove the following layer(s)? <list of
layer(s) >
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Yes.
Result: The selected layer(s) is removed from the layer manager tree and the memory
is freed. The layer is also removed from the Cartography viewport.
The layer is not removed though from the database. The new layer list is stored in the
implicit user preferences so that when Cartography module is restarted only the new
list is reloaded.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-35
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the layer manager, select the main layer node (Background, CCA or DT) and:
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Delete Layer..., OR
Select the layer / layers you want to delete and click on OK.
If you want to delete layers of a different type than the ones displayed in the list, change
the type from the Layer Type combo box.
Result: The Delete Layer(s) window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Export Description
Raster layer
This layer can be exported only as PNG format. This layer can be
exported as full layer and viewport.
The export can be done as a viewport only in the case when all the layers
in layer manager are selected.
Vector layer
DT layer
Network object
layer
This layer can be exported as PNG and KMZ formats using Viewport and
All Network Objects and Thematic export.
When it is exported in:
PNG format, all the layers that are seen in the current viewport are
also exported
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Layer Type
Export Description
Thematic layer
This layer can be exported as PNG and KMZ formats using Viewport and
All Network Objects and Thematic export.
When it is exported in:
PNG format, all the layers that are seen in the current viewport are
also exported
Export possibilities:
Layer type
Viewport Export
PNG
KMZ
mid /
mif
PNG
(1.)
KMZ
mid /
mif
PNG
KMZ
mid /
mif
Raster
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Vector
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Network
Objects
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Executed THL
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Notes:
1.
Since a PNG export is an image grab of the cartography viewport, when one layer is
captured as PNG, all other layers that are visible in the viewport are also captured, therefore,
a PNG viewport export on one layer cannot be done. It is always on multiple layers.
Result: The Save window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Save window, choose the location where to save the exported file, then click on
Save.
Result: The following message appears.
Export is Successful. Do you want to open the exported file?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
http://earth.google.com
http://earth.google.com/downloads.html
http://earth.google.com/kml/kml_tut.html
http://earth.google.co/kmml/kml_tags_21.html
Procedure 24-1.12: Export displayed layers / viewport (p. 24-37) in .KMZ format.
Result: The displayed layers or viewport are exported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A line appears using the cartography configuration file attributes (thickness, color,
leh).
The leh is static, configurable only in the cartography configuration file. A
multiplier factor is used with the configuration file sector leh.
The main object type of the technology is exported as rasters (one raster per
sector).
The azimuth is used as name of the cell group.
The raster is generated per sector and put in the images repository of the export.
Depending on the level of detail defined in the .KMZ file, two levels of details are
rasterized:
The expanded mode
The collapsed mode.
The cell background is also exported.
Only the visible objects are exported; filtered objects are ignored.
Transparency / contrast / brightness is ignored for Network Objects.
Special thematic rendering modes (mobile, standard deviation and Voronoi) are not
exported.
Adjacencies are not exported.
If all the objects in the cell group are not visible (because the filtering checkboxes or
main layer visibility feature are on), their corresponding site, sector and thematics are
not exported.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 24-11 Example of site exported in Google Earth at level of detail expanded
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-41
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 24-12 Example of Site Exported in Google Earth at level of detail collapsed
Figure 24-13 Example of site exported in Google Earth at level of detail where
cells are not shown
The left panel, Places, presents the exported KMZ file, with associated azimuths.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-43
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the appropriate azimuth hyperlink from the Places left panel, OR
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-44
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-2.4: Compute distance between points / network objects (p. 24-54).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Tool bar
The following tool bar icons are available for the cartography operations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-45
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Single selection
Select an object
Click on
Circular selection
Use the circular selection mode
Click on
Note: The objects in the viewport are selected only if their selection field in the layer
manager is enabled; refer to Filter network objects in a layer (p. 24-62).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-46
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When there is a high density of objects, some of the objects are not displayed, or they are
shown as points, in which case no selection is shown.
The selection color of the network objects can be configured in the user preferences.
Refer to Chapter 26, User preferences.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-47
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To pan:
Click on
In the minimap, click and hold the left mouse button, then drag to the required direction.
Result: Both the minimap and viewport are moved.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-48
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
Zoom in
You can:
Click on
Press the Ctrl key and move the wheel of the mouse
down.
, OR
You can:
Click on
Press the Ctrl key and move the wheel of the mouse up.
, OR
Click on the
icon, and then hold the left mouse button
and drag it to create a rectangle.
This defines the amount of viewport pixels in both axis of
the displacement.
The viewport is zoomed in only for the drawn area. You can
then move
or enlarge / decrease
the rectangular
zone.
The following figure shows successive zoom actions. The first two views show fixed
sized sectors and icons. The last zoom displays the cells grouped in a sector.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-49
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-50
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-51
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 24-18 Example of site exported in Google Earth at level of detail collapsed
Figure 24-19 Example of site exported in Google Earth at level of detail where
cells are not shown
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-52
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-53
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one point in the viewport. A line is drawn interactively following the mouse
from the first point.
Select a second point up to the distance to be calculated.
Result: The distance is shown on the line that unites the two points.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-54
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-55
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
or
icon from the Cartography tool bar, OR
From the menu bar, select Cartography -> Navigate Backward / Forward....
Result: The viewport properties: position / zoom / layer configuration are saved into
If the mouse stops over a graphical object that is associated with a muse object (e.g.
network object, executed thematic layer), a tool tip popup opens in the cartographic
viewer (rectangular area) showing the related information.
Minimap
The Minimap displays in a limited graphical zone the whole displayed area, with a
rectangular area representing the current viewport zone. The background content is a
global view of the background layer currently drawn.
The minimap window displays the main viewport area of the main rendering window
using a white rectangular zone which is not filled.
The size of the minimap window depends on the size of the Analysis Desktop but is set as
a percentage of the current cartographic viewport.
The minimap shows the background layers in the world coordinates and the zoom level of
the minimap is always set to display all visible background layers within the minimap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-56
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
Minimap
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Whenever the operator changes the viewport co-ordinates or the zoom on the viewport, it
is reflected in the mini map.
Show / hide minimap
Click on the
Select a point in the minimap window by clicking on it. The rendering viewport is
updated (panned) so that the new center of the viewport is the selected point in the
minimap.
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-57
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
To add network objects in the viewport, select them from the topology tree and drop them
in the rendering viewport or layer manager.
Only the network objects whose co-ordinates can be computed (except adjacencies) are
added in the viewport and are highlighted.
Only the cells with defined geographical coordinates can be displayed. If the dragged
BTS or BSC have no coordinates, their coordinates can be calculated depending on the
coordinates of the cells declared to them.
The network objects themselves are not displayed in the network object layer. Only the
parameters of the object with all its enumerations are displayed in the layer manager.
Network objects are sorted by Object Type and a layer is created per Object Type.
For each network object, the corresponding site is computed as follows:
The distance of the network object with the existing sites is computed; if the distance
is zero, the network object is added in the site
If the network object has not found an existing site, the distance between all others
network objects is computed
When two objects are in the same location (distance is zero), a site is created and the
objects are added in this site. The coordinates of the site are computed from the first
object put in the site
All new sites are added in the site layer (not displayed in the layer manager).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-58
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The source object density level rendering mode and target density level graphic object
are determined
If there is already a packed link between the source and target graphic object, the
adjacency is added in the list and the number of links is updated on the packed link
If there is already a single link in the same direction between the source and target
graphic object, the current single link is destroyed and a packed link is created with
the two adjacencies in it.
For the network objects that do not have coordinates or which cannot be calculated, an
error dialog appears, displaying the non-computed object IDs.
Adjacencies do not have any co-ordinates, but they have the source and target objects,
therefore they can still be displayed in the viewport.
If the filtering is applied in the layer manager for the dragged and dropped network
objects, they are not shown in the viewport.
Depending on the user preferences, whenever new objects are added to the viewport, their
operational value or planned value are displayed first
Their density level is also updated based on the current density level selection.
Remove network objects from viewport
Select one or several network objects in the viewport, right click and select Remove.
The selected objects are removed from the viewport and from the THL Layer (if any) in
the layer manager.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-59
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If there are no more network objects in the site, the site is removed from the rendering
viewport
If there are no more network objects in the layer manager, the layer is removed from
the layer manager
If there are no more network objects on an Azimuth line, the Azimuth line is removed
If the removed network object was co-localized, the co-localized group is updated and
the viewport is refreshed. If the collapsed group has only one object in it, the
collapsed object is replaced by the expanded object.
Incoming relations and outgoing relations of the removed network objects are also
removed from the adjacency layer and from the rendering viewport.
For adjacencies: if there are no more adjacencies in a packed link, the packed link is
destroyed.
When a network object is removed from the viewport, the corresponding THL objects
will also be removed from the viewport.
When the objects are removed from the viewport, density level is recomputed and the
objects are rendered according to new density level.
Propagate network object selection from cartographic viewer into mode
From the menu bar, select Cartography -> Propagate to M&F -> All / Selection.
All of the selected network objects are propagated to the topology tree browser. The tree
is auto-scrolled so that the first selected object is visible.
Propagate executed view to highlight network objects in cartography
Note: Only views that contain indicators, rules and parameters can be propagated
from viewers to cartography.
Perform the following tasks:
1. Select the objects in the executed view.
2. Right click and select Propagate -> Propagate Highlighted Network Objects to
Cartography.
The network objects and the most severe color are propagated to the cartography
viewport.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-60
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select
All Adjacencies
Highlight CCA
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-61
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To convert one (or several) highlighted object(s) into selected one(s), right click on them
and select one of the following options.
To
Do
For the network objects, the layer manager tree contains two checkboxes.
Checkbox
Description
Select
Visible
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-62
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following figure shows a example screen with the corresponding checkboxes.
If all sub-values of the same leaf node are selected, the leaf node remains selected
If all sub-values of the same leaf node are unselected, the leaf node is also unselected
If only some of the sub-values of the same leaf node are selected, the leaf node
remains selected.
Description
OR
AND
The network objects are displayed in the viewport only if they satisfy the filtering criteria
in the layer manager. The selection and visibility filter is applied to all the objects that are
added to the viewport.
The select and visible checkboxes are not available for some of the tree nodes. In this
case, the component is not present in the layer manager. Refer to the following table.
Object in the Tree
Select Checkbox
Available
Visible Checkbox
Available
No
Yes
No
Yes
Criterion node
No
No
Steps node
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-63
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select Checkbox
Available
Visible Checkbox
Available
Yes
Yes
No
No
Enumerations of parameters
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-64
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The thematic layer is the equivalent of an executed view in cartography. It allows you to
graphically display the values of logical / design parameters, QoS indicators, diagnosis,
rules, geographic (for example, distance from the POI) and customer data (free fields).
This visual analysis can help you determine the best configuration and optimization
characteristics to apply to the group. The NPO offers a default Thematic Layer when
installed, but you can create, modify and delete your own thematic layers using the
Thematic Layer Manager.
Thematic layers are available only when you are working with one of the types of
network objects listed below:
Thematics are computed using thematic layers template and a set of network objects for a
consolidated period. It contains sorted objects given criteria with a specific rendering.
Example: a selection of cells whose color depends on the call drop.
The criteria of the THL is configurable in the cartography configuration file.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-65
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select a THL template from the function tree, right click and select Display THL
Properties.
Result: The THL Properties page opens in an html browser.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
You can display and edit the following properties pages; refer to Procedure 3-2: Display
and edit properties (p. 3-7) for more information:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-66
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop them to another target function of the same mode.
A THL can be propagated to:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-67
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
Press Ctrl+K.
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-68
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following rules apply when editing the graphical properties of the steps and of the
criterion property.
Criterion Case
Rules
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-69
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Criterion Case
Rules
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
Press Ctrl+K.
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-70
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Available indicators sorted by structure type and then by family (you can select
both visible and invisible)
Available design / logical parameters sorted by family / sub-family
Available rules.
Description
Default Value
Name
THLTemplate_
<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
THL template, and n
is an incremented
number to find a
unique name ( n can
be 1, 2, 3...).
Owner
Created
Modified
Access
Rights
Title
Visible
Checked.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-71
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
Type
Standard.
Description
Template
For
Cell3G
The supported object types are all the supported object types
in Analysis Desktop.
The THL template is created for the object type. For
example, the THL template created for Cell3G cannot be
executed on the objects other than Cell3G.
Availability
Domain
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-72
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Special
rendering
mode
Default Value
Shapes
Mobile and Standard deviation are available in the
graphical properties, if this mode is selected:
Mobile rendering mode is used so that a mobile
symbol appears in the executed THL. The position
of the mobile symbol is calculated using the
selected positioning algorithm.
Standard deviation rendering mode is used so that a
rectangular box appears in the executed THL. The
position of the box is calculated using the selected
positioning algorithm.
Show line.
This option is enabled only when the Mobile or
Standard deviation rendering mode is selected. This
option specifies whether to draw a line from the network
object to the mobile icon or the rectangular box.
You can define a minimum of one criterion and a maximum of two criteria. To add a new
criterion to the thematic template, click on Add Criterion.
When there are two criteria in the THL template, then the Add Criterion button is
disabled.
Whenever a user adds or removes a criterion, all the graphical properties of the criterion
level and the step level properties are reset.
The criterion can be a function selected from the available functions of the:
Object Type
Parent of the Object Type. In this case the parent Object Type is chosen from the
available parents Object Type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-73
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Name
Criterion_
<number>
Function ID
Use Planned
Applied To
SELF
SELF
PARENT
CHILD
SOURCE
TARGET.
AVG
Evaluate
Density
MIN
MAX
AVG
False
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-74
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
The fields in the dialog box are arranged in the form of a tree structure. The child nodes
are enabled only when the parent field is checked. See the table below.
Panel
Name
Parameter
Name
Description
Label
Default Value
False
Black
Font Size
10
Font Style
Plain
Font
Transparency
0.5
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-75
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Panel
Name
Parameter
Name
Description
Graphics
Default Value
False
Square
Layer
Name
Square
Circle
Rectangle
Triangle
Oval
Voronoi
Mobile
Standard deviation.
NA
Black
Shape
Pattern
UP_
DIAGONAL
Shape Line
Color
Black
Shape Line
Style
DASH
Shape Line
Thickness
1 pt.
Shape
Transparency
0.5
Shape Scale
None
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Panel
Name
Parameter
Name
Description
Scale
The scaling
of the icon
when
displaying
in the
viewport.
The values
are from 0.1
to 10.
Default Value
If Special rendering mode is selected, then in the graphical properties two more shapes
are displayed:
Mobile
Standard deviation.
You must select the positioning algorithm and check / uncheck the Show Link checkbox.
Whenever special rendering mode is checked or unchecked, all the criterion of the
graphical properties and step level properties are reset.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-77
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the template contains only one criterion, the first image on the preview represents
the consolidated graphical property of the first criterion and the first step of the first
criterion. The second image represents the consolidated graphical property of the first
criterion and the last step of the first criterion.
If the template contains two criteria, the first image on the preview represents the
consolidated graphical property of the first criterion, first step of the first criterion,
second criterion and the first step of the second criterion. The second image represents
the consolidated graphical property of the first criterion, the last step of the first
criterion, second criterion and the last step of the second criterion.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-78
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you select Static bound determination, you must also enter the values for minimum
and maximum interval distribution
If you select Dynamic bound determination, then minimum and maximum values are
disabled. In this case, the values are dynamically calculated at execution time.
Result: The Boundary parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the Interval Distribution to create automatic step values and colors:
If the selected function ID is a parameter and if the parameter has enumerations, then the
steps are automatically adjusted to have same number as the number of enumerations in
the parameter. In this case, you are not allowed to enter Interval Distribution, or the
number of steps, or the boundary parameters.
Example:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-79
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you enter the number of steps as four and the type of distribution as Linear, and then
click on Auto Background, a total of four steps are added in the distribution steps. If you
enter minimum and maximum values, those values are distributed for each step based on
the selected type of distribution (linear in this case). Auto Background is disabled if you
selected the background in criterion graphical properties.
Result: The Interval Distribution parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Click on
Result: When all verified data is correct, a confirmation message asks whether the
11
Click on OK.
Result: The THL template is created in the MUSE database and the Thematic Layer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-80
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Thematic Template Editor window, select the THL to copy, then click on
Result: The new THL template is created and the function tree is refreshed.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-81
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Thematic Template Editor window, select the THL to update, then click on
, OR
In the function tree, select the THL template to update, right click and select THL....
Result: If the operator is the owner or the administrator of the THL, the Thematic
Template Editor window opens and the current attribute values of the selected THL
are displayed.
If the owner of the THL is not the one viewing it, the
button is grayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK in the confirmation window, then click on Close to close the Thematic
Template Editor window.
Result: The THL template is edited.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-82
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Thematic Template Editor window, select the THL to delete, then click on
, OR
In the function tree, select the THL template to delete, right click and select Delete.
Result: The following question appears:
Are you sure you want to delete the THL template <THL_name> ?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-83
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select one or more THL templates from the THL template tree of the THL Template
editor.
Result: The THL template(s) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If only system THL templates are selected in the THL template tree of THL
Template editor, the Export button is disabled.
Result: If the current selection of THL templates contains some system THL
templates, a warning dialog is displayed listing all the selected system THL templates
and explains that they will not be exported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the location to save the THL(s) and give the appropriate File Name.
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is done successfully.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The selected templates are exported in an xml THL dictionary containing only
the selection. The file is exported in the location defined in the previous step.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The exported file can be re-imported on another system at the same plug installation level
(same system dictionaries) using NPO Import/Export Management web pages. Refer to
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import THL template dictionary using
GUI procedure.
If some of the exported THL templates are referencing customer objects, a warning dialog
is displayed indicating that the exported THL templates may not be imported on another
system if the embedded customer objects are not also exported and imported on the other
system before the import of these THL templates.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-84
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The warning dialog also lists all the concerned customer objects and a Propagate button
is available to allow propagating them into the corresponding functions trees. Then, from
the corresponding function tree, the user can open the corresponding editor (by a right
click) and export these customer functions.
Refer to:
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Export QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import parameter rules using GUI
Note: When a multi selection is done in a function tree of the Analysis Desktop and
the corresponding editor is opened from that tree (by a right click), the complete
selection is propagated in the editor (not only the first object).
Only the first object of the selection remains detailed in the edition part of the editor
window (as when doing a multi-selection directly in the left tree of an object editor).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-85
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 24-4.2: Edit executed THL template by dialog box (p. 24-89).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-86
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network object(s) from the topology tree and one THL template
from the function tree, then drag and drop them into the cartography viewport.
Result: The Execution Context window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
are proposed for the criteria. The date for each criterion can be different.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
The executed thematic layer appears as a new thematic layer in the cartographic
viewer, containing:
The THL template reference ID
Extensions:
If the object type node for the network object does not exist in the layer manager,
the object type node is created and added as a sub-layer in the network object
layer in the layer manager. The parameters that have enumerations are fetched
from the server and added as a node in the Table Tree.
If any of the network objects does not satisfy the filtering criterion, then that
object is not shown in the viewport, and no thematic object appears in the
viewport for that network object.
The thematic object is rendered on top of all the network objects that satisfy the
step definition. If the user selected a Mobile deviation or Standard deviation, then
those objects are rendered on top of network objects.
The THL template is added as a sub-node under THL layer in the layer manager.
This new sub-node is added on top of all executed layer nodes. The structure of
the layer in the layer manager is described in the Structure section of the executed
THL layer in the layer manager.
When density is selected in the THL template and if you select only one network
object, the execution is not allowed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-87
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-88
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on a THL layer in the layer manager and select Executed THL....
Result: The Executed THL Properties window opens.
Figure 24-21 Example executed THL properties window
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
data.
Edit the appropriate properties of the THL template. Some of the fields are not
available for editing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-89
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
Result: The changes are saved and the THL editor closes.
Note: This operation will not impact the THL template modification. To edit the
THL template, refer to Procedure 24-3.6: Edit THL template (p. 24-82).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Click on Execute.
All thematic objects of the previous template
are updated with the new properties of the
template.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-90
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate network objects and one specific THL template, then and drag and
drop them into the cartography viewer.
Result: The Specific Execution Context window appears.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-91
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the appropriate adjacencies and the newly created THL, then drag and drop them in
the cartography viewport, to execute the THL.
Refer to Procedure 24-4.1: Execute THL template (p. 24-87).
Result: The thematics are displayed for the dropped adjacencies.
The executed THL adjacencies are shown under the THL layer and all the NO
Adjacencies dropped along with THL template are displayed under the Relations layer
of the NO layer grouped by the type of the adjacency.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-92
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to the legend in the following table, Ncell appears with the highest color code
(red > orange > yellow > green).
Color
Definition
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Select a network object in the viewport, then right click and select Highlight ->
Frequency Reusing Objects.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-93
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Type the appropriate radius of the circle that forms the geographic area under to have the
frequency re-use.
Figure 24-22 Example input for radius window
Click on OK.
Result: The request is sent to the server to get the frequency re-used objects. The
viewport is then updated and the network object is highlighted in the appropriate color
code.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-94
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select a THL.
Result: The THL is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Show Legend..., OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-95
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The thematic symbol represents a label giving information about the thematic symbol.
The criterion 1 step value column gives information about the graphical properties
used in the criterion 1 step value.
The criterion 2 step value column gives information about the graphical properties
used in the criterion 2 step value.
For more information, refer to Procedure 24-1.3: Display layer legend (p. 24-24).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-96
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Export Description
Raster layer
This layer can only be exported in the .PNG format. This layer can be
exported as full layer and viewport.
The export can be done as a viewport only in the case when all the layers
in layer manager are selected.
Vector layer
DT layer
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-97
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Layer Type
Export Description
Network object
layer
This layer can be exported as .PNG and .KMZ formats using Viewport
and All Network Objects and Thematic export.
When it is exported in:
Thematic layer
.PNG format, all the layers that are seen in the current viewport are
also exported
This layer can be exported as .PNG and .KMZ formats using Viewport
and All Network Objects and Thematic export.
When it is exported in:
PNG format, all the layers that are seen in the current viewport are
also exported
Export possibilities:
Layer type
Viewport Export
PNG
KMZ
mid /
mif
PNG
(1.)
KMZ
mid /
mif
PNG
KMZ
mid /
mif
Raster
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Vector
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Network
Objects
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Executed THL
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Notes:
1.
Since a PNG export is an image grab of the cartography viewport, when one layer is
captured as PNG, all other layers that are visible in the viewport are also captured, therefore,
a PNG viewport export on one layer cannot be done. It is always on multiple layers.
Result: The Save window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Save window, choose the location where to save the exported file, then click on
Save.
Result: The following message appears.
Export is Successful. Do you want to open the exported file?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-98
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-99
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Cartography Module offers the adjacencies analysis functionality. Graphic tools
enable you to view existing and forecasted adjacency additions and deletions for a cell,
and decide whether you want to add the forecast to a tuning session. Once this forecast is
added to a tuning session, it can be exported to the OMC-R.
The following actions are applicable within the adjacencies analysis tool:
Adjacency representation
Standalone links
This link is a Bezier Curve with an arrow at its center to give the direction.
When there is the same link in the opposite direction (Adj1 source = Adj2 target and Adj2
source = Adj1 target), only one link appears and two arrows are displayed in the opposite
direction.
When displaying object properties for bi-directional links, the objects properties are
shown for both adjacencies objects.
The color of the link is set in the cartography configuration file.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-100
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-101
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-102
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Due to the amount of links to display (up to 32 outgoing adjacencies per W-CDMA cell
for example), when more than one link have the same graphic source and same graphic
target, the links are drawn in a packed mode showing a double link, the direction and the
number of packed links.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-103
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The list of links in the packed link can be displayed in a popup window.
The graphic source / target is the rendering mode of an object:
Figure 24-29 Packed links for colocalized cells in collapsed rendering mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-104
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 24-30 Packed links for colocalized cells in expanded rendering mode
The packed links are used to render also the adjacencies between sectors or between sites.
In this case, packed links can be bi-directional.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-105
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-106
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-107
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Do
You can configure the selection color, either from the user preferences menu or in the
cartography configuration file.
Result: The selection color is configured.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-108
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Cartography -> Display Adjacencies, OR
Right click and select Show Adjacencies -> Incoming / Outgoing / Both.
Note: You can also display adjacencies using the procedure described in Add
network objects in viewport (p. 24-58).
Result: The incoming, outgoing, and / or both adjacencies of the selected cell are
rendered in Bezier curves.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-109
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and select Properties... from the popup menu; refer also to .
Result: The Object Properties window opens with the properties of the selected
adjacency.
If you change the selection, the Object Properties window is updated with the new
selection properties.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-110
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
Relation Type
Yes
Yes
RELATION ID
Yes
Yes
EXTERNAL ID
Yes
Yes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-111
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Name
Description
Mandatory
Read-Only
SOURCE TYPE
Yes
Yes
SOURCE
EXTERNAL ID
Yes
Yes
TARGET TYPE
Yes
Yes
TARGET
EXTERNAL ID
Yes
Yes
FRIENDLY
NAME
Yes
Yes
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-112
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-113
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Cartography -> Adjacency Wizard..., OR
Click on the
All the incoming and outgoing adjacencies for the selected cell are displayed in the
cartography viewport with the default adjacency color. The planned adjacencies are
displayed in the proposed for addition color. All the other adjacencies are removed
from the viewport.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
U_TIMEADVANCE:
Operational
U_TIMEADVANCE:
Planned
Circle: Center
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-114
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter
Description
Circle: Radius
The default value (of radius) associated with the cell class of the
selected cell.
The Radius of the circle can be defined as:
An edit area allows to enter the value in meters or feet for the circle
radius. By default, this edit box contains the value in meters
associated with the operational U_TIMEADVANCE value.
This value is then considered as the radius for Adjacency wizard
calculations.
Deletion Filter
With HO filter
Adjacency Analysis
All operational cells that are below the mentioned radius are candidates for addition.
All other cells that are not candidates for addition are proposed as candidates for
deletion.
All adjacencies that are candidates for addition are changed to green color and all
adjacencies that are candidates for deletion are changed to red color.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you change the radius in the text box, press the Update button again to see the new
result.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-115
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The incoming and outgoing adjacencies that are already displayed in the viewport
are changed to green and red colored lines. Green lines are all candidates for
addition and red lines are all candidates for deletion.
You can select either green or red line and choose to remove the proposal (either
addition or deletion) from the list.
The list below explains the details of the contextual menu that appears on the
objects.
To
Do
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-116
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
If the graphic object is a packed link or the collapsed objects, open first the dialog
to select the individual objects inside the group and then do the operation on the
selected object.
In the Packed link dialog, for the adjacencies that are proposed for addition and
deletion, the Highlight and Select columns have the same background color as the
adjacency color.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
To add the new values and proposals of creation / deletion of adjacencies to a tuning
session, select it from the available dropdown list in Choose Tuning Session, then click
on Send to tuning.
Result: The Relation Tuning window opens and you can apply the tuning session.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-117
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Cartography -> Adjacency Wizard..., OR
Click on the
>
<
=
<>
<=
>=
Result: The threshold is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the function is an integer, float values and string are not possible.
Result: The filter is defined.
If one or more function criteria is NOT fulfilled by a cell inside the geographic
criterion that has an adjacency with the current selection, the adjacency between this
cell and the selection is proposed for deletion.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-118
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the menu tool bar, select Cartography -> Adjacency Wizard..., OR
Click on the
Click on Update to launch the new proposals computing using the new radius and current
function criteria configuration.
Result: The deletion and addition proposal is updated with the new radius.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-119
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select an adjacency.
Result: The adjacency is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click and, from the popup menu, select Show Legend..., OR
Adjacency symbol.
Figure 24-33 Relations layer legend dialog
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-120
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
24-121
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Cartography
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
24-122
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
25
Alerters
25
Overview
Purpose
25-1
25-12
25-35
25-38
Presentation
Note: The Alerters feature is not available for B10 GSM.
The MUSE_ALERTER_LICENSE must be installed for the Alerter related featured
to be available.
The MUSE_ALERTER_QUARTER_HOUR_LICENSE license is necessary to be
able to define and use alerter at 1/4 Hour periodicity, for Linux servers and
M4000-4cpu Solaris servers, whatever the technology.
Definition
Alerters are defined to detect QoS problems and generate QoS alarms in the OMC, on the
basis of reported Performance Measurement data, and then automatically loaded to the
NPO. They are calculated from indicators. If an indicator used in the alerter is modified,
this modification is taken into account. Only scalar indicators can be used in alerter
definition.
There are alerter templates and alerters. Alerter templates define the alerter type, the
indicator or indicator formula to be valuated, the availability domain and the severities.
An alerter is defined for a list of network objects and for a periodicity An alerter is based
on alerter template. Several alerters can be defined from one alerter template.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name
Validity and stability conditions.
At the end of each PM reporting period, the loader processes algorithms on these alerters,
using thresholds and validity conditions, to detect the appearance or suppression of an
alarm.
NPO alerters are evaluated in real time, every 1/4 hours. The minimum supported
evaluation period is 1/4 hours or one hour (according to the technology and to the choice
done at install).
Alerters can be:
System defined, when they are delivered with the system and only some parameters
may be customized by the operator
Operator defined, and can be created from any Performance Indicator and are fully
managed by the operator.
Standard alerters generate alerts if the value of the indicators crosses the pre-defined
thresholds.
The used threshold value is defined by the selected threshold color or by providing a user
entered value.
The stability parameter permits to decide when an alert is to be generated: for example if
stability is 3, an alert is generated only if the threshold is crossed during the 3 last periods
(1/4 hour / hour / day / week / month). If sampling is used, the alert is not generated if the
sampling conditions are not fulfilled (enabled only when the indicator has an associated
sampling indicator).
Variation alerters
Variation alerters generate alerts if the variation of the indicators value compared to a
pre-defined base line exceeds the pre-defined thresholds.
The variation alerter is defined by:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The algorithm that determines how the values of the smoothing period are treated to
have one value (Average, Max, Min, Sum)
The evolution (degradation or improvement) that determines if the alerter evaluation
marks a degradation or an improvement of the variation.
For an hourly case (periodicity hour), to check if an alert is raised at 13h, the NPO
considers the indicator values at 1h (I=12), 2h (I=14) and 3h (I=16) for computing F, and
the indicator values at 10h, 11h and 12h for computing L.
Points value for F: 12, 14 and 16. For each algorithm, F is:
Average: F = (12+14+16) / Q = 14
Min: F = 12
Max: F = 16
Sum: F = 42.
Average: L = (8+7+9) / Q = 8
Min: L = 7
Max: L = 9
Sum: L =24.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The variation coefficient is S =sign* (L-F) / F, where sign is an integer such that:
sign
upperIsFault
true
evolution
degradation (default)
+1
improvement
+1
false
1
The last value of the first smoothing period will be the same hour as the last value of
the last smoothing period but seven days before (for example, if the last period is 9-10
h, it will be compared with 9-10 h, seven days before).
The real observation period is equivalent to: 7 x 24 h + smoothing period in order to
be able to compare the last hour with the same hour seven days ago. Therefore, the
NPO compares the indicator values of the last smoothing period (L) with the indicator
values of the first smoothing period (F) such that each time of F corresponds to the
same time of L but n observation period units ago (here seven days ago). The
following figure presents the real observation period versus the observation period
provided by the user.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The same principle applies with day periodicity. If the observation period provided by
the user is equal to one week, then the real observation period is equal to 1 week +
smoothing period, in order to be able to compare the indicator value at the same day
but of the previous week.
Complex alerters
Complex alerters generate alerts in the case where a formula predicate is evaluated to
true.
This predicate is constructed with a formula using multiple indicators. There is no limit to
the number of indicators involved in the formulas.
The formula can use simple arithmetical and logical operators. There is no limit to the
number of terms involved in the formulas.
For example, an alert is generated if ((I1 + I2 +I3)=0) AND ((I1 + I2 + I4 + I5) > 5).
The stability parameter is used as for standard alerters.
Multiple severities
Critical
Major
Minor.
It is not mandatory to define all of the severities; only one among these three is
mandatory.
Cleared defines the case when the alert is removed.
Cleared severity is mandatory.
Alerter states
Active
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1st Evaluation
2nd Evaluation
3rd Evaluation
4th Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation day
Tuesday
(31-July-2007)
Monday (30-July-2007)
Monday
Thursday
(02-Aug-2007)
Wednesday
(01-Aug-2007)
Wednesday
Sunday
(05-Aug-2007)
Saturday (04-Aug-2007)
Saturday
Tuesday
(07-Aug-2007)
Monday (06-Aug-2007)
Sunday
Tuesday
Friday
Monday
Sunday
Scenario 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1st Evaluation
2nd Evaluation
3rd Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation day
Wednesday
(01-Aug-2007)
Tuesday (31-July-2007)
Tuesday
Saturday
(04-Aug-2007)
Friday (03-Aug-2007)
Wednesday
(08-Aug-2007
Tuesday (07-Aug-2007)
Monday
Friday
Thursday
Tuesday
Monday
Scenario 3
1st Evaluation
2nd Evaluation
3rd Evaluation
4th Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation
hour
Consolidated hour
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 1)
Consolidated hour
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 2)
11.00
(30-July-2007)
10.00 10.59
(30-July-2007)
10.00 - 10.59
12.00
(30-July-2007)
11.00 11.59
(30-July-2007)
11.00 - 11.59
13.00
(30-July-2007)
12.00 12.59
(30-July-2007)
12.00 - 12.59
11.00
(31-July-2007)
10.00 10.59
(31-July-2007)
10.00 - 10.59
09.00 - 09.59
10.00 - 10.59
11.00 - 11.59
09.00 - 09.59
Scenario 4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1st Evaluation
2nd Evaluation
3rd Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation
hour
Consolidated hour
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 1)
Consolidated hour
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 2)
10.00
(30-July-2007)
09.00 09.59
(30-July-2007)
09.00 - 09.59
12.00
(30-July-2007)
11.00 11.59
(30-July-2007)
11.00 - 11.59
10.00
(31-July-2007)
09.00 09.59
(31-July-2007)
09.00 - 09.59
08.00 - 08.59
10.00 - 10.59
08.00 - 08.59
Scenario 5
1st Evaluation
2nd Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation
week
Consolidated week
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 1)
Consolidated week
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 2)
Monday
(06-Aug-2007)
Monday - Sunday
(30-Jul-2007
05-Aug-2007)
(30-July-2007 05-Aug-2007)
Monday - Sunday
(06-Aug-2007
12-Aug-2007)
(06-Aug-2007 12-Aug-2007)
Monday
(13-Aug-2007)
(30-July-2007 05-Aug-2007)
Scenario 6
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1st Evaluation
2nd Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation
week
Consolidated week
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 1)
Consolidated week
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 2)
Monday
(06-Aug-2007)
Monday - Sunday
(30-Jul-2007
05-Aug-2007)
(30-July-2007 05-Aug-2007)
Monday - Sunday
(13-Aug-2007
19-Aug-2007)
(13-Aug-2007 19-Aug-2007)
Monday
(20-Aug-2007)
(06-Aug-2007 12-Aug-2007)
Scenario 7
1st Evaluation
Alerter
evaluation
month
Consolidated month
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 1)
Consolidated month
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 2)
01-Aug-2007
(01-July-2007
31-July-2007)
(01-July-2007 31-July-2007)
(01-June-2007 - 30June-2007)
2nd Evaluation
01-Sep-2007
(01-Aug-2007
31-Aug-2007)
(01-Aug-2007 31-Aug-2007)
(01-July-2007 31-July-2007)
Scenario 8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1st Evaluation
Alerter
Evaluation
month
Consolidated month
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 1)
Consolidated month
data considered for
Alert generation
(stability = 2)
01-Aug-2007
(01-July-2007
31-July-2007)
(01-July-2007 31-July-2007)
(01-June-2007 - 30June-2007)
2nd Evaluation
01-Oct-2007
(01-Sep-2007
30-Sep-2007)
(01-Sep-2007 30-Sep-2007)
(01-Aug-2007 31-Aug-2007)
Example 2
Check for validity on Tuesday (Monday data) = NOK => next check to be done in one
day
Check for validity on Wednesday (Tuesday data) = OK. Evaluate alerter => next
check to be done in two (i.e. repetition factor) days
No check for validity on Thursday
Check for validity on Friday (Thursday data) = NOK => next check to be done in one
day
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
Presentation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check for validity on Saturday = OK. Evaluate alerter => next check to be done in
two days
No check for validity on Sunday.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
11
Procedure 25-1.11: Use default alerters to detect BSC without traffic (p. 25-33).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on the
icon, OR
On the left of the Alerter Editor, there are two tabs one listing the alerter Templates
and the other listing the Alerters.
The Templates are classified by type (System or Customer) and then by sub
classified owner and then further sub-classified by alerter type.
In alerter type classification alphabetical order is used.
The Alerters are classified by templates and in this classification alphabetical
order is used.
If Templates tab is selected in the left panel, the Indicators tab is enabled, the
Operators tabs is enabled for complex alerter template type and disabled for
standard or variation complex alerter template types and the Topology tab is
enabled if Instantiate in alerter check box is checked after user clicks on
Edit/Copy.
If Alerters tab is selected in the left panel, the Templates and Topology tree tabs
are enabled and the other tabs are disabled.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor window, select Templates tab in the left panel and click on
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Name
Alerter_
<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
alerter, and n is an
incremental number
to define a unique
name
Owner
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
Alerter
Type
Standard
Variation
Complex.
N/A
False, otherwise.
Description
Availability
Domain
Indicator
Computed by NPO
from indicator(s)
used in alerter
template. The user
has the possibility
to restrict the AvD.
Critical
Major
Minor
Cleared.
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Select the Color criteria of the alerter from the dropdown list. The possible colors are
Red, Orange, Yellow, and Green.
The default values are Red for Critical, Orange for Major, Yellow for Minor, and
Green for Cleared.
For standard alerters, the Free value also appears in the list. Use this option to choose
your own threshold value.
Select the appropriate Stability.
Defines the stability period of the alerter template that will be used for alerter
evaluation. The unit of stability will be defined according to the periodicity chosen at
alerter creation.
If the alerter will use sampling, check the Use Sampling checkbox.
If sampling is not supported by the selected indicator, the checkbox is grayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Types, severities and states (p. 25-2) for more information about this
option.
Select Hour or Day in the dropdown list. This enables the user to define the variation
alerter according to the comparison of the last hourly (or daily) value of the indicator
with the indicator value at same type of periodicity (hourly or daily) but for n
observation period units ago.
The available periodicities are the ones corresponding to the Alerter Template
availability domain (computed from the indicator AvD eventually restricted by the
user).
Example: the hourly value 30 hours ago or the hourly value at same hour but ten days
ago, or the daily value seven days ago or the daily value at same day but three weeks
ago.
All the observation period limits are configurable in the Analysis Desktop properties
file.
Select the Smooth Only With Past Values. This means that the smoothing period is
only used in old (past) values to calculate the first value.
Select the Delta in Percentage. This defines the delta that is used to determine if an
alert needs to be generated. The value can be positive or negative.
Select the appropriate Algorithm from the dropdown box, required for the
computation of the variation alerter.
The possible values are:
Average
Max
Min
Sum.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Formula field, drag and drop the appropriate indicators and mathematical /
logical / comparison operators from the right frame, to create the appropriate formula.
This must be done for each severity.
Click on Check Formula to validate the formula. If errors occur, re-attempt to create a
correct formula.
Select the appropriate Stability.
Defines the stability period of the alerter template that will be used for alerter
evaluation. The unit of stability will be defined according to the periodicity chosen at
alerter creation.
Attention: to define that indicator I1 has to be superior to 3%, you should enter:
I1>0.03.
Result: The alerter parameters are defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If you want to create an alerter directly during the template creation, select the
Instantiate in alerter check box.
Result: New information appears in the second part of the Alerter Editor window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Description
Default Value
Name
Alerter_
<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
alerter, and n is an
incremental number
to define a unique
name
Owner
Created
Creation date
Modification date
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
QoS
Requirement
Retrieved from
User Preference /
Working Zone QoS
requirement value
Periodicity
Low
Medium
High.
First supported
periodicity
1/4 Hour
Hour
Day
Week
Month
changes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the case of 1/4 Hour, Hour or Day periodicity, select the appropriate Data Validity
Period.
The period of validity is a time interval during the day or a list of days, in which the
alerter can be evaluated.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: For example, if the Data Validity Period is 1H and the Repetition is 1H,
then the alerters are evaluated every one hour. If the Data Validity Period is 1H and
the Repetition is 2H, then the alerters are evaluated every 2H.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check Activate on apply for the alerter to be automatically activated after its creation.
Result: The alerter is activated at its creation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10
Check Automatic Clear for all the alerts to be cleared when the alerter state is changed
to inactive.
Result: If it is checked, all the alerts corresponding to this alerter are automatically
cleared when the alerter state is changed to inactive.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11
During an alerter severity evaluation, if the alerter cannot be evaluated, either because the
value of the indicator is null or Nerr, or the complex formula results is null or Nerr value,
if Raise alert on error / no data cases is checked, an alert is generated for the current
severity and the alerter evaluation ends. If Raise alert on error / no data cases is not
checked, no alert is generated and the alerter evaluation continues with the next severity.
Result: The Raise alert on error / no data cases option is checked or unchecked as
required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12
The Object Type is automatically filled in from the alerter template Availability
Domain.
If several options are available in a dropdown box, select the required option.
This does not display the zone object types.
Result: The Object Type is defined.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13
Drag the appropriate network objects from the topology tab tree (in the right frame) and
drop them in the Network Objects panel, or check the Entire Working Zone check-box.
Result: The selected objects will be evaluated in the alerter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14
For the alerter to be evaluated for the whole Working Zone, check Entire Working Zone.
Result: The Entire Working Zone: Global option is defined.
When this is selected, the Topology tab from the right frame is disabled. The alerter
will be evaluated for all core objects of the current working zone.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the Instantiate in alerter check box was checked, you must confirm the creation of
both the new alerter template and the new alerter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
automatically refreshed.
If the Instantiate in alerter check box was checked, also the created alerter appears
in the alerter tree of the alerter editor that is automatically refreshed.
If activate option was selected, the alerter is automatically activated.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Note: All the created alerters are only available on the Analysis Desktop client, and
not on the NPO server. To send all the created alerts to the NPO server, ensure the
GENERATE_ALARM variable is set to true (this is the default value), in the
AlerterResourceFile.cfg file located in the
/alcatel/muse/MUSE_MAAT/alerter/rsc/com/alcatel/muse/maat/
alerter directory.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor window, select Alerters tab in the left panel and click on
Result: A window appears with the Template field contains the string:
Drop a template here. This string is replaced by the template name when you
Description
Default Value
Name
Alerter_
<owner> _n
where <owner> is
the owner of the
alerter, and n is an
incremental number
to define a unique
name
Owner
Created
Creation date
Modification date
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
Periodicity
First supported
periodicity
1/4 Hour
Hour
Day
Week
Month
Repetition
Low
Medium
High.
Retrieved from
User Preference /
Working Zone QoS
requirement value
Period: From - 00
hour To - 23 hour
(hourly periodicity
case).
Period: From 00:00 To - 23:45
(1/4 hour
periodicity case).
Period: All days of
the week (weekly
periodicity case).
Activate
on Apply
Unchecked
Unchecked
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Field
Name
Description
Default Value
Raise alert
on error/no
data cases
Unchecked
Object
types
Network
Objects
Entire
Working
zone
Click on
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Templates tab in the left panel and the alerter template to
copy from the left frame, then click on
.
Result: The Alerter Template Properties panel appears with the default name and
Click on Apply.
Result: A confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alerter editor.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-25
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Alerters tab in the left panel and the alerter to copy from the
left frame, then click on
.
Result: The Alerter Properties panel appears with the default name and properties of
Click on Apply.
Result: A confirmation window appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-26
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Templates tab in the left panel and the alerter template to edit
from the left frame, then click on
.
Result: The Alerter Template Properties panel appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: The alerter template modifications are defined.
All the alerters for which the modified template is used, are automatically updated. If
the availability domain of the template is not compatible anymore with the alerter(s)
previously defined, the alerter(s) is/are set in failed state.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-27
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Alerters tab in the left panel and the alerter to edit from the
left frame, then click on
.
Result: The Alerter Properties panel appears.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on Apply.
Result: The alerter modifications are defined.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-28
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Templates tab in the left panel and the alerter template(s) to
be deleted.
Result: The alerter template(s) are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
deleted.
All the removed alerter template(s) and alerts are logged.
All the alerts associated to the deleted alerter(s) are also removed. The alerters
associated to the deleted template(s) are deleted whatever are the owners of these
alerters.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-29
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Alerters tab in the left panel and the alerter(s) to be deleted.
Result: The alerters are selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on
(they are) also removed from Alerter list window after a refresh.
All the alerts associated to the deleted alerter(s) are removed.
All the removed alerters and alerts are logged.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-30
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor, select Templates tab in the left panel and the alerter template(s) to
be exported.
Result: The alerter template(s) is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If only system alerter templates are selected in the alerter template tree of
Alerter editor, the Export button is disabled.
Result: If the current selection of alerter templates contains some system alerter
templates, a warning dialog is displayed listing all the selected system alerter
templates and explains that they will not be exported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Browse for the location to save the alerter template(s) and give the appropriate File
Name.
Click on Save.
Result: The following message appears:
Export is done successfully.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The selected templates are exported in an xml alerter dictionary containing
only the selection. The file is exported in the location defined in the previous step.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The exported file can be re-imported on another system at the same plug installation level
(same system dictionaries) using NPO Import/Export Management web pages. Refer to
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import Alerter Template Dictionary using
GUI procedure.
If some of the exported alerter templates are referencing customer indicators, a warning
dialog is displayed indicating that the exported alerter templates may not be imported on
another system if the embedded customer indicators are not also exported and imported
on the other system before the import of these alerter templates.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-31
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The warning dialog also lists all the concerned customer indicators and a Propagate
button is available to allow propagating them into the corresponding functions (indicator)
trees. Then, from the corresponding function tree, the user can open the indicator editor
(by a right click) and export these customer indicators.
Refer to:
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Export QoS dictionary using GUI
NPO Administration User Guide document, to Import QoS dictionary using GUI.
Note: When a multi selection is done in a function tree of the Analysis Desktop and
the corresponding editor is opened from that tree (by a right click), the complete
selection is propagated in the editor (not only the first object).
Only the first object of the selection remains detailed in the edition part of the editor
window (as when doing a multi-selection directly in the left tree of an object editor).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-32
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the Alerter Editor window, select a default alerter template in the Template tab.
Result: The default alerter template is selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drag and drop the BSC in the Network Objects panel and click on Activate on apply.
Result: The selected BSCs will be evaluated in the alerter.
The following list presents the alerters defined for detecting BSC with no circuit
traffic.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-33
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-34
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The equivalent counter formulas are for information purposes only.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Click on the
icon, OR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-35
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Column Name
Description
Alerter Name
Template
Owner
Alerter Type
Standard
Variation
Complex.
Object Type
Object Nb
State
Active
Inactive
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-36
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If an alert exists for same alerter and same object, but a new severity is evaluated (up /
down), the existing alert is cleared and a new one generated
in the case of a problem during evaluation, the alerter state is set to failed
The alerts are kept until they are cleared by the system or the user
If cleared is fulfilled, and at least an alert exists, the alert(s) is / are removed
If a GP is missing on the requested stability, the alerter is not evaluated and alerts are
not generated
For variation alerters, if a GP is missing for the observation period, the algorithm will
only use present values.
Select the required alert and then perform one of the following actions.
To
Click on
Refresh
Edit
Activate
Deactivate
Close
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-37
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: You can also right click on the required alerter(s), then select from the popup
menu:
Edit Alerter
Edit Template
Activate
Deactivate.
Click on the
icon, OR
Column Name
Description
Ack
Severity
Alerter severity.
The possible values are:
Alerter Name
Critical
Major
Minor.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-38
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Column Name
Description
Owner
Working Zone
Name
Object
Reason
Alerter Type
For a standard type, the indicator and color criteria are displayed
For a variation type, the indicator and delta values are displayed
Standard
Variation
Complex.
Select the required alerter(s) and then perform one of the following actions.
To
Click on
Select All
UnSelect All
Acknowledge
Clear
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
25-39
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Alerters
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Click on
Edit Alerter
Close
Note: You can also right click on the required alerter(s), then select from the popup
menu:
Copy - to copy the selected lines. You can then paste them into a text editor or in
alerts, the network objects on which the alerts have been raised or the indicators
used to define the alerts
Acknowledge - to acknowledge the alerts
Clear - to clear the alerts
Hide Acknowledged Alerts - to hide the acknowledged alerts.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
25-40
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
26
User preferences
26
Overview
Purpose
26-1
26-2
26-2
26-5
26-10
26-11
26-13
26-14
Presentation
The Analysis Desktop can be configured to suit the individual preferences of each user.
This allows you to choose, for example, a preferred layout, or which keys to use for
different actions, the default directory for export, etc.
These settings apply only to the user currently logged onto the Analysis Desktop. They do
not affect settings made by any other user when that user is logged on. These settings can
be changed by regular users, as well as by the administrator user.
Once these settings are saved, each time the operator re-opens Analysis Desktop, the
defined preferences are used.
If the related FAD is not provided to the user, the related setting is not available, so it
cannot be selected from the User Preferences window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Click on OK.
Result: The Analysis Desktop refreshes according to the new User Preferences and
changes appear to the user immediately. The modified User Preferences are saved.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 26-1
Description
Gives the following confirmation before exiting from the Analysis Desktop:
Modified data has not been saved and will be lost if you
exit now (executed views or reports, tuning sessions,
object editors).
Are you sure you want to exit?
Possible values:
Yes
No.
Yes
No.
Sets the default value of the Temporary Indicator check box in the Properties
Panel of the Indicator Editor window.
Possible values:
Yes
No.
If you choose Yes, then, per default, the indicators that are created are temporary
indicators.
If you choose No, then, per default, the indicators that are created are permanent
indicators.
Automatically open last WZ
If checked, application will open automatically last WZ that was set for that user
Saves the customized Analysis Desktop layout (windows, position, and size)
after exiting the Analysis Desktop.
Possible values:
Yes
No.
Ask.
Date format
New window
Same widow.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 26-1
(continued)
Description
Changes the mode for tab text in the Analysis Desktop main window.
Possible values:
Horizontal
Vertical.
Indicates the time for triggering the auto-raise after the mouse selects a tab.
If Yes is selected, then soft-deleted topology objects are visible in all trees (with
the red cross icon ).
If No is selected, the soft deleted objects are not visible in the topology
If true, displays Tip of the Day window at Analysis Desktop start up.
If false, the window is not displayed.
Trace level
Timezone
Font
Size
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for Views / Reports
Tab
Description
Prompt to save
modified view template
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for Views / Reports
Tab
Description
Prompt to save
modified report
template
Allow Dynamic
Interpolation
Allows the choice between scrollable and stacked tabs in view and
report tabs.
When checked, all the tabs in the view / report browsers are visible.
If it is unchecked, arrow buttons appear allowing you to scroll among
all the existing tabs.
Enable Week
Numbering
Allows to display the week number instead of the date of the week
first day (in row / column header, graph labels, 3D view 3rd
Dimension selection), while executing a view / report in weekly
periodicity.
Allows to display the month name instead of the date of the month
first day (in row / column header, graph labels, 3D view 3rd
Dimension selection), while executing a view / report in monthly
periodicity.
Week Numbering
Format
yyyy Week ww
yy Week ww
Week yyww
yyyy Www
Wyyww
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for Views / Reports
Tab
Description
Allows you to choose between long and short month naming if the
Enable Month Naming checkbox is selected.
Highlighting synthesis,
legend selecting and
legend filtering
Possible values:
Row
Columns.
Sets a key for the add specific action in the executed views.
Required to change the modifier keys used for adding elements to an
existing view / report using drag and drop.
Possible values:
Ctrl
Alt
Shift
Ctrl-Shift
Alt-Shift
Ctrl-Alt.
Sets a key for the remove specific action in the executed views.
Required to change the modifier keys used for removing elements to
an existing view / report using drag and drop.
Possible values:
Ctrl
Alt
Shift
Ctrl-Shift
Alt-Shift
Ctrl-Alt.
Its value must be different from the Drag & Drop modifier to add
value.
Preferred Display Type
Tabular
Graphical.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for Views / Reports
Tab
Description
No value display
Bar chart
Continuous Line
Stacked column
Empty
N/A.
Display operational
value
Display operator
reference value
Display the planned value when executing the view in tabular mode.
Display the max reference values when executing the view in tabular
mode.
Display the min reference values when executing the view in tabular
mode.
Width of exported
graphs ( .PDF / .html)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for Cartography Tab
Description
Zoom / unzoom
Adjacency Color
Selection Color
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for Cartography Tab
Description
Highlighting Color
Highlighting Mode
Coordinates
You can use this option to tell the cartography module whether to use
the planned values or the operational values first.
Show Standards
You can use this option to show or hide the standards in the viewport.
Measuring Unit
Planned Utimeadvanced
Factor
Operational
Utimeadvanced Factor
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preference Name
for 3D Views Tab
Description
Default Value
Group By
Columns
Possible values:
Row
Columns.
Dates
Possible values:
Dates
Network Objects
Functions Objects.
Network Objects
Possible values:
Dates
Network Objects
Functions Objects.
Functions Objects
Possible values:
Dates
Network Objects
Functions Objects.
The following error message appears if the same dimension is present in two locations:
Two or more dimensions are the same. Please change your choice.
To
Do
Save current
layout with your
customized
preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
26-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
User preferences
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To
Do
Use pre-defined
Analysis Desktop
window layouts
layout: displays the Analysis Desktop with all the browsers (mode,
view and report).
67%). The mode browser is displayed and occupies the remaining part.
Maximize Trees, to enlarge the topology and functions trees area (to
Maximize View, to enlarge the executed views browser area (to 67%).
Report Full View, to maximize the executed reports browser area. The
by user.
Topology trees
Function classifications
Function trees.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
26-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
27
Icons
27
Overview
Purpose
27-1
Topology icons
27-4
Function icons
27-16
Refer to the following table for a list of the icons and their corresponding descriptions.
Table 27-1
Icon
Description
Grayed
Report Template
Editor
View Template
Editor
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-1
Icon
(continued)
Description
Grayed
Indicator Editor
THL Template
Editor
Diagnosis Editor
Alerter Editor
Job Scheduler
Editor
Cartography
Refreshes Tree
having the focus
N/A
Consolidation
Follow Up
Alerter List
Alerts List
Job List
Launches the
Notification
Window
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-1
Icon
Description
Grayed
Displays the
analysis desktop
default layout.
N/A
Displays the
analysis desktop
with executed
reports browser area
maximized.
N/A
(continued)
Refer to Layout
user preferences
(p. 26-13).
Displays the
analysis desktop
with topology and
functions trees area
maximized.
N/A
Displays the
analysis desktop
with executed views
browser area
maximized.
N/A
Displays the
analysis desktop
with executed
reports browser area
maximized to 100%
area.
N/A
Displays the
analysis desktop
layout as it was
when last saved by
user.
N/A
Display Pending
Diagnosis Executed
Reports
Never grayed.
Display Pending
Executed Reports
Never grayed.
Export All
Diagnosis
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-3
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-1
Icon
(continued)
Description
Grayed
Topology icons
GSM, W-CDMA and LTE objects and icon types
The following tables presents the list of GSM, W-CDMA and LTE objects and icon types.
Note: Not all the objects are described in these tables. Only main objects are listed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
CELL2G
Frequency
band:
Cell type:
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user
note exists.
Deleted
Depending on
the label
configuration at
the server the
cell label can be
one of the
following:
GSM1900
GSM1800
GSM900
Concentric
MULTIBAND
Extended_
Inner
Mini
Indoor
EMULTIBAND
Micro
concenGSM850-GSM1900
tric
UmGSM850-GSM1800
brella
GSM850
EGSM900
Indoor
concentric
Mini
concentric
Micro
Umbrella
concentric
BSS
Extended
Outer
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object
is
deleted.
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
Cell name
(Id =
[number])
or
Cell name
or
Cell name
(Operator =
[PLMN-Id])
or
Cell name
(Operator =
[PLMN-Id],
Id =
[number])
If operational
name exists,
then the Cell
name will be
[Cell Name] /
LAC=xx CI=yy
If name does
not exist the
Cell name will
be / LAC=xx
CI=yy
Single
User Note
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-5
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
ADJ
Technology
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
ADJ2G3G
Technology
User Note
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
Traffic Zone
Zone Type:
Sector:
Normal
Inner
Outer
Generic
Main
Secondary
Icon 4
(continued)
Icon 5
This icon is
only displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
This icon is
only displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
Frequency
band:
User
Note
GSM1900
GSM1800
GSM900
MULTIBAND
EMULTIBAND
GSM850GSM1900
GSM850GSM1800
GSM850
EGSM900
Displayed
String
The
icon is
displayed
only
when a
user
note
exists.
Deleted
This icon is
only displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
[Related Cell
label] ([Zone
type];[SectorType];
[FrequencyBand])
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
TRX
Zone Type:
User Note
Deleted
[Related Cell
label] #[TRX
index][Preference order]
For SDCCH:
[Related Cell
label] #[TRX
index]#S#[ID]
TRXTS
BTS
X25
BTS_BSC
_LAPD
Normal
Inner
Outer
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
This icon is
only displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
-
For TCH:
[Related Cell
label] #[TRX
index]#T#[ID]
-
BTS name
X25_<ID>
LAPD_<ID>
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-7
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
BSC_MFS
_LAPD
User Note
Deleted
LAPD_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
N7SL_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
N7LS_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
AIC_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
GPU_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
N7SL
N7LS
AIC
GPU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
PVC
User Note
Deleted
PVC_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Deleted
BC_<ID>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
User Note
Network
Not computed,
Computed and
empty
User
Note
Computed and
not empty
The
icon is
displayed
only
when a
user
note
exists.
[Cell Zone
name] if the cell
zone is
computed and
non-empty
(except for the
Network): [Cell
Zone name]
[number of cell]
GSM 2G
External Cells
name
Bearer
Channel
Network
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
Cell Zone,
TRXZone,
2G Object
Zone &
Other Object
Zones
System
Editable
Customer
public
Non Editable
GSM 2G
External
Cells
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
Customer
private
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-9
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
GSM 3G
External
Cells
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM 3G
External Cells
name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_ GSL
name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_ MFS
name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_
SGSN_IP_
NSVC name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_
SGSN_ITF
name
GSL
MFS
SGSN_IP_
NSVC
SGSN_ITF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-10
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-2
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
NRI
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_ NRI
name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_
BSC_NRI name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_ BSC_TC
name
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only
displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
GSM_ SS7SL
name
BSC_NRI
BSC_TC
SS7SL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-11
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-3
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Displayed String
Cell 3G
Supplier:
Cell Class:
User Note
Deleted
Alcatel-Lucent
Rural
Suburban
Urban
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
Depending on the
label configuration
at the server the cell
label can be one of
the following:
Dense
Urban
RNC
Supplier
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
IuR
Supplier
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
Cell 3G name
(Id = [number])
or
Cell 3G name
or
Cell 3G name
(Operator =
[PLMN-Id]) or
Cell 3G name
(Operator =
[PLMN-Id], Id
= [number])
[RNC name]
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
[IuR name]
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-12
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-3
Network
Object
Icon 1
IuB
Supplier
Icon 3
Icon 4
Displayed String
User Note
Deleted
[IuB name]
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
TMU
Supplier
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
2G ADJ
Frequency
Mode:
PLMN Mode:
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
Inter PLMN
Inter-freq
Intra-freq
Inter-system
Intra PLMN
(continued)
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
[TMU name]
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-13
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-3
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Displayed String
3G ADJ
Frequency
Mode:
PLMN Mode:
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
Inter-freq
Intra-freq
Inter PLMN
Intra PLMN
Inter-system
Node B
Supplier
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
W-CDMA
External Cell
W-CDMA
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
[Node B name]
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
-
Depending on the
label configuration
at the server the cell
label can be one of
the following:
Cell name or
Cell name
(Operator =
[PLMN-Id]) or
Cell name
(Operator =
[PLMN-Id], Id
= [number])
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-14
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-3
(continued)
Network
Object
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Displayed String
2G External Cell
Frequency
band:
User Note
Deleted
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
If operational name
exists: [Cell Name]
/ LAC=xx CI=yy If
name does not
exist: / LAC=xx
CI=yy
PCS 1900
band
DCS 1800
band
If cell is not
planned then (not
planned) is shown
at the end of the
label.
Network
Supplier
User Note
The icon is
displayed only
when a user note
exists.
Table 27-4
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
LTE Cell
Supplier:
User Note
Deleted
eNodeB
AlcatelLucent
Other
Supplier
Network
This
icon is
only
displayed
when
the
object is
deleted.
Network
Object
Deleted
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
User Note
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
This icon is
only displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
Deleted
This icon is
only displayed
when the
object is
deleted.
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Cell name (Id =
[number])
eNodeB name
(Id = [number])
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-15
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Topology icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Depending on the status of the Show Soft-Deleted Objects user preference,
objects that are soft-deleted are either visible or not in all topology trees. This user
preference does not affect the Tuning Operations tree rendering (i.e. even if the user
preference asks to hide soft-deleted objects, the new object created in the Tuning
Session remains visible).
WiMAX objects and icon types
The following table presents the list of WiMAX objects and icon types.
Table 27-5
Network Object
Icon 1
Network
Supplier
WAC
Supplier
BSCell (BSID)
Supplier
WADJACENCY
WPROCESSOR
WPHYSLNK
WDISKP
AAA_CNX
Supplier
AAA
Supplier
BS
MAC
PHY
MAC_MR
MAC_SC
Icon 2
Function icons
The following tables presents a list of the GSM, W-CDMA and LTE functions and icon
types.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-16
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-6
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Counter
Counter
icons:
User Note
<Counter name>
(<reference
name>)
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
User
Note
<Indicator name>
(<reference
name>)
Scalar
Vector
Matrix
Axis
Table 27-7
The icon is
displayed only
when a user
note exists.
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Indicator
System
Indicator type
icons:
Customer
Scalar
Vector
Temporary
Matrix
Axis
With
Threshold and /
or
Sampling
and
associated
diagnosis
With
Threshold and /
or
Sampling
and no
associated
diagnosis
Without
threshold
and / or
Sampling
(icon is
blank)
Supports
the trend
prediction
information.
Does not
support
trend
prediction
information
(the icon is
intentionally blank).
The icon
is
displayed
only
when a
user note
exists.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-17
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-8
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Design
GSM
User Note
WCDMA
The icon is
displayed only
when a user
note exists.
<Design
Parameter
Displayed name>
Table 27-9
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Logical
GSM
User Note
WCDMA
The icon is
displayed only
when a user
note exists.
<Logical
Parameter
Displayed Name>
Table 27-10
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Rule
GSM
Error
User Note
<Rule Name>
WCDMA
Warning
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
These icons
correspond to
the level of the
rule.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-18
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-11
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Diagnosis
Public
User Note
Private
<Diagnosis
Name>
System
Customer
Table 27-12
Indicator
trigger
associated with
the
diagnosis
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
Indicator
trigger
not
associated with
the
diagnosis
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Thematics
System
Public
Editable
User Note
<THL Name>
Private
Customer
Non
Editable
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-19
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-13
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon
4
Icon
5
Displayed
String
Event
System
Adjacency Changes
Customer
User
Note
<Event
Name>
Cell Creations
Cell Deletions
Frequency Changes
Release Changes
Topology Changes
All
The
icon is
displayed
only
when a
user
note
exists.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-20
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-14
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Tuning
GSM
User Note
WCDMA
The icon is
displayed only
when a user
note exists.
<Tuning
Parameter
Displayed Name>
or <Tuning
Operation
Displayed Name>
Table 27-15
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Free Field
User Note
<Free Field
name>
The icon is
displayed
only when a
user note
exists.
Table 27-16
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
View
Template
Public
Editable
Non
Editable
<View template
name>
Private
Associated
Filtering
indicator
User
Note
View
template type
icons:
Scalar
Vector
Matrix
Axis
The icon
is
displayed
only
when a
user note
exists.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-21
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 27-17
Function
Icon 1
Icon 2
Icon 3
Icon 4
Icon 5
Displayed
String
Report
Template
Editable
Top N
Non
Editable
User
Note
<Report template
name>
Top N
Absolute
Variation
The icon
is
displayed
only
when a
user note
exists.
Public
Private
MonoObject
Evolution
MultiObject
Evolution
MultiObject
Comparison
Top N
Relative
Variation
MonoObject
Distribution
Red
Only
Red &
Orange
Red,
Orange
&
Yellow
Orange
Only
Orange
&
Yellow
Yellow
Only
Green,
Yellow
&
Orange
Green
&
Yellow
Green
Only
Warning
- Worst
Warning
- Best
Abso....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary lute
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-22
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
VariaIssue 11 October 2013
tion
Relative
Varia-
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
27-23
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
Icons
Function icons
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
27-24
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013
28
Overview
Purpose
28-2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
28-1
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 11 October 2013
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the Windows Client PC, type the corresponding server hostname in an Internet
Explorer browser bar:
https://<server_hostname>
Note: The hostname must be added in the hosts file located in the
C:/WINDOWS/system32/drivers/etc directory.
If a Security warning page opens, click on Continue to this website (not
recommended).
Result: The Alcatel-Lucent CSA login window opens.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Right click on Download EQL samples and select Save Target As...
Save the Examples_files.zip file on the Windows Client PC. Close the Download
Complete window.
Result: The Examples_files.zip file is saved on the Windows Client PC and you can
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary
Alcatel-Lucent 9959 NPO
28-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
9YZ-04669-0103-PCZZA M5
Issue 11 October 2013